swcmdrefn z
JunosE™ Software
for E Series™ Broadband Services Routers
Command Reference N to Z
Release
13.2.x
Published: 2012-06-29
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Juniper Networks, Inc.
1194 North Mathilda Avenue
Sunnyvale, California 94089
USA
408-745-2000
www.juniper.net
Juniper Networks, Junos, Steel-Belted Radius, NetScreen, and ScreenOS are registered trademarks of Juniper Networks, Inc. in the United
States and other countries. The Juniper Networks Logo, the Junos logo, and JunosE are trademarks of Juniper Networks, Inc. All other
trademarks, service marks, registered trademarks, or registered service marks are the property of their respective owners.
Juniper Networks assumes no responsibility for any inaccuracies in this document. Juniper Networks reserves the right to change, modify,
transfer, or otherwise revise this publication without notice.
Products made or sold by Juniper Networks or components thereof might be covered by one or more of the following patents that are
owned by or licensed to Juniper Networks: U.S. Patent Nos. 5,473,599, 5,905,725, 5,909,440, 6,192,051, 6,333,650, 6,359,479, 6,406,312,
6,429,706, 6,459,579, 6,493,347, 6,538,518, 6,538,899, 6,552,918, 6,567,902, 6,578,186, and 6,590,785.
JunosE™ Software for E Series™ Broadband Services Routers Command Reference Guide N to Z
Release 13.2.x
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
All rights reserved.
Revision History
July 2012—FRS JunosE 13.2.x
The information in this document is current as of the date on the title page.
YEAR 2000 NOTICE
Juniper Networks hardware and software products are Year 2000 compliant. Junos OS has no known time-related limitations through the
year 2038. However, the NTP application is known to have some difficulty in the year 2036.
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
The Juniper Networks product that is the subject of this technical documentation consists of (or is intended for use with) Juniper Networks
software. Use of such software is subject to the terms and conditions of the End User License Agreement (“EULA”) posted at
http://www.juniper.net/support/eula.html. By downloading, installing or using such software, you agree to the terms and conditions
of that EULA.
ii
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Abbreviated Table of Contents
About the Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxv
Part 1
Commands, N to Z
Chapter 1
Command Reference Topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Chapter 2
N Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Chapter 3
O Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Chapter 4
P Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Chapter 5
Q Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Chapter 6
R Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Chapter 7
S Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Chapter 8
T Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1291
Chapter 9
U, V, W, and Y Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1417
Part 2
Index
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
iii
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
iv
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
About the Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxv
E Series and JunosE Documentation and Release Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxv
Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxv
E Series and JunosE Text and Syntax Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxv
Obtaining Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvii
Documentation Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvii
Requesting Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvii
Self-Help Online Tools and Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxviii
Opening a Case with JTAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxviii
Part 1
Commands, N to Z
Chapter 1
Command Reference Topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Using the no Version Versus the default Version of Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Deprecated Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Filtering show Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Interface Types and Specifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Chapter 2
N Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
nas-port-type atm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
nas-port-type ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
ndraprefix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
neighbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
neighbor activate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
neighbor advertise-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
neighbor advertisement-interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
neighbor allow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
neighbor allowas-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
neighbor as-override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
neighbor bfd-liveness-detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
neighbor capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
neighbor default-originate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
neighbor description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
neighbor distribute-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
neighbor ebgp-multihop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
neighbor filter-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
neighbor graceful-restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
neighbor graceful-restart restart-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
neighbor graceful-restart stalepaths-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
neighbor ibgp-singlehop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
neighbor lenient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
v
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor local-as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
neighbor maximum-orf-entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
neighbor maximum-prefix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
neighbor maximum-update-size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
neighbor next-hop-self . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
neighbor next-hop-unchanged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
neighbor passive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
neighbor password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
neighbor peer-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
neighbor peer-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
neighbor prefix-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
neighbor prefix-tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
neighbor remote-as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
neighbor remove-private-as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
neighbor rib-out disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
neighbor route-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
neighbor route-reflector-client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
neighbor send-community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
neighbor send-label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
neighbor shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
neighbor site-of-origin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
neighbor timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
neighbor unsuppress-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
neighbor update-source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
neighbor weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
netbios-name-server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
netbios-node-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
network area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
next-address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
next-hop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
next-interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
next-parent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
no area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
no boot hotfix all-releases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
no bulkstats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
no ip interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
no log filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
no radius client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
no rtr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
no rtr reaction-configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
no service-management subscriber-session force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
notification id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
nsf ietf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
nsf interface wait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
nsf t1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
vi
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
nsf t2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
nsf t3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
ntp access-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
ntp broadcast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
ntp broadcast-client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
ntp broadcast-delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
ntp disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
ntp enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
ntp master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
ntp server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
ntp server enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
ntp source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Chapter 3
O Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
oam ais-rdi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
oam cc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
oam-pvc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
oam retry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
operational-virtual-router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
operations-per-hop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
ospf auto-cost reference-bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
ospf bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
ospf enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
ospf log-adjacency-changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
ospf shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
overload advertise-high-metric issu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
overload shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
override c2 byte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
override-user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Chapter 4
P Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
padn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
parent-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
passive-interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
path description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
path ds1|e1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
path ds1|e1 bert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
path ds1|e1 channel-group description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
path ds1|e1 channel-group shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
path ds1|e1 channel-group snmp trap link-status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
path ds1|e1 channel-group timeslots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
path ds1|e1 clock source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
path ds1|e1 description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
path ds1|e1 framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
path ds1|e1 loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
path ds1|e1 shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
vii
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds1|e1 snmp trap link-status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
path ds1 fdl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
path ds1 fdl carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
path ds1 fdl string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
path ds1 fdl transmit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
path ds1 remote-loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
path ds3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
path ds3 bert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
path ds3 clock source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
path ds3 description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
path ds3 equipment loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
path ds3 framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
path ds3 loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
path ds3 mdl carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
path ds3 mdl string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
path ds3 mdl transmit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
path ds3 shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
path ds3 snmp trap link-status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
path ds3 t1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
path ds3 t1 bert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
path ds3 t1 clock source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
path ds3 t1 description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
path ds3 t1 fdl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
path ds3 t1 fdl carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
path ds3 t1 fdl string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
path ds3 t1 fdl transmit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
path ds3 t1 framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
path ds3 t1 loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
path ds3 t1 remote-loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
path ds3 t1 shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
path ds3 t1 snmp trap link-status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
path ds3 t1 timeslots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
path e1 unframed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
path overhead c2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
path overhead j1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
path shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
path snmp trap link-status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
path trigger alarm prdi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
path trigger delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
peak-burst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
peak-rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
peer ip identity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
pfs group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
pim disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
ping atm interface atm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
ping mpls ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
ping mpls l2transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
ping mpls l3vpn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
viii
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
ping mpls rsvp tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
ping mpls vpls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
policer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
policy-parameter hierarchical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
pos description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
pos framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
pos scramble-atm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
ppp aaa-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
ppp authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
ppp chap-challenge-length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
ppp description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
ppp dos-protection-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
ppp fragmentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
ppp hash-link-selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
ppp initiate-ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
ppp initiate-ipv6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
ppp ipcp lockout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
ppp ipcp-lockout-duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
ppp ipcp-max-negotiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
ppp ipcp-nego-duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
ppp ipcp netmask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
ppp ipcp prompt-option dns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
ppp keepalive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
ppp log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
ppp magic-number disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
ppp magic-number ignore-mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
ppp max-bad-auth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
ppp max-negotiations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
ppp mru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
ppp multilink enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
ppp multilink multiclass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
ppp multilink multiclass fragmentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
ppp multilink multiclass reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
ppp multilink multiclass traffic-class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
ppp ncp-Ordering-Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
ppp passive-mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
ppp peer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
ppp peer-ip-address-optional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
ppp reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
ppp shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
pppoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
pppoe acName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
pppoe always-offer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
pppoe auto-configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
pppoe clear lockout interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
pppoe dos-protection-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
pppoe duplicate-protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
pppoe log pppoeControlPacket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
pppoe max-session-vsa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
ix
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
pppoe motm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
pppoe mtu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
pppoe pads disable-ac-info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
pppoe profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
pppoe remote-circuit-id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
pppoe service-name-table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
pppoe-service-name-table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
pppoe sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
pppoe subinterface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
pppoe url . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
pre-authenticate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
preference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
prefix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
pre-share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
pre-share-masked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
priority burst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
priority over-subscription-factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
priority rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
privilege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
privilege-group alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
privilege-group membership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
privilege-group membership clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
privilege level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
privilege reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
profile atm1483 bulk-config-name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
profile atm1483 bulk-config-name pvc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
profile-reassign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
profile vlan bulk-config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
profile vlan override bulk-config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
protocol burst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
protocol drop-probability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
protocol priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
protocol rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
protocol shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
protocol skip-priority-rate-limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
protocol weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
pvc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Chapter 5
Q Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
qos-adaptive-mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
qos-interface-parent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
qos-interface-set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
qos-interface-superset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
qos-mode-port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
qos-parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
qos-parameter-define . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
qos-port-type-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
qos-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
x
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
qos-shaping-mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
qos-shared-shaper-control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
query-interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
queue-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Chapter 6
R Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
radius accounting server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
radius acct-session-id-format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
radius algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
radius authentication server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
radius calling-station-delimiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
radius calling-station-format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
radius client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
radius connect-info-format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
radius disconnect client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
radius dsl-port-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
radius dynamic-request server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
radius ethernet-port-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
radius icr-partition-accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
radius ignore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
radius include . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
radius include dsl-forum-attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
radius nas-identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
radius nas-port-format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
radius nas-port-format extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
radius override calling-station-id remote-circuit-id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
radius override nas-info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
radius override nas-ip-addr tunnel-client-endpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
radius override nas-port-id remote-circuit-id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
radius per-profile-attr-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
radius per-profile-attr-list (For Global Configuration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
radius-perprofilelist-name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
radius pppoe nas-port-format unique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
radius pre-authentication server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
radius relay server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
radius relay udp-checksum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
radius remote-circuit-id-delimiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
radius remote-circuit-id-format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
radius rollover-on-reject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
radius route-download server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
radius trap acct-server-not-responding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
radius trap acct-server-responding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
radius trap auth-server-not-responding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
radius trap auth-server-responding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
radius trap no-acct-server-responding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
radius trap no-auth-server-responding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
radius tunnel-accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
radius udp-checksum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xi
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius update-source-addr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
radius vlan nas-port-format stacked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
rate-limit-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
rate-period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
rd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
reaction-factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
receive-interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
receive version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
receive-window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
redistribute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
redistribute isis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
redistribute isis ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
red-mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
redundancy force-switchover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
redundancy lockout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
redundancy revert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
redundancy revertive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
redundant-port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
redundant-port force-failover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
reference-bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
reference-rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
refresh-period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
relearn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
reload slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
remote host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
remote-neighbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
rename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
request-data-size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
request-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
reserve-bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
resource if-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
resource threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
restricted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
retransmit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
retransmit-interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
rib-out disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
root proxy url . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
route interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
route-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
route-target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
router bgp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
router dvmrp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
router-id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
router igmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
xii
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
router isis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
router mld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
router-name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
router ospf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
router pim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
router rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
rtr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
rtr reaction-configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
rtr reaction-configuration action-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
rtr reaction-configuration operation-failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
rtr reaction-configuration path-change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
rtr reaction-configuration test-completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
rtr reaction-configuration test-failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
rtr reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
rtr schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
rtr schedule life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
rtr schedule restart-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
rtr schedule start-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
Chapter 7
S Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
samples-of-history-kept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
schedule macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
scheduler-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
scramble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
sdh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
secret . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
secure ip classifier-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
secure ipv6 classifier-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
secure ip policy-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
secure ipv6 policy-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
secure l2tp policy-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
send-more-specific-routes-disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
send version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
serial description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
server-address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
server-name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
service check-config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
service config-monitor-periodicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
service ctrl-x-reboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
service-description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
service dhcp-external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
service dhcp-local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
service dhcpv6-local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
service-management install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
service-management owner-session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xiii
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
service-management service-session-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
service-management subscriber-session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
service-management subscriber-session force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
service-management subscriber-session service-session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
service manual-commit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
service password-encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
service show-config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
service timestamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
service unattended-password-recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
session-out-of-resource-result-code-override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
session-timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
sessions-limit-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
set admission-bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
set as-path prepend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
set automatic-tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
set comm-list delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
set community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
set dampening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
set dhcp relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
set dhcp relay agent sub-option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
set dhcp relay assign-giaddr-source-ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
set dhcp relay broadcast-flag-replies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
set dhcp relay giaddr-selects-interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
set dhcp relay layer2-unicast-replies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
set dhcp relay max-client-packet-rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
set dhcp relay options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
set dhcp relay override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
set dhcp relay preserve-trusted-client-option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
set dhcp relay proxy send-first-offer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
set dhcp relay proxy timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
set dhcp relay trust-all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
set dhcp vendor-option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
set distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
set extcommunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
set ip interface-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
set ip next-hop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
set ip service-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
set ip source-prefix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
set ipv6 next-hop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
set level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
set local-preference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
set metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
set metric-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
set mpls-label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
set origin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
set-overload-bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
set priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
set qos-bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
xiv
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
set route-class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
set route-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
set tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
set threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
set weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
shadow-node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
shaping-rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
shared-shaping-constituent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
shared-shaping-rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
show aaa accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
show aaa accounting default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
show aaa accounting interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
show aaa accounting vr-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
show aaa authentication default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
show aaa delimiters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
show aaa domain-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
show aaa dhcpv6-delegated-prefix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
show aaa duplicate-address-check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
show aaa duplicate-prefix-check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
show aaa duplicate-prefix-check-extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
show aaa intf-desc-format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
show aaa ipv4-addr-saving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
show aaa ipv6-nd-ra-prefix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
show aaa model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
show aaa name-servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
show aaa per-profile-attr-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
show aaa profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
show aaa qos downstream-rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
show aaa route-download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
show aaa route-download ipv6 routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
show aaa route-download ipv6 routes global . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
show aaa route-download routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
show aaa route-download routes global . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
show aaa service accounting interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
show aaa statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
show aaa strip-domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
show aaa subscriber per-port-limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
show aaa subscriber per-vr-limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
show aaa timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
show aaa tunnel-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
show aaa tunnel-parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
show aaa user accounting interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
show access-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
show adjustment-factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
show aps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
show arp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
show atm aal5 interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
show atm atm1483 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
show atm bulk-config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xv
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show atm interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
show atm map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
show atm mcpt-timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
show atm oam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
show atm ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
show atm subinterface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
show atm vc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
show atm vc atm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
show atm vc-class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
show atm vp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
show atm vp-description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
show atm vp-tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
show bandwidth oversubscription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
show bfd session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
show bgp ipv6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
show bgp ipv6 advertised-routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
show bgp ipv6 aggregate-address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
show bgp ipv6 community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
show bgp ipv6 community-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
show bgp ipv6 dampened-paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
show bgp ipv6 filter-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
show bgp ipv6 flap-statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
show bgp ipv6 inconsistent-as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
show bgp ipv6 neighbors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
show bgp ipv6 neighbors dampened-routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
show bgp ipv6 neighbors paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
show bgp ipv6 neighbors received-routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
show bgp ipv6 neighbors routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
show bgp ipv6 network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
show bgp ipv6 next-hops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
show bgp ipv6 paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624
show bgp ipv6 peer-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
show bgp ipv6 quote-regexp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
show bgp ipv6 regexp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
show bgp ipv6 summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630
show boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
show bridge1483 interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
show bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
show bridge groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635
show bridge interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
show bridge interface vpls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
show bridge port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
show bridge table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
show bulkstats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
show bulkstats collector description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
show bulkstats collector interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
show bulkstats collector max-size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
show bulkstats collector transfer-mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
show bulkstats interface-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
xvi
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
show bulkstats receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
show bulkstats schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
show bulkstats statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
show bulkstats traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
show bulkstats virtual-routers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
show cac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
show cac interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
show calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
show classifier-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
show clns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
show clns interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
show clns neighbors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658
show clns protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
show clns traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
show clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
show color-mark-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
show columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
show configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
show control-plane policer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
show controllers e3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666
show controllers sonet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
show controllers sonet remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
show controllers t1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
show controllers t3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
show controllers t3 remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
show cops info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
show cops statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
show dhcp binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
show dhcp count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
show dhcp-external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
show dhcp host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
show dhcp proxy-client binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
show dhcp relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
show dhcp relay proxy statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
show dhcp relay statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
show dhcp server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
show dhcp summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
show dhcp vendor-option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
show dos-protection-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
show drop-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
show dvmrp destination profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
show dvmrp tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
show egress-queue events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
show egress-queue rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
show enable-frag-stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699
show environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
show ethernet oam lfm discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
show ethernet oam lfm statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
show ethernet oam lfm status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xvii
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ethernet oam lfm summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
show exception dump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
show exception monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
show fabric-queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
show fabric weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
show flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
show forwarding-table route-holddown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
show fpga-stats-monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
show frame-relay interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
show frame-relay lip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
show frame-relay lmi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
show frame-relay map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
show frame-relay multilinkInterface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
show frame-relay pvc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
show frame-relay subinterface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
show frame-relay summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
show ftp-server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
show gre destination profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
show gre tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
show hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
show hdlc interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
show hosts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
show hotfix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
show icr-partition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
show icr-partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
show ike certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
show ike configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
show ike identity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
show ike policy-rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
show ike sa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
show interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734
show interfaces lag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
show interfaces lag members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736
show ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
show ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
show ip as-path-access-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
show ip bgp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
show ip bgp advertised-routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
show ip bgp aggregate-address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
show ip bgp cidr-only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
show ip bgp community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
show ip bgp community-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
show ip bgp dampened-paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
show ip bgp filter-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
show ip bgp flap-statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762
show ip bgp inconsistent-as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764
show ip bgp neighbors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766
show ip bgp neighbors dampened-routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 767
show ip bgp neighbors paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770
xviii
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
show ip bgp neighbors received prefix-filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771
show ip bgp neighbors received-routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772
show ip bgp neighbors routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775
show ip bgp network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778
show ip bgp next-hops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780
show ip bgp paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 781
show ip bgp peer-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782
show ip bgp quote-regexp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 783
show ip bgp regexp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787
show ip bgp summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 791
show ip cache flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793
show ip cache flow aggregation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 794
show ip community-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795
show ip demux interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796
show ip dhcp-capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797
show ip dhcp-external binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 798
show ip dhcp-external binding-id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799
show ip dhcp-external configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800
show ip dhcp-external statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
show ip dhcp-local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802
show ip dhcp-local auth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803
show ip dhcp-local binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804
show ip dhcp-local duplicate-clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805
show ip dhcp-local excluded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806
show ip dhcp-local leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807
show ip dhcp-local limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 808
show ip dhcp-local pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809
show ip dhcp-local reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810
show ip dhcp-local statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 811
show ip domain-lookup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 812
show ip dvmrp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813
show ip dvmrp interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814
show ip dvmrp mroute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815
show ip dvmrp neighbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 816
show ip dvmrp route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 817
show ip dvmrp routeNextHop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 818
show ip explicit-paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819
show ip extcommunity-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 820
show ip flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 821
show ip forwarding-table slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822
show ip http . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
show ip igmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824
show ip igmp groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825
show ip igmp interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826
show ip igmp mapped-oif . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827
show ip igmp membership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 828
show ip igmp oif-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 829
show ip igmp oif-mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830
show ip igmp-proxy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 831
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xix
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ip igmp-proxy groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 832
show ip igmp-proxy interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833
show ip igmp ssm-mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834
show ip interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 835
show ip interface shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836
show ip interface vrf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837
show ip local alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 838
show ip local pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 839
show ip local shared-pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840
show ip mac-validate interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 841
show ip match-policy-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842
show ip mirror interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843
show ip mobile binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844
show ip mobile home-agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845
show ip mobile host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846
show ip mobile profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847
show ip mobile secure foreign-agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 848
show ip mobile secure host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 849
show ip mobile traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850
show ip mroute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 851
show ip multicast protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 852
show ip multicast routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 853
show ip nat inside rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 854
show ip nat outside rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
show ip nat pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 856
show ip nat statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 857
show ip nat translations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 858
show ip nfs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 859
show ip ospf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 860
show ip ospf border-routers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 861
show ip ospf database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 862
show ip ospf interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863
show ip ospf internal-statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 864
show ip ospf neighbors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 865
show ip ospf remote-neighbor interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 866
show ip ospf spf-log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 867
show ip ospf virtual-links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 868
show ip pim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 869
show ip pim auto-rp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870
show ip pim bsr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 871
show ip pim data-mdt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 872
show ip pim dense-mode sg-state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 873
show ip pim interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 874
show ip pim neighbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875
show ip pim remote-neighbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 876
show ip pim rp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 877
show ip pim rp-hash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 878
show ip pim sparse-mode sg-state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 879
show ip pim sparse-mode unicast-route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880
xx
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
show ip pim spt-threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 881
show ip prefix-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 882
show ip prefix-tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 883
show ip profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 884
show ip protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885
show ip redistribute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 886
show ip rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 887
show ip rip database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 888
show ip rip network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889
show ip rip peer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 890
show ip rip statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 891
show ip rip summary-address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 892
show ip route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 893
show ip route slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 895
show ip rpf-route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 896
show ip service-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 898
show ip socket statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 899
show ip ssh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900
show ip static . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
show ip-subscriber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
show ip traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
show ip tunnel reassembly statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904
show ip tunnel-route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905
show ip udp statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906
show ip vrf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
show ip vrrp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908
show ip vrrp neighbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909
show ip vrrp statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910
show ip vrrp tracked-objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911
show ipsec ca identity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912
show ipsec certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913
show ipsec identity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914
show ipsec ike-configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915
show ipsec ike-policy-rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916
show ipsec ike-sa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 917
show ipsec key mypubkey rsa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 918
show ipsec key pubkey-chain rsa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 919
show ipsec lifetime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920
show ipsec local-endpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 921
show ipsec option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 922
show ipsec transform-set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923
show ipsec transport interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924
show ipsec transport profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925
show ipsec tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926
show ipsec tunnel profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927
show ipv6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 928
show ipv6 access-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929
show ipv6 address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 930
show ipv6 dhcpv6-local auth config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xxi
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ipv6 dhcpv6-local binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932
show ipv6 dhcpv6-local dns-domain-searchlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933
show ipv6 dhcpv6-local dns-servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 934
show ipv6 dhcpv6-local prefix-lifetime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935
show ipv6 dhcpv6-local statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 936
show ipv6 forwarding-table slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 937
show ipv6 interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 938
show ipv6 local ndra-pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939
show ipv6 local pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940
show ipv6 mld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941
show ipv6 mld groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 942
show ipv6 mld membership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943
show ipv6 mld interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 944
show ipv6 mld mapped-oif . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945
show ipv6 mld oif-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946
show ipv6 mld oif-mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947
show ipv6 mld-proxy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948
show ipv6 mld-proxy groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949
show ipv6 mld-proxy interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950
show ipv6 mld ssm-mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951
show ipv6 mroute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952
show ipv6 multicast protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 953
show ipv6 multicast routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 954
show ipv6 neighbors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955
show ipv6 ospf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956
show ipv6 ospf border-routers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957
show ipv6 ospf database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 958
show ipv6 ospf internal-statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959
show ipv6 ospf interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960
show ipv6 ospf neighbors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961
show ipv6 ospf summary-prefix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962
show ipv6 ospf traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 963
show ipv6 pim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964
show ipv6 pim bsr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 965
show ipv6 pim interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966
show ipv6 pim neighbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 967
show ipv6 pim remote-neighbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 968
show ipv6 pim rp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 969
show ipv6 pim rp-hash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 970
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode sg-state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode unicast-route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972
show ipv6 pim spt-threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973
show ipv6 prefix-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974
show ipv6 profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 975
show ipv6 protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976
show ipv6 redistribute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 977
show ipv6 route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978
show ipv6 routers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980
show ipv6 rpf-route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981
xxii
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
show ipv6 static . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 983
show ipv6 traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984
show ipv6 tunnel-route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985
show ipv6 udp statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 986
show isis database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987
show isis mpls adjacency-log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 988
show isis mpls advertisements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989
show isis mpls tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 990
show isis nsf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 991
show isis spf-log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992
show isis summary-addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993
show isis topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994
show issu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 995
show l2c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996
show l2c discovery-table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997
show l2c label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 998
show l2c neighbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999
show l2c statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000
show l2tp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
show l2tp destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
show l2tp destination lockout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1003
show l2tp destination profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1004
show l2tp dial-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1005
show l2tp dial-out session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006
show l2tp dial-out target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007
show l2tp dial-out virtual-router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008
show l2tp received-disconnect-cause-summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009
show l2tp session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010
show l2tp switch-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011
show l2tp tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012
show l2vpn connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1014
show l2vpn instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015
show l2vpn interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016
show last-reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1017
show ldp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1018
show ldp binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1019
show ldp graceful-restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021
show ldp igp-sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1022
show ldp interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023
show ldp neighbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1024
show ldp profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1025
show ldp statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026
show ldp targeted session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1027
show ldp vpls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028
show license . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029
show license mobile-ip home-agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030
show line console 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031
show line vty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032
show log configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1033
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xxiii
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show log data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1034
show memory-management protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1035
show mirror log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1036
show mirror rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1037
show mirror subscribers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1038
show mirror trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1039
show mpls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040
show mpls binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1041
show mpls cross-connects atm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1043
show mpls explicit-paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1044
show mpls fast-reroute database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045
show mpls forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046
show mpls interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1047
show mpls l2transport interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048
show mpls l2transport load-balancing-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049
show mpls minor-interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050
show mpls next-hop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1051
show mpls phb-id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1052
show mpls profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1053
show mpls rsvp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1054
show mpls rsvp authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055
show mpls rsvp bfd interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1056
show mpls rsvp counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1057
show mpls rsvp hello graceful restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1058
show mpls rsvp hello instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1059
show mpls tunnels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1060
show mroute port count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1061
show multicast group limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1062
show nbma arp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1063
show ntp associations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064
show ntp status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065
show nvs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1066
show parent-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1067
show policy-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1068
show policy-parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1069
show ppp interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1070
show ppp interface summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1073
show ppp peer-ip-address-optional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1074
show ppp session-To-Thirteen-Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1075
show pppoe interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1076
show pppoe interface lockout-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077
show pppoe-service-name-table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1078
show pppoe subinterface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1079
show privilege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080
show privilege group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081
show processes cpu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082
show processes memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083
show profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1084
show profile brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085
xxiv
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
show qos interface-hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1086
show qos-interface-set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087
show qos-interface-superset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1088
show qos-parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1089
show qos-parameter-define . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091
show qos-port-type-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1092
show qos-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093
show qos queue-thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1094
show qos scheduler-hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095
show qos shared-shaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097
show qos-shared-shaper-control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099
show queue-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1100
show radius acct-session-id-format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101
show radius algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1102
show radius attributes-ignored . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103
show radius attributes-included . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1104
show radius calling-station-delimiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105
show radius calling-station-format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106
show radius connect-info-format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107
show radius dsl-port-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108
show radius ethernet-port-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109
show radius icr-partition-accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110
show radius nas-identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111
show radius nas-port-format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112
show radius nas-port-format extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113
show radius override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1114
show radius per-profile-attr-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115
show radius pppoe nas-port-format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1116
show radius relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117
show radius relay udp-checksum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118
show radius remote-circuit-id-delimiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1119
show radius remote-circuit-id-format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120
show radius rollover-on-reject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1121
show radius servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122
show radius statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123
show radius trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1124
show radius tunnel-accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1125
show radius udp-checksum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126
show radius update-source-addr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1127
show radius vlan nas-port-format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1128
show rate-limit-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1129
show reboot-history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130
show redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1131
show redundancy clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132
show redundancy history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133
show redundancy line-card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134
show redundancy srp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135
show redundancy switchover-history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1136
show reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1137
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xxv
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1138
show route-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139
show rtr application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140
show rtr collection-statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141
show rtr configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1142
show rtr history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1143
show rtr hops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1144
show rtr operational-state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1145
show running-configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146
show schedule macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1147
show scheduler-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148
show secrets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1149
show secure classifier-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1150
show secure policy-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1151
show service config-monitor-periodicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1152
show service-management owner-session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1153
show service-management service-definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1154
show service-management service-session-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1155
show service-management subscriber-session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1156
show service-management summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1157
show snmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1158
show snmp access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1159
show snmp agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160
show snmp community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1161
show snmp group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1162
show snmp interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1163
show snmp management-event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1164
show snmp notificationLog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1165
show snmp secure-log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1166
show snmp trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167
show snmp trap statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1168
show snmp user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1169
show snmp view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1170
show socket statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171
show sscc info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1172
show sscc options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173
show sscc statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1174
show sscc version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1175
show statistics-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1176
show statistics tacacs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1177
show subscriber-policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1178
show subscribers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179
show subsystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1181
show suspicious-control-flow-detection counts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1182
show suspicious-control-flow-detection flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1183
show suspicious-control-flow-detection info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1184
show suspicious-control-flow-detection protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1185
show tacacs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186
show tcp ack-rst-and-syn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187
xxvi
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
show tcp path-mtu-discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1188
show tcp paws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1189
show tcp resequence-buffers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1190
show tcp statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1191
show tech-support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1192
show telnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1193
show terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1194
show terminate-code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1195
show timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196
show track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1197
show track brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1198
show traffic-class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1199
show traffic-class-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200
show tunnel-server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1201
show users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1202
show utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1203
show version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1204
show virtual-router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205
show vlan bulk-config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1206
show vlan profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1207
show vlan subinterface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1208
show vpls connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1210
shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1211
single-shot-tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1212
sleep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213
slot accept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214
slot disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1215
slot enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216
slot erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1217
slot ignore-diagnostic-failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1218
slot replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219
snmp-server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1220
snmp-server clear secure-log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1221
snmp-server community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1222
snmp-server contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1223
snmp-server enable traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1224
snmp-server group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227
snmp-server host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1228
snmp-server interfaces compress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1231
snmp-server interfaces compress-restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232
snmp-server interfaces description-format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233
snmp-server interfaces rfc1213 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1234
snmp-server location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235
snmp-server management-event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1236
snmp-server notificationLog ageOut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237
snmp-server notificationLog entryLimit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238
snmp-server notificationLog log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1239
snmp-server packetsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240
snmp-server secure-log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1241
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xxvii
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
snmp-server security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1242
snmp-server trap-proxy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1243
snmp-server trap-source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244
snmp-server user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245
snmp-server view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1246
snmpTrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1247
snmp trap frame-relay link-status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1248
snmp trap ip link-status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1249
snmp trap link-status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250
source-address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251
speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1252
spf-interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253
split-horizon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1254
srp switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1255
sscc address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1256
sscc enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1257
sscc option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1258
sscc protocol ipv6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260
sscc protocol lac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1261
sscc restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1262
sscc retryTimer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1263
sscc sourceAddress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1264
sscc sourceInterface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1265
sscc transportRouter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1266
sscc update-policy-request enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1267
statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1268
statistics-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1269
strict-priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1270
strip-domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1271
subscriber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1272
subscriber disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1273
subscriber-interface-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1274
subscriber-policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275
summary-address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276
summary-prefix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277
suppress-default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1278
suspicious-control-flow-detection grouping-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1279
suspicious-control-flow-detection off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1280
suspicious-control-flow-detection protocol backoff-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281
suspicious-control-flow-detection protocol low-threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1282
suspicious-control-flow-detection protocol threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1283
svlan ethertype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1284
svlan id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1285
svlan qos-parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1286
svlan qos-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287
switch-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1288
synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1289
synchronize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1290
xxviii
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
Chapter 8
T Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1291
t1 bert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1292
t1 clock source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293
t1 description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294
t1 fdl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1295
t1 fdl carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1296
t1 fdl string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297
t1 fdl transmit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1298
t1 framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299
t1 lineCoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1300
t1 loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301
t1 remote-loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302
t1 shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303
t1 snmp trap link-status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1304
t1 timeslots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1305
t1 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1306
table-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1307
tacacs-server host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308
tacacs-server key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309
tacacs-server retransmit-retries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310
tacacs-server source-address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1311
tacacs-server timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1312
tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1313
tag-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1314
tcp ack-rst-and-syn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1315
tcp mss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1316
tcp path-mtu-discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317
tcp paws-disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1318
tcp resequence-buffers connection-maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319
tcp resequence-buffers default-connection-maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1320
tcp resequence-buffers default-vr-maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1321
tcp resequence-buffers global-maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322
tcp resequence-buffers vr-maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323
tech-support encoded-string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324
telnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325
telnet listen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327
terminal data-character-bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1328
terminal length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329
terminal speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1330
terminal width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331
terminate-code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1332
test aaa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333
test bgp ipv6 neighbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1334
test ip bgp neighbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1337
threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340
threshold-test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1341
time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342
timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343
timeout login response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1344
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xxix
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345
timers bgp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1346
timers spf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1347
time-to-live . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1348
timing disable-auto-upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1349
timing select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1350
timing source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1351
tos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1352
trace mpls ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1353
trace mpls l2transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1355
trace mpls l3vpn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1357
trace mpls rsvp tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1359
trace mpls vpls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1361
traceroute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1363
track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1365
traffic-class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1366
traffic-class-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1367
transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1368
transform-set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369
translate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1370
transmit-delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1371
traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372
trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1373
trigger delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374
triggered-update-disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1375
ttl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1376
tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1377
tunnel checksum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1378
tunnel destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1379
tunnel destination backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1381
tunnel group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1382
tunnel group-address-pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1383
tunnel ip profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1384
tunnel lifetime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1385
tunnel local-identity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1386
tunnel mdt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1387
tunnel mdt profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388
tunnel mpls affinity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1389
tunnel mpls autoroute announce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1390
tunnel mpls autoroute metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1391
tunnel mpls bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1392
tunnel mpls description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1393
tunnel mpls diff-serv phb-id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1394
tunnel mpls fast-reroute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1395
tunnel mpls no-route retries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1396
tunnel mpls no-route retry-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1397
tunnel mpls path-option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1398
tunnel mpls priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1399
tunnel mpls retries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1400
xxx
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
tunnel mpls retry-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1401
tunnel mtu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1402
tunnel password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1403
tunnel peer-identity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1404
tunnel pfs group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1405
tunnel sequence-datagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1406
tunnel-server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1407
tunnel session-key-inbound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1408
tunnel session-key-outbound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1409
tunnel signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1410
tunnel source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1411
tunnel-subscriber authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1412
tunnel transform-set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1413
tx-connect-speed-method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1414
type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1415
Chapter 9
U, V, W, and Y Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1417
ubr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1418
udp-port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1419
undebug ip bgp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1420
undebug ip mbgp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1421
undebug ip ospf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1422
undebug ip pim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1423
undebug ip rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424
undebug ipv6 ospf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1425
undebug ipv6 pim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1426
undebug isis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1427
unicast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1428
unknown-destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1429
unknown-protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1430
update-source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1431
use canned-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1432
use-release-grace-period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433
username . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1434
user-name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1435
user-packet-class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1436
user-prefix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1437
vbr-nrt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1438
vbr-rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1439
vc-class atm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1440
version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441
virtual-router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1442
vlan advisory-rx-speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1443
vlan advisory-tx-speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1444
vlan auto-configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1445
vlan auto-configure agent-circuit-identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1446
vlan bulk-config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1447
vlan bulk-config modify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1449
vlan bulk-config shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1450
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xxxi
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
vlan classifier-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1451
vlan description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1452
vlan dos-protection-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1453
vlan id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454
vlan policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1455
vlan policy-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1456
vlan profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1457
vlan service-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1458
volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1459
wait-for-gsmp-syn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1460
warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1461
weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1462
write core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1463
write memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1464
yellow-mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1465
Part 2
Index
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469
xxxii
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
List of Tables
About the Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxv
Table 1: Notice Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvi
Table 2: Text and Syntax Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvi
Part 1
Commands, N to Z
Chapter 1
Command Reference Topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Table 3: Interface Types and Specifiers for ERX7xx Models, ERX14xx Models,
and ERX310 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Table 4: Interface Types and Specifiers for E120 Router and E320 Router . . . . . . . 13
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xxxiii
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
xxxiv
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
About the Documentation
•
E Series and JunosE Documentation and Release Notes on page xxxv
•
Audience on page xxxv
•
E Series and JunosE Text and Syntax Conventions on page xxxv
•
Obtaining Documentation on page xxxvii
•
Documentation Feedback on page xxxvii
•
Requesting Technical Support on page xxxvii
E Series and JunosE Documentation and Release Notes
For a list of related JunosE documentation, see
http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/software/index.html .
If the information in the latest release notes differs from the information in the
documentation, follow the JunosE Release Notes.
®
To obtain the most current version of all Juniper Networks technical documentation,
see the product documentation page on the Juniper Networks website at
http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/ .
Audience
This guide is intended for experienced system and network specialists working with
Juniper Networks E Series Broadband Services Routers in an Internet access environment.
E Series and JunosE Text and Syntax Conventions
Table 1 on page xxxvi defines notice icons used in this documentation.
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xxxv
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Table 1: Notice Icons
Icon
Meaning
Description
Informational note
Indicates important features or instructions.
Caution
Indicates a situation that might result in loss of data or hardware damage.
Warning
Alerts you to the risk of personal injury or death.
Laser warning
Alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser.
Table 2 on page xxxvi defines text and syntax conventions that we use throughout the
E Series and JunosE documentation.
Table 2: Text and Syntax Conventions
Convention
Description
Examples
Bold text like this
Represents commands and keywords in text.
•
Issue the clock source command.
•
Specify the keyword exp-msg.
Bold text like this
Represents text that the user must type.
host1(config)#traffic class low-loss1
Fixed-width text like this
Represents information as displayed on your
terminal’s screen.
host1#show ip ospf 2
Routing Process OSPF 2 with Router
ID 5.5.0.250
Router is an Area Border Router
(ABR)
Italic text like this
Plus sign (+) linking key names
•
Emphasizes words.
•
Identifies variables.
•
Identifies chapter, appendix, and book
names.
Indicates that you must press two or more
keys simultaneously.
•
There are two levels of access: user and
privileged.
•
clusterId, ipAddress.
•
Appendix A, System Specifications
Press Ctrl + b.
Syntax Conventions in the Command Reference Guide
Plain text like this
Represents keywords.
terminal length
Italic text like this
Represents variables.
mask, accessListName
xxxvi
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
About the Documentation
Table 2: Text and Syntax Conventions (continued)
Convention
Description
Examples
| (pipe symbol)
Represents a choice to select one keyword
or variable to the left or to the right of this
symbol. (The keyword or variable can be
either optional or required.)
diagnostic | line
[ ] (brackets)
Represent optional keywords or variables.
[ internal | external ]
[ ]* (brackets and asterisk)
Represent optional keywords or variables
that can be entered more than once.
[ level1 | level2 | l1 ]*
{ } (braces)
Represent required keywords or variables.
{ permit | deny } { in | out }
{ clusterId | ipAddress }
Obtaining Documentation
To obtain the most current version of all Juniper Networks technical documentation, see
the Technical Documentation page on the Juniper Networks Web site at
http://www.juniper.net/.
To download complete sets of technical documentation to create your own
documentation CD-ROMs or DVD-ROMs, see the Portable Libraries page at
http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/resources/index.html
Copies of the Management Information Bases (MIBs) for a particular software release
are available for download in the software image bundle from the Juniper Networks Web
site athttp://www.juniper.net/.
Documentation Feedback
We encourage you to provide feedback, comments, and suggestions so that we can
improve the documentation to better meet your needs. Send your comments to
techpubs-comments@juniper.net, or fill out the documentation feedback form at
https://www.juniper.net/cgi-bin/docbugreport/. If you are using e-mail, be sure to include
the following information with your comments:
•
Document or topic name
•
URL or page number
•
Software release version
Requesting Technical Support
Technical product support is available through the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance
Center (JTAC). If you are a customer with an active J-Care or JNASC support contract,
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xxxvii
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
or are covered under warranty, and need post-sales technical support, you can access
our tools and resources online or open a case with JTAC.
•
JTAC policies—For a complete understanding of our JTAC procedures and policies,
review the JTAC User Guide located at
http://www.juniper.net/us/en/local/pdf/resource-guides/7100059-en.pdf .
•
Product warranties—For product warranty information, visit
http://www.juniper.net/support/warranty/ .
•
JTAC hours of operation—The JTAC centers have resources available 24 hours a day,
7 days a week, 365 days a year.
Self-Help Online Tools and Resources
For quick and easy problem resolution, Juniper Networks has designed an online
self-service portal called the Customer Support Center (CSC) that provides you with the
following features:
•
Find CSC offerings: http://www.juniper.net/customers/support/
•
Search for known bugs: http://www2.juniper.net/kb/
•
Find product documentation: http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/
•
Find solutions and answer questions using our Knowledge Base: http://kb.juniper.net/
•
Download the latest versions of software and review release notes:
http://www.juniper.net/customers/csc/software/
•
Search technical bulletins for relevant hardware and software notifications:
https://www.juniper.net/alerts/
•
Join and participate in the Juniper Networks Community Forum:
http://www.juniper.net/company/communities/
•
Open a case online in the CSC Case Management tool: http://www.juniper.net/cm/
To verify service entitlement by product serial number, use our Serial Number Entitlement
(SNE) Tool: https://tools.juniper.net/SerialNumberEntitlementSearch/
Opening a Case with JTAC
You can open a case with JTAC on the Web or by telephone.
•
Use the Case Management tool in the CSC at http://www.juniper.net/cm/ .
•
Call 1-888-314-JTAC (1-888-314-5822 toll-free in the USA, Canada, and Mexico).
For international or direct-dial options in countries without toll-free numbers, see
http://www.juniper.net/support/requesting-support.html .
xxxviii
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
PART 1
Commands, N to Z
•
Command Reference Topics on page 3
•
N Commands on page 19
•
O Commands on page 107
•
P Commands on page 125
•
Q Commands on page 295
•
R Commands on page 313
•
S Commands on page 445
•
T Commands on page 1291
•
U, V, W, and Y Commands on page 1417
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
1
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
2
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 1
Command Reference Topics
•
Using the no Version Versus the default Version of Commands on page 3
•
Deprecated Commands on page 4
•
Filtering show Commands on page 4
•
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
Using the no Version Versus the default Version of Commands
Most router configuration commands have a no version, which you can use to negate a
command (or a portion of it specified by an optional keyword) or restore its default
setting. When you use a command without the keyword no, you can reenable a disabled
feature or override a default setting. You have the option of using the default keyword
whenever the no keyword is also a choice; simply enter the keyword default instead of
no.
In most cases, when you execute the default version of a command, it produces the
exact results as the no version. There are some commands for which the default version
yields a different result than the no version.
Commands for which the default behavior differs from the no behavior are clearly
identified in this guide. Unless otherwise specified, therefore, the default command is
identical to the no command and is neither documented nor discussed.
The syntax for each no command is described in this guide. Some commands do not
have a no version; this is indicated in the individual command descriptions except for the
show commands, none of which has a no version.
The CLI can act on no versions of commands when you have entered sufficient information
to distinguish the command syntactically, and ignores all subsequent input on that line.
To be compatible with some non–E Series implementations, the no versions of commands
accept the same options as the affirmative version of the commands. The CLI ignores
the optional input if it has no effect on the command behavior. If using the option changes
the behavior of the no version, the individual command entry in this guide describes the
difference in behavior.
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
3
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Deprecated Commands
A command that has been deprecated in a release or in a particular configuration mode
returns a notice when you issue the command manually:
NOTICE: This command is obsolete. It may be completely removed from a subsequent
software release.
A preferred alternate command is provided in the notice. If you have a script that uses
the deprecated command, the deprecated command is automatically mapped to the
preferred command when you run the script. If the deprecated command no longer has
a function, then that command has no effect when you run a script containing the
command.
We recommend that you use the preferred command when writing new scripts.
Filtering show Commands
You have access to a variety of show commands that display router and protocol
information. You can filter the output of a show command by specifying | (the UNIX pipe
symbol), one of the following keywords, and either a case-sensitive text string or a regular
expression.
•
begin—Displays output beginning with the first line that contains the text string or
regular expression
•
include—Displays output lines that contain the text string or regular expression and
excludes lines that do not contain the text string or regular expression
•
exclude—Displays output lines that do not contain the text string or regular expression
and excludes lines that do contain the text string or regular expression
You can press Ctrl+c to interrupt the show command output.
NOTE: The router does not recognize beginning spaces of the text string. For
example, if you enter the include option with IP as the text string on which
to filter, the router ignores the space and displays lines that include words
such as RIP.
In the following example, the output display consists only of lines that contain the string
ip. The router omits all other lines of the output from the display because none of them
contain the string ip.
host1#show config include-defaults | include ip
! Configuration script generated on FRI NOV 12 1999 16:56:41 UTC
ip address 192.168.1.229 255.255.255.0
ip rip receive version 2 1
ip rip send version 1
ip rip authentication mode md5 17
ip rip authentication key
ip route 10.6.0.0 255.255.0.0 192.168.1.1
ip route 10.10.0.0 255.255.0.0 192.168.1.1
4
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 1: Command Reference Topics
ip route 10.10.0.166 255.255.255.255 192.168.1.1
ip debounce-time 0
router rip
Related
Documentation
•
For a list of regular expressions, see Using Regular Expressions in the JunosE IP Services
Configuration Guide
Interface Types and Specifiers
Many commands take the variables interfaceType and interfaceSpecifier. Some commands
support all types of interfaces, whereas other commands support only certain types of
interfaces. Similarly, some commands support all interface specifier formats for a
particular interface type, whereas other commands support only certain interface specifier
formats.
Table 3 on page 5 lists the interface specifiers for each type of interface on ERX7xx
models, ERX14xx models, and the Juniper Networks ERX310 Broadband Services Router.
NOTE: On ERX7xx models, ERX14xx models, and the ERX310 router, you can
use the atm slot/port/vpi/vci interface specifier format as an alternative to
the atm slot/port.subinterface format with the specific show interface and
show subinterface commands to monitor all ATM 1483 subinterfaces (except
NBMA interfaces) as well as the upper-layer interfaces configured over an
ATM 1483 subinterface. You cannot, however, use the atm slot/port/vpi/vci
format to create or modify an ATM 1483 subinterface.
Table 4 on page 13 lists the interface specifiers for each type of interface on the Juniper
Networks E120 and E320 Broadband Services Routers.
NOTE: On the E120 router and the E320 router you can use the atm
slot/adapter/port/vpi/vci interface specifier format as an alternative to the
atm slot/adapter/port.subinterface format with the specific show interface
and show subinterface commands to monitor all ATM 1483 subinterfaces
(except NBMA interfaces) as well as the upper-layer interfaces configured
over an ATM 1483 subinterface. You cannot, however, use the atm
slot/adapter/port/vpi/vci format to create or modify an ATM 1483
subinterface.
Table 3: Interface Types and Specifiers for ERX7xx Models, ERX14xx
Models, and ERX310 Router
Interface Type
Description
Interface Specifier
atm
ATM
interface or
ATM 1483
subinterface
Refer to the individual formats listed below.
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Example
5
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Table 3: Interface Types and Specifiers for ERX7xx Models, ERX14xx
Models, and ERX310 Router (continued)
Interface Type
•
•
ATM
interface or
subinterface
ATM 1483
subinterface
Description
Interface Specifier
Example
To configure an ATM interface or subinterface:
atm 3/2.6
slot/port[.subinterface ]
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–6 (ERX7xx models), 0–13 (ERX14xx
models), and 0–2 (ERX310 router)
•
port—Port number on the I/O module
•
subinterface—Number of the subinterface
in the range 1–2147483647
To display information about an ATM 1483
subinterface by using show commands:
atm 3/2/1/2
slot/port/vpi/vci
6
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–6 (ERX7xx models), 0–13 (ERX14xx
models), and 0–2 (ERX310 router)
•
port—Port number on the I/O module
•
vpi—Virtual path identifier of the PVC on this
ATM 1483 subinterface; allowable numeric
range depends on the module capabilities
and current configuration
•
vci—Virtual circuit identifier of the PVC on
this ATM 1483 subinterface; allowable
numeric range depends on the module
capabilities and current configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 1: Command Reference Topics
Table 3: Interface Types and Specifiers for ERX7xx Models, ERX14xx
Models, and ERX310 Router (continued)
Interface Type
Description
Interface Specifier
Example
fastEthernet
IEEE 802.3
Fast Ethernet
(FE)
interface
slot/port[.subinterface1[.subinterface2 ] ]
fastEthernet
3/2.6.20
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–6 (ERX7xx models), 0–13 (ERX14xx
models), and 0–2 (ERX310 router)
•
port—Port number on the I/O module or port
0 for the Fast Ethernet management port
on the SRP I/O module
The meaning of the subinterface variables
depends on the configuration context. You can
configure Fast Ethernet interfaces with or
without VLANS.
•
•
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
VLANs:
•
subinterface1—Number of the VLAN
subinterface in the range 1–2147483647;
no more than 4096 VLAN subinterfaces
per Fast Ethernet physical port
•
subinterface2—When using PPPoE, the
number of the PPPoE subinterface in the
range 1–2147483647; no more than 8000
PPPoE subinterfaces per Fast Ethernet
line module
No VLANs:
•
subinterface1—When using PPPoE, the
number of the PPPoE subinterface in the
range 1–2147483647; no more than 8000
PPPoE subinterfaces per Fast Ethernet
line module
•
subinterface2—Not used
7
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Table 3: Interface Types and Specifiers for ERX7xx Models, ERX14xx
Models, and ERX310 Router (continued)
Interface Type
Description
Interface Specifier
Example
gigabitEthernet
IEEE 802.3
Gigabit
Ethernet
(GE)
interface
slot/port[.subinterface1[.subinterface2 ] ]
gigabitEthernet
3/0.6.20
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–6 (ERX7xx models), 0–13 (ERX14xx
models), and 0–2 (ERX310 router)
•
port—Port number on the I/O module
The meaning of the subinterface variables
depends on the configuration context. You can
configure Gigabit Ethernet interfaces with or
without VLANs.
•
•
lag
loopback
IEEE 802.3ad
link
aggregation
group (LAG)
interface
mlppp
•
subinterface2—When using PPPoE, the
number of the PPPoE subinterface in the
range 1–2147483647; no more than 8000
PPPoE subinterfaces per Gigabit Ethernet
line module
No VLANs:
•
subinterface1—When using PPPoE, the
number of the PPPoE subinterface in the
range 1–2147483647; no more than 8000
PPPoE subinterfaces per Gigabit Ethernet
line module
•
subinterface2—Not used
bundle-name—Name of the bundle
•
subinterface—Number of the LAG
subinterface in the range 1–2147483647
integer
•
bundle-name—Name of the bundle
•
subinterface—Number of the MLFR
subinterface in the range 1–4294967293
Multilink PPP
interface
lag paris.2
loopback 20
integer—Integer in the range
1–4294967293
bundle-name[.subinterface ]
bundle-name
•
8
subinterface1—Number of the VLAN
subinterface in the range 1–2147483647;
no more than 4096 VLAN subinterfaces
per Gigabit Ethernet physical port
•
Loopback
interface
Multilink
frame relay
interface
•
bundle-name[.subinterface ]
•
mlframe-relay
VLANs:
mlframe-relay
boston.1
mlppp chicago
bundle-name—Name of the bundle
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 1: Command Reference Topics
Table 3: Interface Types and Specifiers for ERX7xx Models, ERX14xx
Models, and ERX310 Router (continued)
Interface Type
Description
Interface Specifier
Example
mplsL2shim
MPLS shim
interface
slot/port[.subinterface ]
mplsL2shim 3/2.1
mplsMajor
mplsMinor
MPLS major
interface
MPLS minor
interface
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–6 (ERX7xx models), 0–13 (ERX14xx
models), and 0–2 (ERX310 router)
•
port—Port number on the I/O module
•
subinterface—Number of the subinterface
in the range 1–2147483647
slot/port[.subinterface ]
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–6 (ERX7xx models), 0–13 (ERX14xx
models), and 0–2 (ERX310 router)
•
port—Port number on the I/O module
•
subinterface—Number of the subinterface
in the range 1–2147483647
[ vr:]tunnel-name
•
vr—Name of a virtual router
•
tunnel-name—Name of the tunnel
mplsMajor 3/2.1
mplsMinor
lsp-02020202-1-4
null
Null
interface,
which acts as
a data sink
and cannot
forward or
receive
traffic. You
cannot
configure
values on the
null interface.
0
null 0
pos
Packet over
SONET
(POS)
interface
slot/port[.subinterface ]
pos 3/2
serial
CT3, E3
Frame, T3
Frame, or
cOCx/STMx
interface
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–6 (ERX7xx models), 0–13 (ERX14xx
models), and 0–2 (ERX310 router)
•
port—Port number on the I/O module
•
subinterface—Number of the subinterface
in the range 1–2147483647
Refer to the individual formats listed below.
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
9
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Table 3: Interface Types and Specifiers for ERX7xx Models, ERX14xx
Models, and ERX310 Router (continued)
Interface Type
•
•
•
10
CT3
E3/T3 Frame
cOCx/STMx:
unframed E1
Description
Interface Specifier
Example
slot/port:channel/subchannel[.subinterface ]
serial 3/2:20/15
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–6 (ERX7xx models) and 0–13 (ERX14xx
models)
•
port—Port number on the I/O module
•
channel—Number of a T1 channel on a CT3
module; in the range 1–28
•
subchannel—Number of the channel group
associated with a range of DS0 timeslots
on a CT3 module; in the range 1–28
•
subinterface—Number of the subinterface
in the range 1–2147483647
slot/port[.subinterface ]
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–6 (ERX7xx models) and 0–13 (ERX14xx
models)
•
port—Port number on the I/O module
•
subinterface—Number of the subinterface
in the range 1–2147483647
slot/port:path-channel/path-payload/
tributary-group/tributary-number/
channelNumber[.subinterface ]
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–6 (ERX7xx models), 0–13 (ERX14xx
models), and 0–2 (ERX310 router)
•
port—Port number on the I/O module
•
path-channel—Number of the STS-1or
STM-0 line in the range 1–2147483648
•
path-payload—Number of the payload
within the path
•
tributary-group—Number of the tributary
group within the path
•
tributary-number—Number of the tributary
within the group
•
channelNumber—1 (the router assigns the
number one to an unframed E1 channel)
•
subinterface—Number of the subinterface
in the range 1–2147483647
serial 3/2
serial
3/0:10/1/2/2/1
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 1: Command Reference Topics
Table 3: Interface Types and Specifiers for ERX7xx Models, ERX14xx
Models, and ERX310 Router (continued)
Interface Type
•
•
cOCx/STMx:
fractional
E1/T1
cOCx/STMx:
unchannelized
DS3
Description
Interface Specifier
Example
slot/port:path-channel/path-payload/
tributary-group/tributary-number/
channel-group[.subinterface ]
serial
3/0:10/1/2/2/1
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–6 (ERX7xx models), 0–13 (ERX14xx
models), and 0–2 (ERX310 router)
•
port—Port number on the I/O module
•
path-channel—Number of the STS-1or
STM-0 line in the range 1–2147483648
•
path-payload—Number of the payload
within the path
•
tributary-group—Number of the tributary
group within the path
•
tributary-number—Number of the tributary
within the group
•
channel-group—Number of a fractional T1
or E1 line
•
subinterface—Number of the subinterface
in the range 1–2147483647
slot/port:path-channel/ds3-channel-number
[.subinterface ]
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–6 (ERX7xx models), 0–13 (ERX14xx
models), and 0–2 (ERX310 router)
•
port—Port number on the I/O module
•
path-channel—Number of the STS-1or
STM-0 line in the range 1–2147483648
•
ds3-channel-number—Number of a T3
channel
•
subinterface—Number of the subinterface
in the range 1–2147483647
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
serial 3/0:1/1
11
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Table 3: Interface Types and Specifiers for ERX7xx Models, ERX14xx
Models, and ERX310 Router (continued)
Interface Type
•
cOCx/STMx:
DS3
channelized
to DS0
sonet – line
layer
sonet – path
layer
sonet – section
layer
tunnel
12
Description
Line layer of
a
SONET/SDH
interface
Path layer of
a
SONET/SDH
interface
Section layer
of a
SONET/SDH
interface
Tunnel
interface
Interface Specifier
Example
slot/port:path-channel/ds3-channel-number/
ds1-channel-number/subchannel-number
[.subinterface ]
serial 3/0:1/1/10/15
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–6 (ERX7xx models), 0–13 (ERX14xx
models), and 0–2 (ERX310 router)
•
port—Port number on the I/O module
•
path-channel—Number of the STS-1or
STM-0 line in the range 1–2147483648
•
ds3-channel-number—Number of a T3
channel
•
ds1-channel-number—Number of a T1
channel
•
subchannel-number—Number of a fractional
T1 channel
•
subinterface—Number of the subinterface
in the range 1–2147483647
slot/port
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–6 (ERX7xx models), 0–13 (ERX14xx
models), and 0–2 (ERX310 router)
•
port—Port number on the I/O module
slot/port:path-channel
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–6 (ERX7xx models), 0–13 (ERX14xx
models), and 0–2 (ERX310 router)
•
port—Port number on the I/O module
•
path-channel—Number of the STS-1or
STM-0 line in the range 1–2147483648
slot/port
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–6 (ERX7xx models), 0–13 (ERX14xx
models), and 0–2 (ERX310 router)
•
port—Port number on the I/O module
tunnel-type:tunnel-name[.subinterface ]
•
tunnel-type—Type of the tunnel: dvmrp, gre,
ipsec, l2tp, or mpls
•
tunnel-name—Name of the tunnel
•
subinterface—For GRE tunnels, number of
the subinterface in the range 1–2147483647
sonet 3/0
sonet 3/0:2
sonet 3/0
tunnel gre:boston
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 1: Command Reference Topics
Table 4: Interface Types and Specifiers for E120 Router and E320 Router
Interface Type
Description
Interface Specifier
atm
ATM
interface or
ATM 1483
subinterface
Refer to the individual formats listed below.
•
ATM interface or
subinterface
To configure an ATM interface or subinterface:
Example
atm 3/1/7.6
slot/adapter/port[.subinterface ]
•
ATM 1483
subinterface
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–5 (E120 router) and 0–5 or 11–16 (E320
router)
•
adapter—Identifier for the IOA within the
chassis slot, either 0 or 1, where:
•
0 indicates that the IOA is installed in the
right IOA bay (E120 router) or the upper IOA
bay (E320 router).
•
1 indicates that the IOA is installed in the
left IOA bay (E120 router) or the lower IOA
bay (E320 router).
•
port—Port number on the IOA
•
subinterface—Number of the subinterface in
the range 1–2147483647
To display information about an ATM 1483
subinterface by using show commands:
atm 3/1/7/1/2
slot/adapter/port/vpi/vci
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–5 (E120 router) and 0–5 or 11–16 (E320
router)
•
adapter—Identifier for the IOA within the
chassis slot, either 0 or 1, where:
•
0 indicates that the IOA is installed in the
right IOA bay (E120 router) or the upper IOA
bay (E320 router).
•
1 indicates that the IOA is installed in the
left IOA bay (E120 router) or the lower IOA
bay (E320 router).
•
port—Port number on the IOA
•
vpi—Virtual path identifier of the PVC on this
ATM 1483 subinterface; numeric range for the
E120 and E320 routers is 0–255
•
vci—Virtual circuit identifier of the PVC on this
ATM 1483 subinterface; numeric range for the
E120 and E320 routers is 1–65535
13
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Table 4: Interface Types and Specifiers for E120 Router and E320
Router (continued)
Interface Type
Description
Interface Specifier
fastEthernet
IEEE 802.3
Fast Ethernet
(FE)
interface
slot/adapter/port
(for Fast Ethernet
management port
on SRP IOA)
gigabitEthernet
IEEE 802.3
Gigabit
Ethernet
(GE)
interface
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot, either 6 or
7
•
adapter—Identifier for the SRP I/O adapter
(IOA) within the chassis slot; always 0
•
port—Port number on the SRP IOA; always 0
slot/adapter/port[.subinterface1[.subinterface2
]]
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–5 (E120 router) and 0–5 or 11–16 (E320
router)
•
adapter—Identifier for the IOA within the
chassis slot, either 0 or 1, where:
•
•
0 indicates that the IOA is installed in the
right IOA bay (E120 router) or the upper IOA
bay (E320 router).
•
1 indicates that the IOA is installed in the
left IOA bay (E120 router) or the lower IOA
bay (E320 router).
Example
fastEthernet 6/0/0
gigabitEthernet
4/0/1.20
port—Port number on the IOA
The meaning of the subinterface variables
depends on the configuration context. You
can configure Gigabit Ethernet interfaces with
or without VLANs.
•
•
lag
14
IEEE 802.3ad
link
aggregation
group (LAG)
interface
VLANs:
•
subinterface1—Number of the VLAN
subinterface in the range 1–2147483647;
no more than 4096 VLAN subinterfaces
per Gigabit Ethernet physical port
•
subinterface2—When using PPPoE, the
number of the PPPoE subinterface in the
range 1–2147483647; no more than 16,000
PPPoE subinterfaces per Gigabit Ethernet
line module
No VLANs:
•
subinterface1—When using PPPoE, the
number of the PPPoE subinterface in the
range 1–2147483647; no more than 16,000
PPPoE subinterfaces per Gigabit Ethernet
line module
•
subinterface2—Not used
bundle-name[.subinterface ]
•
bundle-name—Name of the bundle
•
subinterface—Number of the LAG
subinterface in the range 1–2147483647
lag paris.2
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 1: Command Reference Topics
Table 4: Interface Types and Specifiers for E120 Router and E320
Router (continued)
Interface Type
Description
Interface Specifier
Example
mplsL2shim
MPLS shim
interface
slot/adapter/port[.subinterface ]
mplsL2shim 3/0/2.1
mplsMajor
mplsMinor
MPLS major
interface
MPLS minor
interface
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–5 (E120 router) and 0–5 or 11–16 (E320
router)
•
adapter—Identifier for the IOA within the
chassis slot, either 0 or 1, where:
•
0 indicates that the IOA is installed in the
right IOA bay (E120 router) or the upper IOA
bay (E320 router).
•
1 indicates that the IOA is installed in the
left IOA bay (E120 router) or the lower IOA
bay (E320 router).
•
port—Port number on the IOA
•
subinterface—Number of the subinterface in
the range 1–2147483647
slot/adapter/port[.subinterface ]
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–5 (E120 router) and 0–5 or 11–16 (E320
router)
•
adapter—Identifier for the IOA within the
chassis slot, either 0 or 1, where:
•
0 indicates that the IOA is installed in the
right IOA bay (E120 router) or the upper IOA
bay (E320 router).
•
1 indicates that the IOA is installed in the
left IOA bay (E120 router) or the lower IOA
bay (E320 router).
•
port—Port number on the IOA
•
subinterface—Number of the subinterface in
the range 1–2147483647
[ vr:]tunnel-name
•
vr—Name of a virtual router
•
tunnel-name—Name of the tunnel
mplsMajor 3/0/2.1
mplsMinor
lsp-02020202-1-4
15
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Table 4: Interface Types and Specifiers for E120 Router and E320
Router (continued)
Interface Type
Description
Interface Specifier
Example
pos
Packet over
SONET
(POS)
interface
slot/adapter/port
pos 5/0/0
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–5 (E120 router) and 0–5 or 11–16 (E320
router)
•
adapter—Identifier for the IOA within the
chassis slot, either 0 or 1, where:
•
sonet – line layer
Line layer of
a
SONET/SDH
interface
Path layer of
a
SONET/SDH
interface
•
1 indicates that the IOA is installed in the
left IOA bay (E120 router) or the lower IOA
bay (E320 router).
port—Port number on the IOA
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–5 (E120 router) and 0–5 or 11–16 (E320
router)
•
adapter—Identifier for the IOA within the
chassis slot, either 0 or 1, where:
•
0 indicates that the IOA is installed in the
right IOA bay (E120 router) or the upper IOA
bay (E320 router).
•
1 indicates that the IOA is installed in the
left IOA bay (E120 router) or the lower IOA
bay (E320 router).
sonet 3/0/0
port—Port number on the IOA
slot/adapter/port
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–5 (E120 router) and 0–5 or 11–16 (E320
router)
•
adapter—Identifier for the IOA within the
chassis slot, either 0 or 1, where:
•
16
0 indicates that the IOA is installed in the
right IOA bay (E120 router) or the upper IOA
bay (E320 router).
slot/adapter/port
•
sonet – path layer
•
•
0 indicates that the IOA is installed in the
right IOA bay (E120 router) or the upper IOA
bay (E320 router).
•
1 indicates that the IOA is installed in the
left IOA bay (E120 router) or the lower IOA
bay (E320 router).
sonet 3/0/0
port—Port number on the IOA
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 1: Command Reference Topics
Table 4: Interface Types and Specifiers for E120 Router and E320
Router (continued)
Interface Type
Description
Interface Specifier
Example
sonet – section
layer
Section layer
of a
SONET/SDH
interface
slot/adapter/port
sonet 3/0/0
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–5 (E120 router) and 0–5 or 11–16 (E320
router)
•
adapter—Identifier for the IOA within the
chassis slot, either 0 or 1, where:
•
tenGigabitEthernet
IEEE 802.3ae
10-Gigabit
Ethernet
(GE)
interface
•
0 indicates that the IOA is installed in the
right IOA bay (E120 router) or the upper IOA
bay (E320 router).
•
1 indicates that the IOA is installed in the
left IOA bay (E120 router) or the lower IOA
bay (E320 router).
port—Port number on the IOA
slot/adapter/port[.subinterface1[.subinterface2
]]
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range
0–5 (E120 router) and 0–5 or 11–16 (E320
router)
•
adapter—Identifier for the IOA within the
chassis slot. 0 indicates that this a full-height
IOA.
•
port—Port number on the IOA
tenGigabitEthernet
4/0/1.20
The meaning of the subinterface variables
depends on the configuration context. You can
configure 10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces with or
without VLANs.
•
•
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
VLANs:
•
subinterface1—Number of the VLAN
subinterface in the range 1–2147483647;
no more than 4096 VLAN subinterfaces
per 10-Gigabit Ethernet physical port
•
subinterface2—When using PPPoE, the
number of the PPPoE subinterface in the
range 1–2147483647; no more than 16,000
PPPoE subinterfaces per 10-Gigabit
Ethernet line module
No VLANs:
•
subinterface1—When using PPPoE, the
number of the PPPoE subinterface in the
range 1–2147483647; no more than 16,000
PPPoE subinterfaces per 10-Gigabit
Ethernet line module
•
subinterface2—Not used
17
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Table 4: Interface Types and Specifiers for E120 Router and E320
Router (continued)
Interface Type
Description
tunnel
Tunnel
interface
18
Interface Specifier
tunnel-type:tunnel-name[.subinterface]
•
tunnel-type—Type of the tunnel: dvmrp, gre,
l2tp, or mpls
•
tunnel-name—Name of the tunnel
•
subinterface—For GRE tunnels, number of the
subinterface in the range 1–2147483647
Example
tunnel gre:boston
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 2
N Commands
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
19
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
nas-port-type atm
Syntax
nas-port-type atm { adsl-cap | adsl-dmt | idsl | sdsl | xdsl | cable | wireless-80211 |
wireless-cdma | wireless-umts | wireless-1x-ev | wireless-other | iapp | value }
no nas-port-type atm
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
20
Command introduced before Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the RADIUS NAS-Port-Type attribute (61) used for ATM interfaces. The no
version removes the NAS-Port-Type setting.
•
adsl-cap—Asymmetric DSL, Carrierless Amplitude Phase Modulation
•
adsl-dmt—Asymmetric DSL, Discrete Multi-Tone
•
idsl—ISDN DSL
•
sdsl—Symmetric DSL
•
xdsl—DSL of unknown type
•
cable—Cable
•
wireless-80211—Wireless 802.11
•
wireless-cdma—Wireless code division multiple access (CDMA)
•
wireless-umts—Wireless universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS)
•
wireless-1x-ev—Wireless 1xEV
•
wireless-other—Wireless other
•
iapp—Inter Access Point Protocol (IAPP)
•
value—Number in the range 0–65535
AAA Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
nas-port-type ethernet
Syntax
nas-port-type ethernet { cable | wireless-80211 | wireless-cdma | wireless-umts |
wireless-1x-ev | wireless-other | iapp | value }
no nas-port-type ethernet
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the RADIUS NAS-Port-Type attribute (61) used for Ethernet interfaces. The no
version removes the NAS-Port-Type setting.
•
cable—Cable
•
wireless-80211—Wireless 802.11
•
wireless-cdma—Wireless code division multiple access (CDMA)
•
wireless-umts—Wireless universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS)
•
wireless-1x-ev—Wireless 1xEV
•
wireless-other—Wireless other
•
iapp—Inter Access Point Protocol (IAPP)
•
value—Number in the range 0–65535
AAA Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
21
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ndraprefix
Syntax
ndraprefix startIpv6Prefix { assignedPrefixLength | endIpv6Prefix }
no ndraprefix startIpv6Prefix [ force ]
Release Information
Description
Command introduced in JunosE Release 13.0.0.
Specifies the prefix range from which IPv6 prefixes can be assigned to the Neighbor
Discovery router advertisement client. The no version removes the IPv6 prefix range from
the local address pool. You can also forcibly delete an IPv6 prefix range from which
prefixes have been allocated.
NOTE: If you attempt to configure a prefix range that overlaps with an existing
prefix range in the same pool, an error message is displayed and the
configuration fails. Also, an error message is displayed if you try to configure
a prefix range that overlaps with a prefix range in another IPv6 local address
pool on the same virtual router. Also, an automatic truncation occurs if a
higher prefix range is specified.
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
22
•
startIpv6Prefix—Starting IPv6 prefix of the range of prefixes to be delegated to
requesting routers
•
endIpv6Prefix—Ending IPv6 prefix of the range of prefixes to be delegated to requesting
routers
•
assignedPrefixLength—Length of the IPv6 prefix to be assigned from this range of
prefixes to the requesting router
•
force—Forcibly deletes the IPv6 prefix range from the local address pool
IPv6 NdRa Pool Configuration
•
Configuring IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Local Address Pools
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor
Syntax
For ANCP:
[ no ] neighbor neighborName
For OSPF:
neighbor ipAddressOspf [ pollinterval seconds | priority number ]
no neighbor ipAddressOspf [ pollinterval | priority ]
For RIP:
[ no ] neighbor ipAddressRip
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
For ANCP, creates an ANCP neighbor and accesses the L2C Neighbor Configuration
(config-l2c-neighbor) mode. For OSPF, configures OSPF neighbors on an NBMA network.
For RIP, specifies a RIP neighbor to which the router sends unicast messages. The no
version removes the specified neighbor configuration or, by omitting the neighbor name,
all ANCP neighbor configurations (ANCP), removes the neighbor (OSPF and RIP), or
restores the default values (OSPF).
•
neighborName—Name of the ANCP neighbor
•
ipAddressOspf—IP address of the neighbor’s interface; this interface must itself be
configured for the NBMA network type
•
number—Router priority value of the neighbor in the range 1–4294967295; default
value is 0
•
seconds—Interval in seconds at which the neighbor is polled; should be much larger
than the hello interval (per RFC 1247); in the range 0–255; default value is 120
•
ipAddressRip—IP address of the neighbor’s interface; this interface must be defined as
a passive interface with the passive-interface command
Address Family Configuration (RIP), Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
23
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor activate
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no | default ] neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } activate
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Specifies a peer or peer group with which routes of the current address family are
exchanged. A peer or peer group can be activated in more than one address family. By
default, a peer or peer group is activated only for the IPv4 unicast address family. The
address families that are actively exchanged over a BGP session are negotiated when
the session is established. This command takes effect immediately. The no version
indicates that routes of the current address family should not be exchanged with the
peer or peer group. The default version removes the explicit configuration from the peer
or peer group and reestablishes inheritance of the feature configuration.
If dynamic capability negotiation was not negotiated with the peer, the session is
automatically bounced so that the exchanged address families can be renegotiated in
the open messages when the session comes back up.
If dynamic capability negotiation was negotiated with the peer, BGP sends a capability
message to the peer to advertise or withdraw the multiprotocol capability for the address
family in which this command is issued.
If a neighbor is activated, BGP also sends the full contents of the BGP routing table of
the newly activated address family.
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
24
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
•
BGP Signaling for L2VPNs Overview
•
Configuring BGP Signaling for VPLS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor advertise-map
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no | default ] neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName }
advertise-map advertiseMapName { exist-map | non-exist-map }
conditionMapName [ seq sequenceNumber ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 9.0.0.
Specifies a peer or peer group within the current address family to which routes specified
by the first route map are advertised conditionally, depending on whether the second
route map is matched by some other routes in the BGP routing table. The no version
removes the conditions for advertising the routes to the peer or peer group. The default
version removes the explicit configuration from the peer or peer group and reestablishes
inheritance of the feature configuration.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group all the
members of the peer group inherit the characteristic configured with this command
•
advertiseMapName—Name of a route map that specifies the routes controlled by
conditional advertisement; no more than 50 advertise maps can be configured per
peer or peer group in an address-family
•
conditionMapName—Name of a route map that specifies the routes that control
conditional advertisement
•
sequenceNumber—Number, in the range 1–65535, that indicates the position an
advertise route map has in the list of advertise route maps configured for a particular
neighbor within the same address family; if the sequence number is not specified, the
position of the route map is considered to be the sum of the current largest sequence
number plus five
Address Family Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
25
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor advertisement-interval
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } advertisement-interval seconds
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } advertisement-interval
[ seconds ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
26
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Sets the minimum interval between the sending of BGP updates for a given prefix. The
no version restores the default interval.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
seconds—Interval in seconds between update messages; in the range 0–600; default
value is 30 seconds for external peers and 5 seconds for internal peers
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor allow
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] neighbor peerGroupName allow accessListName
[ max-peers maxNumberDynamicPeers ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the peer group so that it accepts inbound connections from any remote
address that matches the access list. The no version removes the configuration.
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group
•
accessListName—Name of an access list that specifies remote addresses from which
BGP connections may be accepted
•
maxNumberDynamicPeers—Maximum number of dynamic peers that a member of the
peer group may accept
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
27
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor allowas-in
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } allowas-in number
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } allowas-in [ number ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
28
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Specifies the number of times that the AS path of a received route may contain the
recipient BGP speaker’s AS number and still be accepted. The no version restores the
default state, which is to reject as a loop any route whose path contains the speaker’s
AS number. IBGP peers in the VPNv4 address family always accept these routes,
regardless of the command configuration.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
number—Number in the range 1–10
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor as-override
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no | default ] neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } as-override
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Prevents routing loops between routers within a VPN by substituting the current router’s
AS number in routing tables for that of the neighboring router. When you issue this
command, new policy values are applied to all routes that are sent (outbound policy) or
received (inbound policy).
The no version halts this substitution. The default version removes the explicit
configuration from the peer or peer group and reestablishes inheritance of the feature
configuration.
Options
Mode
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command. You cannot override the characteristic
for a specific member of the peer group.
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
29
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor bfd-liveness-detection
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } bfd-liveness-detection
[ minimum-interval minInterval |
[ minimum-receive-interval minRecInterval ]
[ minimum-transmit-interval minTransInterval ] ] [ multiplier multiplierValue ]
{ no | default } neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName }
bfd-liveness-detection
Release Information
Description
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Enables BGP to determine quickly whether a BGP neighbor is unreachable by means of
a BFD protocol session to the neighbor address or to each member of the specified peer
group. The no version disables BFD liveness detection for the neighbor or peer-group
members. The default version removes the explicit configuration from the peer or peer
group and reestablishes inheritance of the feature configuration.
NOTE: BFD sessions might not be maintained when the multiplier value is 1
and configured intervals are very short. We recommend that you do not use
a multiplier value of 1 with very short intervals.
Options
30
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
minInterval—Minimum proposed transmit interval and required receive interval for BFD
control packets; has the same effect as configuring the minimum receive interval and
the minimum transmit interval to the same value; number in the range 100–65535
milliseconds—for ES2 4G LM only, the range is 10–65535 milliseconds; default value
is 300 milliseconds
•
minRecInterval—Minimum interval at which the local peer must receive BFD control
packets sent by the remote peer; number in the range 100–65535 milliseconds—for
ES2 4G LM only, the range is 10–65535 milliseconds; default value is 300 milliseconds
•
minTransInterval—Minimum interval at which the local peer proposes to transmit BFD
control packets to the remote peer; number in the range 100–65535 milliseconds—for
ES2 4G LM only, the range is 10–65535 milliseconds; default value is 300 milliseconds
•
multiplierValue—Detection multiplier value that the remote peer router multiplies by
the local peer’s negotiated transmit interval to determine the remote peer’s BFD liveness
detection interval; equal to the number of BFD packets that can be missed before the
BFD session is declared down; number in the range 1–255; default value is 3
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
Mode
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
31
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor capability
Syntax
For all capabilities except ORF:
[ no | default ] neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } capability
{ deprecated-dynamic-capability-negotiation | dynamic-capability-negotiation |
four-octet-as-numbers | negotiation | route-refresh | route-refresh-cisco }
For the ORF capability:
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } capability orf
{ prefix-list | prefix-list-cisco } { send | receive | both }
{ no | default } neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } capability orf
{ prefix-list | prefix-list-cisco } [ send | receive | both ]
Release Information
Description
Options
32
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Controls advertisement of BGP capabilities to peers. Capability negotiation and
advertisement of all capabilities, except the ORF capability, is enabled by default. The
no version disables capability negotiation or prevents advertisement of the specified
capability. The default version restores the default condition, advertising the capability.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor; because IPv6 ORF prefix lists are not
supported, this variable is valid for the ORF c capability only under the IPv4 address
family for advertising IPv4 routes over BGP IPv6 peers
•
peerGroupName—Name of BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
negotiation—Determines whether the capabilities option is sent in the open message
while establishing a session; if it is not sent, no capability negotiation is conducted with
that peer
•
deprecated-dynamic-capability-negotiation—Indicates support of negotiation of
capabilities (sending new capabilities or removing previously negotiated capabilities)
without performing a hard clear of the BGP session; the capability data field does not
include a list of capabilities that can be dynamically negotiated
•
dynamic-capability-negotiation—Indicates support of negotiation of capabilities
(sending new capabilities or removing previously negotiated capabilities) without
performing a hard clear of the BGP session; the capability data field includes a list of
capabilities that can be dynamically negotiated
•
four-octet-as-numbers—Indicates support of AS numbers and sub-AS numbers that
are four octets in length, in the range 0–4294967295
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
Mode
•
route-refresh—Indicates support of route-refresh messages that request the peer to
resend its routes to the router, enabling the BGP speaker to apply modified or new
policies to the routes when it receives them again
•
route-refresh-cisco—Indicates support of Cisco-proprietary (prestandard) route-refresh
messages for interoperability with older Cisco devices
•
orf—Indicates support of cooperative route filtering to install a BGP speaker’s inbound
route filter as an outbound route filter on the peer
•
prefix-list—Installs the filter (any inbound prefix list or distribute list) as an outbound
prefix list
•
prefix-list-cisco—Installs the filter (any inbound prefix list or distribute list) as an
outbound Cisco proprietary prefix list
•
send—Sends inbound route filter to the peer to install as the outbound route filter
•
receive—Accepts inbound route filter from the peer and installs it as the outbound
route filter; cannot be configured for a peer group or a peer that is a member of a peer
groups
•
both—Sends and accepts inbound route filters with the peer for installation as the
outbound route filter
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
33
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor default-originate
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } default-originate
[ route-map mapTag ]
{ no | default } neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } default-originate
[ route-map [ mapTag ] ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
34
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Allows a BGP speaker (the local router) to send the default route 0.0.0.0/0 to a neighbor
for use as a default route. When you issue this command in the route-target address
family, BGP advertises the Default-RT-MEM-NLRI route (0:0:0/0). The no version halts
sending a default route to the neighbor. The default version removes the explicit
configuration from the peer or peer group and reestablishes inheritance of the feature
configuration.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command. You cannot override the characteristic
for a specific member of the peer group.
•
mapTag—Name of route map applied to modify the attributes of the default route or
to filter the default route; string of up to 32 characters
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor description
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } description text
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } description
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Associates a textual description with a BGP neighbor. The no version removes the
description.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
text—Up to 80 characters of text that describes the neighbor
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
35
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor distribute-list
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } distribute-list
accessListName { in | out }
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } distribute-list
[ accessListName ] { in | out }
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Distributes BGP neighbor information as specified in an access list. The no version removes
an entry.
Using distribute lists is one of several ways to filter BGP advertisements. You can also
use route maps or use AS-path filters, as with the ip as-path access-list Global
Configuration command and the neighbor filter-list command.
Options
Mode
36
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
accessListName—String of up to 32 alphanumeric characters identifying an access list
•
in—Applies list to incoming routes (inbound policy)
•
out—Applies list to outgoing routes (outbound policy); you cannot configure a member
of a peer group to override the inherited peer group characteristic for outbound policy
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor ebgp-multihop
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no | default ] neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } ebgp-multihop
[ ttl ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Allows BGP to accept route updates from external peers residing on networks that are
not directly connected. The no version halts accepting such routers. The default version
removes the explicit configuration from the peer or peer group and reestablishes
inheritance of the feature configuration.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
ttl—Maximum number of hops to the peer, in the range 1–255; default value is 255
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
37
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor filter-list
Syntax
To apply an access list:
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } filter-list
accessListName { in | out }
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } filter-list
[ accessListName ] { in | out }
To assign a weight:
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } filter-list
accessListName weight value
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } filter-list
[ accessListName ] weight [ value ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
38
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Applies an AS path access list to advertisements inbound from or outbound to the
specified neighbor, or assigns a weight to incoming routes that match the AS path access
list. The no version stops the application of the list or assignment of the weight.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
accessListName—Name of a single AS path access list; string of up to 32 characters
•
in—Applies access list to incoming routes (inbound policy)
•
out—Applies access list to outgoing routes (outbound policy); you cannot configure a
member of a peer group to override the inherited peer group characteristic for outbound
policy
•
value—Number in the range 0–65535; assigns relative importance to incoming routes
matching AS paths
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor graceful-restart
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no | default ] neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } graceful-restart
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Enables the BGP graceful restart capability for the peer or peer group, which enables
BGP to maintain its forwarding state during a peer restart, avoiding network-wide route
flaps and interruptions in traffic forwarding. Graceful restart is disabled by default. The
no version disables the graceful restart capability. The default version removes the
explicit configuration from the peer or peer group and reestablishes inheritance of the
feature configuration.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
39
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor graceful-restart restart-time
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } graceful-restart restart-time
seconds
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } graceful-restart restart-time
[ seconds ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
40
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Sets the time period advertised to a specific peer or peer group during which a restart is
expected to be complete on this BGP speaker. If the speaker does not reestablish peering
sessions within this period, the peer flushes all routes from this speaker that it marked
as stale when the speaker restarted and the session went down. The no version restores
the default value, 120 seconds.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
seconds—Integer in the range 1–3600; default value is 120 seconds
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor graceful-restart stalepaths-time
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } graceful-restart
stalepaths-time seconds
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } graceful-restart
stalepaths-time [ seconds ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
For a peer or peer group, sets the time period after a peer session restart during which
BGP waits for an End-of-RIB marker from the peer before flushing all stale routes from
that peer. The period is measured from when the session is detected in a down state.
The no version restores the default value, 360 seconds.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
seconds—Integer in the range 1–3600; default value is 360 seconds
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
41
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor ibgp-singlehop
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
42
[ no | default ] neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } ibgp-singlehop
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Configures an internal BGP peer to be a single-hop (non-multihop) peer. The no version
restores the default, wherein internal peer cannot be a single hop. The default version
removes the explicit configuration from the peer or peer group and reestablishes
inheritance of the feature configuration.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor lenient
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } lenient
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Enables lenient behavior to make the BGP speaker more tolerant of malformed packet
and finite state machine errors generated by peer, so that the speaker can attempt
recovery from the error and avoid bringing down the session. The no version disables
lenient behavior; this is the default condition.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
43
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor local-as
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } local-as number
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } local-as [ number ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
44
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Assigns a local AS number for the specified BGP peer or peer group. The no version
restores the default value set globally for the BGP instance with the router bgp command.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of the BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by
using the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
number—Number in the range 1–4294967295; the local AS to assign to the peer
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor maximum-orf-entries
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address } maximum-orf-entries maximum
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address } maximum-orf-entries [ maximum ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Sets the maximum number of ORF entries of a particular type that are accepted from
the specified neighbor. The no version restores the default value of no limits.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
maximum—Maximum number of ORF entries in the range 0–4294967295; default
value is no limit
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
45
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor maximum-prefix
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } maximum-prefix maximum
[ threshold ] [ strict ] [ warning-only ]
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } maximum-prefix
[ maximum ][ threshold ] [ strict ] [ warning-only ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
46
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Sets the number of prefixes that can be received from a neighbor. The no version removes
the maximum prefix limitation.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of the BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by
using the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
maximum—Maximum number of prefixes; default value is no limit
•
threshold—Percent of maximum at which to log a warning in the range 0–100; default
value is 75
•
strict—Checks the maximum prefix limit against all received routes rather than the
default behavior of checking it only against accepted routes
•
warning-only—Causes BGP software to log a warning, rather than reset the connection
if the maximum or threshold value is exceeded
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor maximum-update-size
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } maximum-update-size value
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } maximum-update-size
[ value ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Sets the maximum size of update messages transmitted to a BGP peer. The no version
removes the maximum update size limitation.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of the BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by
using the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
value—Maximum update size in octets in the range 256–4096; default value is 1024
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
47
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor next-hop-self
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
48
[ no | default ] neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } next-hop-self
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Forces the BGP speaker to report itself as the next hop for an advertised route it advertised
to a neighbor. Typically you use this command to prevent third-party next hops from
being used on NBMA media such as Frame Relay. The no version disables the feature.
The default version removes the explicit configuration from the peer or peer group and
reestablishes inheritance of the feature configuration.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command. You cannot override the characteristic
for a specific member of the peer group.
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
•
BGP Signaling for L2VPNs Overview
•
Configuring BGP Signaling for VPLS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor next-hop-unchanged
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no | default ] neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName }
next-hop-unchanged
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Configures BGP to not modify the next hop sent to the BGP peer. Outbound route maps
take precedence over this command, enabling prefixes that match the route map to be
modified, regardless of this command. The no version reenables BGP to modify the next
hop. The default version removes the explicit configuration from the peer or peer group
and reestablishes inheritance of the feature configuration.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
Address Family Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
49
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor passive
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
50
[ no | default ] neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } passive
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Configures the BGP speaker so that it only accepts inbound connections from, but does
not initiate outbound connections to, the peer or peer group. The no version permits the
initiation of outbound connections. The default version removes the explicit configuration
from the peer or peer group and reestablishes inheritance of the feature configuration.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor password
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } password [ 0 | 8 ] string
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } password
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Enables MD5 authentication on a TCP connection between two BGP peers. The no version
disables MD5 authentication.
•
ipAddress—IP address of the BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of the BGP peer group to which this neighbor belongs. If you
specify a BGP peer group by using the peerGroupName argument, all the members of
the peer group inherit the characteristic configured with this command, unless it is
overridden for a specific peer.
•
0—Indicates that the MD5 password is entered in unencrypted form (plaintext)
•
8—Indicates that the MD5 password is entered in encrypted form (ciphertext)
•
string—MD5 password, an alphanumeric text string of up to 16 characters
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
51
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor peer-group
Syntax
Creating a peer group:
neighbor peerGroupName peer-group
no neighbor peerGroupName [ peer-group ]
Assigning members to a peer group:
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address } peer-group peerGroupName
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address } peer-group [ peerGroupName ]
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
When used from Router Configuration mode without specifying an IP address, creates
a BGP peer group. The no version removes a peer group.
When used from Router Configuration mode with an IP address or from Address Family
Configuration mode, configures a BGP neighbor to be a member of a peer group. The no
version removes a neighbor from a peer group.
NOTE: You cannot mix IPv4 and IPv6 peer members in a peer group. Only
one type peer is allowed, IPv4 or IPv6. For example, the following error is
generated if an IPv6 peer group member is added to a peer group that already
has IPv4 members; that is, where the peer-group type is IPv4:
host1(config-router)#neighbor 1::1 peer-group hamburg
% Unable to set 'peer-group' for address family ipv4:unicast for peer
1::1 in core (IPv6 peer cannot be member of a peer-group of type IPv4)
Options
Mode
52
•
peerGroupName—Name of BGP peer group
•
ipAddress—IP address of the BGP neighbor that belongs to the peer group specified
by the name
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of the BGP neighbor that belongs to the peer group specified
by the name
•
peerGroupName—Name of the BGP peer group to which this neighbor belongs
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor peer-type
Syntax
neighbor peerGroupName peer-type { internal | external | confederation }
no neighbor peerGroupName peer-type
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the type for the peer group. The no version removes the configuration.
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
internal—Peers must be in the same AS; if confederations are employed, peers must
be in the same sub-AS in the same confederation
•
external—Peers must be in a different AS
•
confederation—Peers must be in a different sub-AS in the same confederation; used
only if confederations are employed
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
53
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor prefix-list
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } prefix-list
prefixListName { in | out }
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } prefix-list
[ prefixListName ] { in | out }
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
54
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Assigns an inbound or outbound prefix list. The no version removes the prefix list.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
prefixListName—Name of a BGP prefix list
•
in—Assigns prefix list to incoming routes (inbound policy)
•
out—Assigns prefix list to outgoing routes (outbound policy); you cannot configure a
member of a peer group to override the inherited peer group characteristic for outbound
policy
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor prefix-tree
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName }
prefix-tree prefixTreeName { in | out }
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName }
prefix-tree [ prefixTreeName ] { in | out }
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Assigns an inbound or outbound prefix tree. The no version removes the prefix tree.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor; valid only under the IPv4 address family
for advertising IPv4 routes over BGP IPv6 peers
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
prefixTreeName—Name of a BGP prefix tree
•
in—Assigns prefix tree to incoming routes (inbound policy)
•
out—Assigns prefix tree to outgoing routes (outbound policy); you cannot configure a
member of a peer group to override the inherited peer group characteristic for outbound
policy
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
55
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor remote-as
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } remote-as number
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address } [ remote-as [ number ] ]
no neighbor peerGroupName remote-as [ number ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
56
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Adds an entry to the BGP neighbor table. Specifying a neighbor with an AS number that
matches the AS number specified in the router bgp command identifies the neighbor as
internal to the local AS. Otherwise, the neighbor is considered external. This command
takes effect immediately. The no version removes an entry from the table.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
number—Number in the range 1–4294967295; the AS to which the neighbor belongs
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
•
BGP Signaling for L2VPNs Overview
•
Configuring BGP Signaling for VPLS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor remove-private-as
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no | default ] neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } remove-private-as
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Removes private AS numbers in updates sent to external peers. Private AS numbers are
only in the range 64,512–65,535. The no version halts removing private AS numbers. The
default version removes the explicit configuration from the peer or peer group and
reestablishes inheritance of the feature configuration.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command. You cannot override the characteristic
for a specific member of the peer group.
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
57
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor rib-out disable
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no | default ] neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } rib-out disable
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Disables storage of routes to the Adj-RIBs-Out table (disables rib-out) for the neighbor
or peer group. Storage is disabled by default. The no version enables the route storage.
The default version removes the explicit configuration from the peer or peer group and
reestablishes inheritance of the feature configuration.
NOTE: If you enable or disable rib-out for a peer or peer group and this action
changes the current configuration, the peer session or all peer group sessions
are automatically bounced.
Options
Mode
58
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor; you can independently enable or disable the
Adj-RIBs-Out table for a peer, regardless of whether it is a member of a peer group
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor; you can independently enable or disable
the Adj-RIBs-Out table for a peer, regardless of whether it is a member of a peer group
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, a single Adj-RIBs-Out table is established for the peer
group; BGP does not enable individual Adj-RIBs-Out tables for each peer group member.
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor route-map
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } route-map mapTag
{ in | out }
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } route-map [ mapTag ]
{ in | out }
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Applies a route map to incoming or outgoing routes. If an outbound route map is specified,
BGP advertises only routes that match at least one section of the route map. The no
version removes a route map.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
mapTag—Name of the route map; a string of up to 32 alphanumeric characters
•
in—Applies route map to incoming routes
•
out—Applies route map to outgoing routes; you cannot configure a member of a peer
group to override the inherited peer group characteristic for outbound policy
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
59
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor route-reflector-client
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
60
[ no | default ] neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName }
route-reflector-client
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Configures a router as a BGP route reflector and configures the specified neighbor as its
client. The no version indicates that the neighbor is not a client. The default version
removes the explicit configuration from the peer or peer group and reestablishes
inheritance of the feature configuration.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor being identified as a client
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor being identified as a client
•
peerGroupName—Name of BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command. You cannot override the characteristic
for a specific member of the peer group.
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor send-community
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no | default ] neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } send-community
[ standard | extended | both ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Enables a BGP speaker to send a community attribute to the peer. The no version causes
the speaker to send only standard communities to the peer. The default version removes
the explicit configuration from the peer or peer group and reestablishes inheritance of
the feature configuration.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command. You cannot override the characteristic
for a specific member of the peer group.
•
standard—Sends only standard communities
•
extended—Sends only extended communities
•
both—Sends both standard and extended communities
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
61
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor send-label
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
62
[ no ] neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } send-label
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Configures a neighbor to distribute an MPLS label with its IPv4 and IPv6 route
advertisements. This command enables BGP to dynamically negotiate SAFI 1 and SAFI
4 with this neighbor. In Router Configuration mode, the command has the same effect
as if it were issued in the context of the IPv4 unicast address family. The no version
removes the configuration.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command. You cannot override the characteristic
for a specific member of the peer group.
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor shutdown
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no | default ] neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } shutdown
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Shuts down the specified neighbor or peer group without removing the neighbor or peer
group configuration. The no version reenables a neighbor or peer group that was previously
shut down. The default version removes the explicit configuration from the peer or peer
group and reestablishes inheritance of the feature configuration.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
63
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor site-of-origin
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } site-of-origin siteOfOrigin
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } site-of-origin
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Specifies a site of origin that is added to the extended communities list in each route
received from the specified peer, unless the extended communities list already includes
a site of origin. When routes are advertised to the peer, routes whose extended
communities list contain this site of origin are filtered out and not advertised to the peer.
After you issue this command, the site of origin is applied to all routes that are received
or advertised. The session is not bounced.
The no version removes the site of origin for the peer.
NOTE: To apply the new policy to routes that are already present in the BGP
routing table, you must use the clear ip bgp command to perform a soft clear
or hard clear of the current BGP session.
Options
Mode
64
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command. You cannot override the characteristic
for a specific member of the peer group.
•
siteOfOrigin—Designator for the site of origin; in the format AA:NN, where any of the
following is true:
•
AA—AS number in the range 0–65535 and NN is an integer in the range
0–4294967295; for example, 320:72358
•
AA—AS number in the range 0–4294967295 and NN is an integer in the range
0–65535; for example, 84511:45
•
AA—Dotted decimal IP address and NN is an integer in the range 0–65535; for
example, 10.10.21.5:1256
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no | default ] neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName }
soft-reconfiguration inbound
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Initiates storage of unmodified copies of routes from the specified neighbor or all members
of the specified peer group. The no version halts this storage. The default version removes
the explicit configuration from the peer or peer group and reestablishes inheritance of
the feature configuration.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
65
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor timers
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } timers keepaliveTime holdTime
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } timers [ keepaliveTime ]
[ holdTime ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
66
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Sets keepalive and hold-time timers for the specified neighbor or peer group. Overrides
values set for the router with the timers bgp command. The no version restores the
default values.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
keepaliveTime—Interval in seconds between keepalive messages, in the range 0–65535
seconds; default value is 30 seconds; a value of zero prevents BGP from sending
keepalive messages
•
holdTime—Period in seconds that BGP waits for keepalive messages before declaring
the neighbor to be unavailable, in the range 0–65535 seconds; default value is 90
seconds; a value of zero informs BGP not to expect any keepalive messages
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor unsuppress-map
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } unsuppress-map mapTag
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } unsuppress-map [ mapTag ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Restores the advertisement of routes suppressed by policy-based route flap dampening.
The no version restores the default values.
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command. You cannot override the characteristic
for a specific member of the peer group.
•
mapTag—Name of the route map; a string of up to 32 alphanumeric characters
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
67
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
neighbor update-source
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } update-source
{ interfaceType interfaceSpecifier | updateSourceAddress | updateSourcev6Address }
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } update-source
[ interfaceType interfaceSpecifier | updateSourceAddress | updateSourcev6Address ]
Release Information
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable and updateSourcev6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Description
Allows a BGP session to use the IP address of a specific operational interface as the
source address of TCP connections used by BGP. This command takes effect immediately
and automatically bounces the BGP session. If you specify an interface in this command
and later remove the interface, this command is also removed from the router
configuration. The no version restores the interface assignment to the closest interface.
NOTE: Removing an interface that was specified in this command effectively
removes this command from the router configuration as well.
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
68
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
updateSourceAddress—Source IP address
•
updateSourcev6Address—Source IPv6 address
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
•
BGP Signaling for L2VPNs Overview
•
Configuring BGP Signaling for VPWS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
neighbor weight
Syntax
neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } weight value
no neighbor { ipAddress | ipv6Address | peerGroupName } weight [ value ]
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Assigns a weight to a neighbor connection. The no version removes a weight assignment.
All routes learned from this neighbor will have the assigned weight initially. The route
with the highest weight will be chosen as the preferred route when multiple routes are
available to a particular network.
The weights assigned with the match as-path and set weight route-map commands
override the weights assigned with the neighbor weight and neighbor filter-list
commands.
Options
Mode
•
ipAddress—IP address of BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group. If you specify a BGP peer group by using
the peerGroupName argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the
characteristic configured with this command, unless it is overridden for a specific peer.
•
value—Number in the range 0–65535; the weight to assign
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
69
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
net
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
70
[ no ] net networkEntityTitle
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures an IS-IS network entity title for the specified routing process. The no version
removes a specific NET. You must specify a NET. You can add multiple manual area IDs
by adding multiple NETs with the same system ID. The last NET cannot be removed.
•
networkEntityTitle—NET that specifies the area ID and the system ID for an IS-IS routing
process; can be either an address or a name; in the form of: areaID.systemID.nSelector
For example:
•
areaID—All bytes in front of the system ID; the number of bytes can vary from 1–13
bytes
•
systemID—Always 6 bytes and cannot vary
•
nSelector—Last byte; always 0
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
netbios-name-server
Syntax
netbios-name-server ipAddressPrimary [ ipAddressSecondary ]
no netbios-name-server
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Assigns a NetBIOS server to subscribers of an address pool. The no version removes the
association between the address pool and the NetBIOS server.
•
ipAddressPrimary—IP address of preferred NetBIOS server
•
ipAddressSecondary—IP address of secondary DNS server
DHCP Local Pool Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
71
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
netbios-node-type
Syntax
netbios-node-type nodeType
no netbios-node-type
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
72
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies a NetBIOS node type. The no version restores the default situation, in which
the node type is unspecified.
•
nodeType—One of the following types of NetBIOS servers:
•
b-node—NetBIOS Broadcast node
•
p-node—NetBIOS Peer-to-Peer node
•
m-node—NetBIOS mixed node
•
h-node—NetBIOS hybrid node
DHCP Local Pool Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
network
Syntax
For BGP:
[ no ] network { networkNumber [ [ mask ] networkMask ] | ipv6Prefix | rtfPrefix }
[ route-map mapTag ] [ weight weight ] [ backdoor ]
For DHCP local server:
network networkAddress { networkMask | prefix }
no network [ force ]
For RIP:
[ no ] network networkAddress [ networkMask ]
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
rtMemNlri variable added in JunosE Release 9.0.0.
rtMemNlri variable replaced by rtfPrefix variable in JunosE Release 9.1.0.
For BGP, does one of the following:
•
Configures a BGP speaker with an IPv6 or IPv4 prefix originating within its AS that it
advertises to its peers if a non-BGP route to the prefix exists in the IP forwarding table.
The no version removes the prefix.
•
Originates a RT-MEM-NLRI route for the prefix that represents the route-target
membership NLRI. This route is advertised to all peers that have negotiated the
route-target address family. The advertisement is used by the speaker to exhibit interest
in or request routes from a specific VPN that is not configured locally. The no version
removes the prefix.
For DHCP local server, specifies IP addresses that the DHCP local server can provide
from an address pool. The no version removes the network address and mask.
For RIP, enables RIP on a specific network (not on a range of networks). If you do not
associate a network with RIP, the router cannot advertise the network in any RIP update.
The no version disables RIP on a specific network. If you do not specify a network mask,
the router applies the natural mask. Use the ip rip commands to configure RIP attributes
on the network.
Options
•
networkNumber—Prefix that BGP will advertise
•
networkMask—Subnet mask for the network
•
ipv6Prefix—IPv6 prefix that BGP will advertise
•
rtfPrefix—Prefix representing the route-target membership NLRI (RT-MEM-NLRI), in
the format asNumber:extendedCommunity/prefixLength (for example, 320:320:524/36)
where:
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
73
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
•
asNumber—AS number for origin of route target information, in the range
1–4294967295
•
extendedCommunity—Two-part number in the format number1:number2 that identifies
an extended community of VPNs, in the format number1 : number2, where:
•
Mode
74
•
number1—Autonomous system (AS) number, in the range 1–4294967295, or an
IP address
•
number2—Unique integer, in the range 1–4294967295; 32 bits if number1 is a 16-bit
AS number; 16 bits if number1 is an IP address or a 32-bit AS number
prefixLength—Number that specifies the length of the route prefix, in the range 32–96
•
mapTag—Name of the route map; a string of up to 32 alphanumeric characters; does
not currently work with rtMemNlri
•
weight—Number in the range 0–65535; default value is 32768; assigns an absolute
weight to the network route that overrides a weight assigned by the redistribute
command
•
backdoor—Lowers the preference of an EBGP route to the specified prefix by setting
the administrative distance to the value of an internal BGP route. Use this option to
favor an IGP backdoor route over an EBGP route to a specific network. BGP does not
advertise the prefix specified with this option.
•
networkAddress—IP address of the network
•
prefix—Network prefix
•
force—Deletes address pool even if the pool is in use
Address Family Configuration (BGP, RIP), DHCP Local Pool Configuration (for DHCP
local server), Router Configuration (BGP, RIP)
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
network area
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] network ipNet maskWildCard area { areaId | areaIdInt }
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Defines the interfaces on which OSPF runs and the area ID for those interfaces. The no
version deletes OSPF interfaces, ranges, and areas.
NOTE: Before you issue this command, you must first configure one or more
interfaces with an IP address that is within the range specified by ipNet.
Create address ranges that do not overlap; you can attach only the same
range of interfaces to a single area.
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
•
ipNet—Network number
•
maskWildCard—Wild-card mask for the network number
•
areaId—OSPF area ID in IP address format
•
areaIdInt—OSPF area ID as a decimal value, in the range 0–4294967295
Router Configuration
•
Configuring Routing in the Core Network for VPLS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
75
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
next-address
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
76
next-address ipAddress [ [ mask ] ipMask ] [ loose ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures an IPv4 hop at the end of the MPLS explicit path. There is no no version.
•
ipAddress—Address of the node
•
ipMask—[not currently used] Mask for the next adjacent address
•
loose—Indicates that the node is not necessarily directly connected (adjacent) to the
previous node in the path. If loose is not configured, the configuration defaults to strict.
Strict indicates that the node is directly connected to the previous node.
Explicit Path Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
next-hop
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] [ suspend ] next-hop address [ classifier-group claclName ]
[ precedence precValue ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Defines the IP address of the next hop for an IP policy list. The no version removes a
next-hop rule from a policy list; the suspend keyword temporarily suspends the rule; the
no suspend version resumes application of a suspended rule.
NOTE: The next-hop command has been replaced by the forward next-hop
command and may be removed completely in a future release.
The SRP module Fast Ethernet port cannot be the destination of the next-hop
command.
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
•
address—IP address for the next hop
•
claclName—In Policy List Configuration, specifies the classifier control list used to
classify packets for this next-hop policy. If you do not specify a classifier group, the
router selects all packets from the interface associated with this policy list for this rule.
•
precValue—In Policy List Configuration, specifies the precedence of this rule in relation
to other rules within this set
Classifier Group Configuration, Policy List Configuration
•
Policy Rule Precedence
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
77
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
next-interface
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] [ suspend ] next-interface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier
[ next-hop nextHop ] [ classifier-group claclName ] [ precedence precValue ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Defines an output interface for an IP policy list. When the interfaceType is a broadcast
medium, specify a next hop using the next-hop command. The no version removes a
next interface rule from a policy list; the suspend keyword temporarily suspends the rule;
the no suspend version resumes application of a suspended rule. For IP interfaces, this
command is supported only on input policies.
NOTE: The next-interface command has been replaced by the forward
interface command and may be removed completely in a future release.
The SRP module Fast Ethernet port cannot be the destination of the
next-interface command.
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
78
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
nextHop—Next-hop IP address
•
claclName—In Policy List Configuration, specifies the classifier control list used to
classify packets for this next-hop policy. If you do not specify a classifier group, the
router selects all packets from the interface associated with this policy list for this rule.
•
precValue—In Policy List Configuration, specifies the precedence of this rule in relation
to other rules within this set
Classifier Group Configuration, Policy List Configuration
•
Policy Rule Precedence
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
next-parent
Syntax
next-parent parentGroupName
no next-parent
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Links the current parent group to the next parent group in a hierarchy. Only external parent
groups can be configured as next parent. The no version deletes the next parent group.
•
parentGroupName—Name of the next parent group
Parent Group Configuration
•
Creating a Classifier Group for a Policy List
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
79
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
no area
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
80
no area { areaId | areaIdInt }
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Removes the specified OSPF area if there are no OSPF interfaces configured in the area.
This command has only a no version.
•
areaId—OSPF area ID in IP address format
•
areaIdInt—OSPF area ID as a decimal value in the range 0–4294967295
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
no boot hotfix all-releases
Syntax
Release Information
Description
no boot hotfix hfixFilename all-releases
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Disarms all armed hotfixes for all releases. This command has only a no version.
NOTE: See also the boot hotfix command.
Options
Mode
•
hfixFileName—Name of a hotfix software file (.hfx) on the local file system
Boot
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
81
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
no bulkstats
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
82
no bulkstats
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Removes all bulkstats configurations from the router at one time. This command has
only a no version.
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
no ip interface
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
no ip interface
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Removes the IP configuration from the interface or subinterface and disables IP processing
on the interface. This command has only a no version.
Interface Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
83
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
no log filters
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
84
no log filters
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Turns off all log filters. To turn off a specific filter, use the no version of the log severity
command that you used to add the filter. This command has only a no version.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
no radius client
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
no radius client
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Unconfigures all RADIUS servers for the virtual router context and deletes the RADIUS
client for the virtual router context. This command has only a no version.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
85
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
no rtr
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
86
no rtr
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Removes all RTR configuration information from the router. This command has only a
no version.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
no rtr reaction-configuration
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
no rtr reaction-configuration rtrIndex
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Clears all traps for all the rtr reaction-configuration command options. This command
has only a no version.
•
rtrIndex—Number of the operation to be configured, in the range 1–4294967295
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
87
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
no service-management subscriber-session force
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
88
no service-management subscriber-session subscriberSessionId force
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Immediately terminates the specified subscriber session and deletes all service sessions
associated with the subscriber session. This command has only a no version.
•
subscriberSessionId—ID of the subscriber session
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
node
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
[ no ] { typeOfInterface | set | superset } node [ group trafficClassGroup | scheduler-profile
schedulerProfileName ]*
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
svlan keyword added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
set and superset keywords added in JunosE Release 9.2.0.
Specifies that a scheduler node be configured for each interface of the given interface
type. The no version removes this rule from the QoS profile.
•
typeOfInterface—Interface types for scheduler nodes to be configured: atm, atm-vc,
atm-vp, bridge, ethernet, fr-vc, ip, ip-tunnel, ipv6, l2tp-session, l2tp-tunnel, lsp, serial,
server-port, svlan, vlan
•
set—Configures the node for an interface set
•
superset—Configures the node for an interface superset
•
trafficClassGroup—Name of the traffic class group
•
schedulerProfileName—Name of the scheduler profile
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
QoS Profile Configuration
•
Configuring a QoS Profile
•
Configuring Shadow Nodes
•
Configuring a Basic Parameter Definition for QoS Administrators
•
Attaching a QoS Profile to an Interface Superset or an Interface Set
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
89
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
notification id
Syntax
notification id { mteEventSetFailure | mteTriggerFailure | mteTriggerFalling |
mteTriggerRising }
no notification [ id ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
90
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies a trap notification for an event. The no version removes the notification.
•
id—MIB object for notification use
•
mteEventSetFailure—Trap to indicate an event set failure
•
mteTriggerFailure—Global trap to indicate the failure of a trigger
•
mteTriggerFalling—Trap to indicate a falling trigger event
•
mteTriggerRising—Trap to indicate a rising trigger event
SNMP Event Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
nsf ietf
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] nsf ietf
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables the IS-IS graceful restart mechanism on the router as defined in RFC
3847—Restart Signaling for Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) (July
2004). Graceful restart, which is also known as nonstop forwarding (NSF), allows an
IS-IS router to restart with minimal routing disruption to the network. The no version
restores the default state (disabled) for IS-IS graceful restart on the router.
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
91
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
nsf interface wait
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
92
[ no ] nsf interface wait [ seconds ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the maximum amount of time, in seconds, that an IS-IS process on a restarting
router waits for all interfaces with IS-IS adjacencies to come up before completing the
restart process. The no version restores the default maximum wait time, 10 seconds.
•
seconds—Maximum wait time, in the range 5–120 seconds, before the IS-IS restart
process is completed; default value is 10 seconds
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
nsf t1
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] nsf t1 { interval [ seconds ] | retry-times [ number ] }
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies either the interval, in seconds, between IS-IS restart requests sent by a restarting
router on a particular interface to neighboring IS-IS routers in the network, or the number
of times the restarting router resends unacknowledged restart requests on this interface
at the specified interval. The no version restores the default time interval, 5 seconds, or
the default number of retry attempts, 3.
•
seconds—Time interval in the range 5–300 seconds between transmission of IS-IS
restart requests; default value is 5 seconds
•
number—Number of times in the range 1–10 that the router tries to resend
unacknowledged restart requests; default value is 3
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
93
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
nsf t2
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
94
[ no ] nsf t2 { level-1 | level-2 } [ seconds ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the maximum amount of time, in seconds, that an IS-IS restarting router waits
for the LSP database to synchronize. You must configure separate instances of the T2
timer for each IS-IS level at which the router operates. The no version restores the default
T2 wait time, 100 seconds.
•
level-1—Sets the T2 wait time independently for level 1 routing
•
level-2—Sets the T2 wait time independently for level 2 routing
•
seconds—Maximum wait time, in the range 5–600 seconds, for LSP database
synchronization; default value is 100 seconds
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
nsf t3
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] nsf t3 { manual [ seconds ] | adjacency }
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the maximum amount of time, in seconds, that the restarting router waits before
setting the overload bit to indicate that the LSP database has not been synchronized
and the IS-IS graceful restart operation has failed. The no version restores the default
T3 wait time, 200 seconds.
•
manual—Sets the T3 wait time manually to the specified number of seconds
•
seconds—Maximum wait time, in the range 5–900 seconds, before the restarting router
sets the overload bit; default value is 200 seconds
•
adjacency—Specifies that the restarting router should obtain its T3 wait time from
neighboring IS-IS routers that have active adjacencies to this router. This option sets
the wait time to the minimum of the remaining times specified in the restart TLVs
contained in the hello packets that the router receives from its neighbors.
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
95
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ntp access-group
Syntax
ntp access-group { peer | serve-only | serve | query-only } accessListName
no ntp access-group { peer | serve-only | serve | query-only }
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the type of broadcasts that the router will accept and respond to, and specifies
the servers from which the router will accept broadcasts. The no version enables the
router to receive all NTP broadcasts on interfaces configured to receive broadcasts.
NOTE: The router can accept, but does not use, NTP control queries.
Options
Mode
96
•
peer—Enables the router to receive time requests, receive NTP control queries, and
synchronize itself to the servers specified on the access list
•
serve-only—Enables the router to receive time requests and NTP control queries from
servers specified on the access list, but not to synchronize itself to the specified servers
•
serve—Enables the router only to receive time requests from the servers specified on
the access list
•
query-only—Enables the router only to receive NTP control queries from the servers
specified on the access list
•
accessListName—Name of the access list
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
ntp broadcast
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] ntp broadcast [ version number ] [ pollInterval ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables NTP broadcast server on a server interface to transmit NTP broadcast packets
periodically. You can enable up to 100 NTP broadcast server interfaces. The no version
prevents the interface from sending NTP broadcast packets.
•
number—Integer in the range 1–4; indicates the version of the NTP software on the
NTP broadcast server; default value is 3
•
pollInterval—Integer in the range 4–17; specifies the poll interval in seconds (as a
power of 2) for broadcasting NTP messages; default value is 6 (64 seconds)
Interface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
97
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ntp broadcast-client
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
98
[ no ] ntp broadcast-client
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables an interface to receive NTP broadcasts. The no version prevents an interface
from receiving NTP broadcasts.
Interface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
ntp broadcast-delay
Syntax
ntp broadcast-delay delayTime
no ntp broadcast-delay
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets the estimated round-trip delay between the broadcast NTP server and the router.
The no version restores the round-trip delay to the default value, 3000 microseconds.
•
delayTime—Value in the range 0–999999 microseconds
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
99
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ntp disable
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
100
[ no ] ntp disable
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Disables NTP on an interface. The no version enables NTP on an interface. The default
setting is enable.
Interface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
ntp enable
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] ntp enable
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables NTP services on the router and attaches the NTP client to the current virtual
router. The no version disables reception of NTP packets on the router and removes the
association between NTP and the virtual router. The default setting is disable.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
101
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ntp master
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] ntp master [ stratumNumber ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the stratum number of a virtual router you configured as an NTP server. By
default, if the router is configured as an NTP server, the stratum number is set to the
stratum number of the master plus one. The no version restores the default stratum
number.
NOTE: Although you can specify a stratum number of 1, the router does not
support stratum 1 service. The router can synchronize only with an NTP server,
and not directly with an atomic clock or a radio clock.
Options
Mode
102
•
stratumNumber—Number, in the range 1–15, that indicates how many hops the NTP
server is from an accurate time source, such as a radio clock or atomic clock. Stratum
n servers are n hops from an accurate time source; default value is 8
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
ntp server
Syntax
ntp server ipAddress [ version number ] [ prefer ]
[ source interfaceType interfaceSpecifier ]
no ntp server ipAddress
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies an NTP server for time synchronization. The source option for this command
overrides the ntp source command. The no version terminates NTP communications
between this server and the interface.
•
ipAddress—IP address of the NTP server
•
number—Value from 1 to 4; indicates the version of the NTP software on the server
•
prefer—Indicates that this server is the first choice for time synchronization
•
source—Directs responses from the NTP server to a specific interface on the router;
overrides the ntp source command
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
103
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ntp server enable
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
104
[ no ] ntp server enable
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables a virtual router to act as an NTP server. The no version prevents a virtual router
from acting as an NTP server.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: N Commands
ntp source
Syntax
ntp source interfaceType interfaceSpecifier
no ntp source
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Directs responses from all NTP servers to a specific interface. Using the source option
with the ntp server command overrides the ntp source command. The no version restores
the default situation in which servers reply to the interface from which the NTP request
was sent.
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
105
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
106
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 3
O Commands
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
107
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
oam ais-rdi
Syntax
oam ais-rdi [ alarmDownCount [ alarmClearTimeout ] ]
no oam ais-rdi
Release Information
Description
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ATM VC Class Configuration mode added in JunosE Release 7.3.0.
In ATM VC Configuration mode, configures surveillance parameters for alarm indication
signal (AIS) and remote defect indication (RDI) F5 OAM fault management cells on an
ATM PVC. The oam ais-rdi command is valid only for data PVCs; you cannot use this
command for control (ILMI or signaling) PVCs. The no version restores the default
behavior, which disables F5 OAM alarm surveillance and restores the default values for
alarm down count and alarm clear timeout duration.
In ATM VC Class Configuration mode, configures alarm surveillance parameters for AIS
and RDI F5 OAM cells as part of a VC class definition that you assign to an ATM data
PVC. The no version restores the default behavior, which disables F5 OAM alarm
surveillance and restores the default values for alarm down count and alarm clear timeout
duration, in the VC class.
NOTE: To configure the alarm down count and alarm clear timeout F5 OAM
surveillance parameters, you must use the oam ais-rdi command. There is
no equivalent atm pvc command to configure these parameters.
Options
Mode
108
•
alarmDownCount—Number of successive alarm cells, in the range 1–60, for the router
to receive before reporting that a PVC is down; default value is 1
•
alarmClearTimeout—Number of seconds, in the range 3–60, for the router to wait
before reporting that a PVC is up after the PVC has stopped receiving alarm cells;
default value is 3
ATM VC Configuration, ATM VC Class Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 3: O Commands
oam cc
Syntax
oam cc [ segment | end-to-end ] { source | sink | both }
no oam cc
Release Information
Description
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ATM VC Class Configuration mode added in JunosE Release 7.3.0.
In ATM VC Configuration mode, enables F5 OAM continuity check (CC) verification on
an ATM PVC. The oam cc command is valid only for data PVCs; you cannot use this
command for control (ILMI or signaling) PVCs. The no version restores the default
behavior, which disables F5 OAM CC verification and restores the default setting for cell
termination, end-to-end.
In ATM VC Class Configuration mode, enables F5 OAM CC verification as part of a VC
class definition that you assign to an ATM data PVC. The no version restores the default
setting for cell termination, end-to-end, in the VC class.
Options
Mode
•
segment—Opens an F5 OAM CC segment cell flow
•
end-to-end—Opens an F5 OAM CC end-to-end cell flow
•
source—Enables this VC as the source point (cell generator)
•
sink—Enables this VC as a sink point (cell receiver)
•
both—Enables this VC as both a sink point and a source point
ATM VC Configuration, ATM VC Class Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
109
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
oam-pvc
Syntax
oam-pvc [ manage ] [ loopbackFrequency ]
no oam-pvc [ manage ]
Release Information
Description
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ATM VC Class Configuration mode added in JunosE Release 7.3.0.
In ATM VC Configuration mode, enables generation of F5 OAM loopback cells on an ATM
PVC and, optionally, enables F5 OAM VC integrity features that affect the operational
state of the circuit. The oam-pvc command is valid only for data PVCs configured with
aal5snap, aal5autoconfig, or aal5mux ip encapsulation; you cannot use this command
for data PVCs with other encapsulation types or for control (ILMI or signaling) PVCs. The
no version restores the default behavior, which disables F5 OAM VC integrity and restores
the default value for loopback frequency.
In ATM VC Class Configuration mode, enables generation of F5 OAM loopback cells and,
optionally, enables F5 OAM VC integrity features as part of a VC class definition that you
assign to an ATM data PVC. The no version restores the default behavior, which disables
F5 OAM VC integrity and restores the default loopback frequency, in the VC class.
Options
Mode
110
•
manage—Enables F5 OAM VC integrity on the ATM PVC
•
loopbackFrequency—Number of seconds, in the range 1–600, for the router to wait
between the transmission of loopback cells during normal operation; default value is
10
ATM VC Configuration, ATM VC Class Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 3: O Commands
oam retry
Syntax
oam retry [ upRetryCount [ downRetryCount retryFrequency ] ]
no oam retry
Release Information
Description
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ATM VC Class Configuration mode added in JunosE Release 7.3.0.
In ATM VC Configuration mode, configures parameters for F5 OAM VC integrity on an
ATM PVC. The oam retry command is valid only for data PVCs; you cannot use this
command for control (ILMI or signaling) PVCs. The no version restores the default values
for all of these parameters.
In ATM VC Class Configuration mode, configures F5 OAM VC integrity parameters as part
of a VC class definition that you assign to an ATM PVC. The no version restores the default
values for all of these parameters in the VC class.
NOTE: To configure the up retry count, down retry count, and retry frequency
F5 OAM VC integrity parameters, you must use the oam retry command.
There is no equivalent atm pvc command to configure these parameters.
Options
Mode
•
upRetryCount—Number of successive loopback cell responses, in the range 1–60, for
the router to receive before reporting that a PVC is up; default value is 3
•
downRetryCount—Number of successive loopback cell responses, in the range 1–60,
for the router to miss before reporting that a PVC is down; default value is 5
•
retryFrequency—Number of seconds, in the range 1–600, for the router to wait between
the transmission of loopback cells when it is verifying the state of the PVC; default
value is 1
ATM VC Configuration, ATM VC Class Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
111
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
operational-virtual-router
Syntax
operational-virtual-router vrName
no operational-virtual-router
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
112
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the virtual router parameter for a user entry in the local user database. The
subscriber is assigned to the operational virtual router only if the default virtual router
performs the authentication. The no version deletes the operational virtual router
parameter from the user entry in the local user database.
•
vrName—Name of virtual router
Local User Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 3: O Commands
operations-per-hop
Syntax
operations-per-hop operationsHopValue
no operations-per-hop
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the number of operations sent to a designated hop before the TTL value is
increased. This option applies only to the pathEcho type. The no version restores the
default value, 3.
•
operationsHopValue—Number of operations per hop; default value is 3
RTR Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
113
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
organization
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
114
[ no ] organization organizationName
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the organization used in the Subject Name field of certificates. The no version
removes the organization name.
•
organizationName—Name used in certificate requests; up to 60 characters
IPSec Identity Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 3: O Commands
ospf auto-cost reference-bandwidth
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] ospf auto-cost reference-bandwidth refBw
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Controls how OSPF calculates default metrics for the interface. The no version assigns
cost based only on the interface type.
•
refBw—Bandwidth in megabits per second, in the range 1–4294967; default value is
100
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
115
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ospf bandwidth
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
116
[ no ] ospf bandwidth
Command introduced in JunosE Release 10.3.0.
Directs the router to use the bandwidth configured on an OSPF interface for OSPF
interface cost calculation. If you configure the bandwidth and then issue the no ospf
bandwidth command, the router ignores the cost that is calculated using the configured
bandwidth. The no version disables the use of the bandwidth for OSPF interface cost
calculation.
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 3: O Commands
ospf enable
Syntax
Release Information
Description
ospf enable
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables OSPF on the router. There is no no version.
NOTE: The no ospf enable command has been replaced by the ospf
shutdown command and may be removed completely in a future release.
Mode
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
117
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ospf log-adjacency-changes
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
[ no ] ospf log-adjacency-changes
[ severity { severityValue | severityNumber } ] [ verbosity verbosityLevel ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the router to send a system log message when the state of an OSPFv2 neighbor
changes. For OSPFv3 neighbors, use the log-adjacency-changes command. The no
version turns off this feature.
•
•
Mode
118
severity—Minimum severity of the log messages displayed for the selected category;
described either by a descriptive term—severityValue—or by a corresponding
number—severityNumber—in the range 0–7; the lower the number, the higher the
priority:
•
emergency or 0—System unusable
•
alert or 1—Immediate action needed
•
critical or 2—Critical condition exists
•
error or 3—Error condition
•
warning or 4—Warning condition
•
notice or 5—Normal but significant condition
•
info or 6—Informational message
•
debug or 7—Debug message
verbosityLevel—Specifies the verbosity of the log category’s messages; can be any of
the following:
•
low—Terse
•
medium—Moderate detail
•
high—Verbose
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 3: O Commands
ospf shutdown
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] ospf shutdown
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Administratively disables OSPF on the router. The no version reenables OSPF on the
router.
NOTE: This command is replacing the no ospf enable command to disable
OSPF on the router. The no ospf enable command may be removed
completely in a future release.
Mode
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
119
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
overload advertise-high-metric issu
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
120
[ no ] overload advertise-high-metric issu
Command introduced in JunosE Release 9.0.0.
Configures IS-IS or OSPF to advertise the maximum link cost on each interface to its
neighbors when a unified in-service software upgrade is started, causing neighbors to
route around the upgrading router. The no version restores the default behavior, which
is to advertise configured link costs.
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 3: O Commands
overload shutdown
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] overload shutdown
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Causes BGP to shut down when it runs out of resources. The no version restores the
default behavior, which is to continue running.
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
121
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
override c2 byte
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
122
[ no ] override c2 byte
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Overrides the default value of the Path Signal Label (C2) byte for SONET and SDH
interfaces. The no version restores the default setting.
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 3: O Commands
override-user
Syntax
override-user [ name newName ] password newPassword
no override-user
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies a single username and single password for all users from a domain. The no
version removes the username and reverts to the original username.
•
newName—Identifier that replaces the username
•
newPassword—Password that replaces the user’s password
Domain Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
123
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
owner
Syntax
owner ownerValue
no owner
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
124
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the owner of the RTR operation. The no version restores the default value.
•
ownerValue—Specifies the owner’s identifier: 0–255 ASCII characters; by default, no
owner is configured
RTR Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 4
P Commands
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
125
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
padn
Syntax
padn ipAddress ipMask distance
no padn ipAddress ipMask
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
126
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures PADN parameters for a domain name. The no version deletes the PADN
parameters from the domain name.
•
ipAddress—Destination IP address
•
ipMask—IP mask for the destination
•
distance—Administrative distance metric for this route in the range 0–255
Domain Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
parent-group
Syntax
In Global Configuration mode:
[ no ] parent-group parentGroupName
In Policy List Configuration mode:
parent-group parentGroupName [ [ parent-group intParentGroupName ] |
[ external parent-group extParentGroupName parameter parameterName ] ]
no parent-group parentGroupName
Release Information
Description
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Global Configuration mode added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
external, parent-group, and parameter keywords and extParentGroupName and
parameterName variables added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
In Global Configuration mode, creates an external parent group and accesses Parent
Group Configuration mode. The no version removes the external parent group.
In Policy List Configuration mode, creates an internal parent group in the policy list and
accesses Policy List Parent Group Configuration mode. The no version removes the parent
group from the policy list.
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
•
parentGroupName—Name of the parent group
•
intParentGroupName—Name of the next internal parent group to connect to in the
hierarchy
•
extParentGroupName—Name of the next external parent group to connect to in the
hierarchy
•
parameterName—Name of the parameter
Global Configuration, Policy List Configuration
•
Creating a Classifier Group for a Policy List
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
127
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
passive-interface
Syntax
IS-IS:
passive-interface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier [ tag tagValue ]
[ metric metricValue [ level-1 | level-2 ] ]
no passive-interface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier [ tag ] [ metric [ level-1 |
level-2 ] ]
OSPF and RIP:
[ no ] passive-interface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
metric keyword and metricValue variable for IS-IS added in JunosE Release 9.0.0.
Modifies the transmission of routing updates for IS-IS, OSPF, and RIP.
For IS-IS, configures an IS-IS interface only to advertise its IP address in the link-state
PDUs; the interface does not send or receive IS-IS packets. Issue the complementary
interface command to enable the interface to send and receive IS-IS packets. Optionally,
you can set a route tag value for the IP addresses on an IS-IS passive interface before
the route is propagated to other routers in an IS-IS domain. You can set a metric value
for the passive interface; the default value is 0. The no version disables advertisement
of the IP address, or unconfigures the tag, the metric, or both.
For OSPF, halts the transmission of routing updates on an OSPF interface. OSPF neither
sends nor receives routing information through the specified interface, which appears as
a stub network in the OSPF network. The no version reenables the transmission of routing
updates.
For RIP, halts the transmission of multicast RIP messages. RIP messages are unicast to
the interface (if it is the best path to a configured neighbor). The no version reenables
the transmission of multicast messages on the interface.
Options
Mode
128
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
tagValue—Number, in the range 1–4294967295, that identifies the route tag assigned
to the IS-IS passive interface
•
metricValue—Metric used when advertising the passive interface; in the range
1–16777215; default value is 0
Address Family Configuration (RIP), Router Configuration (IS-IS, OSPF, RIP)
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
password
Syntax
Login password:
password [ encryptionType ] passwordValue
no password
L2TP tunnel password:
password tunnelPassword
no password
IP service profile password:
password servicePassword
no password
Local user database password:
password [ encryptionType ] passwordValue
no password
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures a password to be used at login on the console, a line or a range of lines. For
L2TP, specifies the password for an AAA domain map or tunnel group tunnel. For IP
service profiles, specifies the password for the profile. For the local authentication server
feature, adds a password to a user entry in the local user database. If you enable password
checking but do not configure a password, the system will not allow you to access virtual
terminals. Specify a password in plain text (unencrypted) or cipher text (encrypted). In
either case, the system stores the password as encrypted. The no version removes the
password.
NOTE: To use an encrypted password, you must follow the procedure in
Creating Encrypted Passwords in the JunosE System Basics Configuration
Guide to obtain the encrypted password. You cannot create your own
encrypted password; you must use a router-generated password or secret.
Options
•
encryptionType—One of the following types:
•
0—Unencrypted (the default)
•
5—Secret
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
129
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
•
•
passwordValue—Character string that specifies the line password. The first character
cannot be a number. The string can contain any alphanumeric characters, including
spaces, up to 50 characters. The password checking is case sensitive.
•
tunnelPassword—Password of up to 32 characters
•
servicePassword—Password of up to 32 characters
•
encryptionType—One of the following types:
•
Mode
130
7—Encrypted
•
0—Unencrypted password (the default)
•
8—Two-way encrypted password
passwordValue—Character string that specifies the password. The string can contain
any alphanumeric character, including spaces, up to 64 characters. Passwords are
case sensitive.
Domain Map Tunnel Configuration (for a tunnel password), IP Service Profile Configuration
(for a service profile password), Line Configuration (for a login password), Local User
Configuration (for a local user database password), Tunnel Group Tunnel Configuration
(for a tunnel group tunnel password)
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path
Syntax
path pathChannel [ pathSpeed [ pathHierarchy ] ]
no path pathChannel
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures paths over channelized SONET and SDH interfaces. The no version deletes
a path.
NOTE: Although the path speed appears to be optional in the software, you
must specify a value.
Options
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the STS-1 or STM-0
line
•
pathSpeed—Speed of the path
•
Mode
•
oc1, oc3, or oc12 for SONET—Only oc1 is available for cOC3/STM1 interfaces
•
stm0, stm1, or stm4 for SDH—Only stm0 or stm1 is available for cOC3/STM1 interfaces
pathHierarchy—Identifier that defines the structure of the path
•
If you specify a path speed that matches the speed of the module (for example, a
path speed of stm1 for a cOC3/STM1 interface), do not specify an identifier.
•
If you specify a speed of oc1 or stm0 for a cOC3/STM1 interface, the identifier is a
number, in the range 1–3, that represents either the STS-1 within the STS-3 or the
STM-0 within the STM-1.
•
If you specify a speed of stm1 for a cOC12/STM4 interface, the identifier is a number,
in the range 1–4, that represents the STM-1 within the STM-4.
•
If you specify a speed of oc1 or stm0 for a cOC12/STM4 interface, the identifier is of
the form X/Y. X is a number, in the range 1–4, that represents either the STS-3 within
the STS-12 or the STM-1 within the STM-4; Y is a number, in the range 1–3, that
represents either the STS-1 within the STS-3 or the STM-0 within the STM-1.
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
131
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path description
Syntax
For unchannelized SONET/SDH interfaces:
[ no ] path description name
For channelized SONET/SDH interfaces:
[ no ] path pathChannel description name
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
132
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Assigns a text description or an alias to a path on a channelized or unchannelized
SONET/SDH interface. The no version removes the description or alias.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
name—Text string or alias of up to 80 characters
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds1|e1
Syntax
path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier [ tributaryType ]
[ no ] path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier [ tributaryType ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Creates and configures SONET and SDH tributaries. The no version deletes a tributary.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
tributaryIdentifier—Specifier for the tributary in the format
pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } pathPayload/tributaryGroup/tributaryNumber
•
Mode
•
pathPayload—Payload number for the path; value is 1 for SONET and in the range
1–3 for SDH
•
tributaryGroup—Number, in the range 1–7, that identifies the group within the path
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the tributary group; the value is in
the range 1–4 if the tributary type is vt15 or tu11 and in the range 1–3 if the tributary
type is tu12
tributaryType—Virtual tributary type
•
vt15—Default for SONET DS1 tributaries
•
tu11—Default for SDH DS1 tributaries
•
tu12—Default for SDH E1 tributaries
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
133
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds1|e1 bert
Syntax
path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier bert
pattern pattern interval time [ unframed ]
no path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier bert
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables bit error rate tests using the specified pattern at the DS1/E1 over SONET/SDH
VT layer on channelized SONET and SDH interfaces. The no version stops the test that
is running.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
tributaryIdentifier—Specifier for the tributary in the format
pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } pathPayload/tributaryGroup/tributaryNumber
•
Mode
134
•
pathPayload—Payload number for the path; value is 1 for SONET and in the range
1–3 for SDH
•
tributaryGroup—Number, in the range 1–7, that identifies the group within the path
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the tributary group; the value is in
the range 1–4 if the tributary type is vt15 or tu11 and in the range 1–3 if the tributary
type is tu12
pattern—One of the following test patterns:
•
2^11—Pseudorandom test pattern, 2,047 bits long
•
2^15—Pseudorandom test pattern, 32,767 bits long
•
2^20-O153—Pseudorandom test pattern, 1,048,575 bits long
•
time—Duration of the test, in the range 1–1440 minutes
•
unframed—Test bit pattern occupies all bits on the link, overwriting the framing bits.
If you do not specify this keyword, the test bit pattern occupies only T1/E1 payload bits.
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds1|e1 channel-group description
Syntax
path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier
channel-group channelGroupNumber description name
no path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier
channel-group channelGroupNumber description
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Assigns a text description or an alias to a DS1 (T1) or an E1 channel group for channelized
SONET and SDH interfaces. Use the show controllers sonet command to display the
text description. The no version removes the description or alias.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
tributaryIdentifier—Specifier for the tributary in the format
pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } pathPayload/tributaryGroup/tributaryNumber
•
pathPayload—Payload number for the path; value is 1 for SONET and in the range
1–3 for SDH
•
tributaryGroup—Number, in the range 1–7, that identifies the group within the path
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the tributary group; the value is in
the range 1–4 if the tributary type is vt15 or tu11 and in the range 1–3 if the tributary
type is tu12
•
channelGroupNumber—Either a fractional T1 interface in the range 1–24 or a fractional
E1 interface in the range 1–31
•
name—Text string or alias of up to 80 characters for the DS1 or E1 channel group for
channelized SONET and SDH interfaces
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
135
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds1|e1 channel-group shutdown
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
[ no ] path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier
channel-group channelGroupNumber shutdown
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Disables a DS1 or an E1 channel group on channelized SONET and SDH interfaces. DS1
and E1 channel groups are enabled by default. The no version restarts a disabled interface.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
tributaryIdentifier—Specifier for the tributary in the format
pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } pathPayload/tributaryGroup/tributaryNumber
•
Mode
136
•
pathPayload—Payload number for the path; value is 1 for SONET and in the range
1–3 for SDH
•
tributaryGroup—Number, in the range 1–7, that identifies the group within the path
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the tributary group; the value is in
the range 1–4 if the tributary type is vt15 or tu11 and in the range 1–3 if the tributary
type is tu12
channelGroupNumber—Either a fractional T1 interface in the range 1–24 or a fractional
E1 interface in the range 1–31
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds1|e1 channel-group snmp trap link-status
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
[ no ] path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier
channel-group channelGroupNumber snmp trap link-status
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables SNMP link status processing on a DS1 or an E1 channel group of channelized
SONET and SDH interfaces. The no version disables SNMP link status processing on a
DS1 or an E1 channel group.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
tributaryIdentifier—Specifier for the tributary in the format
pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } pathPayload/tributaryGroup/tributaryNumber
•
Mode
•
pathPayload—Payload number for the path; value is 1 for SONET and in the range
1–3 for SDH
•
tributaryGroup—Number, in the range 1–7, that identifies the group within the path
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the tributary group; the value is in
the range 1–4 if the tributary type is vt15 or tu11 and in the range 1–3 if the tributary
type is tu12
channelGroupNumber—Either a fractional T1 interface in the range 1–24 or a fractional
E1 interface in the range 1–31
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
137
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds1|e1 channel-group timeslots
Syntax
path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier
channel-group channelGroupNumber timeslots range [ speed { 56 | 64 } ]
no pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier channel-group channelGroupNumber
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
138
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures DS1 or E1 line parameters on channelized SONET and SDH interfaces. To
configure a line, you specify a DS1 or an E1 channel group number and assign a range of
timeslots. To configure a whole DS1 or E1 line, assign all the timeslots to the channel
group. You can specify a line speed that applies to all DS0 timeslots assigned to a channel
group. The no version removes the timeslots from the channel group.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
tributaryIdentifier—Specifier for the tributary in the format
pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } pathPayload/tributaryGroup/tributaryNumber
•
pathPayload—Payload number for the path; value is 1 for SONET and in the range
1–3 for SDH
•
tributaryGroup—Number, in the range 1–7, that identifies the group within the path
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the tributary group; the value is in
the range 1–4 if the tributary type is vt15 or tu11 and in the range 1–3 if the tributary
type is tu12
•
channelGroupNumber—Either a fractional T1 interface in the range 1–24 or a fractional
E1 interface in the range 1–31
•
range—Timeslot assigned to the T1 or E1 channel in the range 1–31. A dash represents
a range of timeslots, and a comma separates timeslots. For example, 1-10, 15-18 assigns
timeslots 1–10 and 15 –18.
•
speed—Specifies the data rate for the T1 or E1 channel, either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps;
default value is 64 Kbps
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds1|e1 clock source
Syntax
path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier clock source
{ line | internal { module | chassis } }
no path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier clock source
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the transmit clock source for DS1 or E1 channels over channelized SONET and
SDH interfaces. The no version restores the default value.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
tributaryIdentifier—Specifier for the tributary in the format
pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } pathPayload/tributaryGroup/tributaryNumber
•
pathPayload—Payload number for the path; value is 1 for SONET and in the range
1–3 for SDH
•
tributaryGroup—Number, in the range 1–7, that identifies the group within the path
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the tributary group; the value is in
the range 1–4 if the tributary type is vt15 or tu11 and in the range 1–3 if the tributary
type is tu12
•
line—Interface transmits data from a clock recovered from the line’s receive data
stream.
•
internal—Interface transmits data using its internal clock. You must specify one of the
following for internal clocking:
•
module—Internal clock is from the line module itself
•
chassis—Internal clock is from the configured system clock
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
139
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds1|e1 description
Syntax
path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier [ tributaryType ] description name
no path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier [ tributaryType ] description
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Assigns a text description or an alias to a DS1 or an E1 signal. This command applies to
a DS1/E1 over SONET/SDH VT layer on channelized SONET and SDH interfaces. Use the
show controllers sonet command to display the text description. The no version removes
the description or alias.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
tributaryIdentifier—Specifier for the tributary in the format
pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } pathPayload/tributaryGroup/tributaryNumber
•
•
Mode
140
•
pathPayload—Payload number for the path; value is 1 for SONET and in the range
1–3 for SDH
•
tributaryGroup—Number, in the range 1–7, that identifies the group within the path
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the tributary group; the value is in
the range 1–4 if the tributary type is vt15 or tu11 and in the range 1–3 if the tributary
type is tu12
tributaryType—Virtual tributary type
•
vt15—Default for SONET DS1 tributaries
•
tu11—Default for SDH DS1 tributaries
•
tu12—Default for SDH E1 tributaries
name—Text string or alias of up to 80 characters for the T1/E1 over SONET/SDH VT
layer on channelized SONET and SDH interfaces
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds1|e1 framing
Syntax
path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier framing framingType
no path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier framing
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the framing format for a DS1 or an E1 signal when DS1/E1 is configured over
channelized SONET and SDH interfaces. The no version restores the default value.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
tributaryIdentifier—Specifier for the tributary in the format
pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } pathPayload/tributaryGroup/tributaryNumber
•
Mode
•
pathPayload—Payload number for the path; value is 1 for SONET and in the range
1–3 for SDH
•
tributaryGroup—Number, in the range 1–7, that identifies the group within the path
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the tributary group; the value is in
the range 1–4 if the tributary type is vt15 or tu11 and in the range 1–3 if the tributary
type is tu12
framingType—One of the following types:
•
crc4—Cyclic redundancy check (default for E1); not available for T1
•
no-crc4—No cyclic redundancy check; not available for T1
•
esf—Extended superframe (T1 default); not available for E1
•
sf—Superframe; not available for E1
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
141
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds1|e1 loopback
Syntax
path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier loopback
{ local | network { line | payload } }
no path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier loopback
path pathChannel ds1 tributaryIdentifier loopback remote
{ line fdl { ansi | bellcore } | payload [ fdl ] [ ansi ] }
no path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier loopback remote
Release Information
Description
Options
142
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures a loopback at the DS1/E1 over SONET/SDH VT layer on channelized SONET
and SDH interfaces. The no version turns off the loopback.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
tributaryIdentifier—Specifier for the tributary in the format
pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } pathPayload/tributaryGroup/tributaryNumber
•
pathPayload—Payload number for the path; value is 1 for SONET and in the range
1–3 for SDH
•
tributaryGroup—Number, in the range 1–7, that identifies the group within the path
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the tributary group; the value is in
the range 1–4 if the tributary type is vt15 or tu11 and in the range 1–3 if the tributary
type is tu12
•
local—Loops the router output data back toward the router at the T1/E1 framer; on
supported line modules also sends an alarm indication signal (AIS) out toward the
network.
•
network { line | payload }—Specify the line keyword to loop the data back toward the
network before the T1/E1 framer and automatically set a local loopback at the HDLC
controllers. Specify the payload keyword to loop the payload data back toward the
network at the T1/E1 framer and automatically set a local loopback at the HDLC
controllers.
•
remote line fdl ansi (T1 line only)—Sends a repeating 16-bit ESF data link code word
(00001110 11111111) to the remote end requesting that it enter into a network line
loopback. Specify the ansi keyword to enable the remote line FDL ANSI bit loopback
on the T1 channel, according to the ANSI T1.403 specification.
•
remote line fdl bellcore (T1 line only)—Sends a repeating 16-bit ESF data link code
word (00010010 11111111) to the remote end requesting that it enter into a network line
loopback. Specify the bellcore keyword to enable the remote line FDL Bellcore bit
loopback on the T1 channel, according to the Bellcore TR-TSY-000312 specification.
•
remote payload [ fdl ] [ ansi ] (T1 line only)—Sends a repeating 16-bit ESF data link
code word (00010100 11111111) to the remote end requesting that it enter into a network
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
payload loopback. Enables the remote payload FDL ANSI bit loopback on the T1 channel.
You can optionally specify fdl and ansi, but it is not necessary.
NOTE: You cannot send an inband pattern to the remote end requesting
that it enter into a network line loopback.
Mode
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
143
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds1|e1 shutdown
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
144
[ no ] path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier shutdown
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Disables DS1 or E1 over channelized SONET and SDH interfaces. DS1 and E1 interfaces
are enabled by default. The no version restarts a disabled interface.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
tributaryIdentifier—Specifier for the tributary in the format
pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } pathPayload/tributaryGroup/tributaryNumber
•
pathPayload—Payload number for the path; value is 1 for SONET and in the range
1–3 for SDH
•
tributaryGroup—Number, in the range 1–7, that identifies the group within the path
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the tributary group; the value is in
the range 1–4 if the tributary type is vt15 or tu11 and in the range 1–3 if the tributary
type is tu12
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds1|e1 snmp trap link-status
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] path pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } tributaryIdentifier snmp trap link-status
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables SNMP link status processing for DS1 or E1 over channelized SONET and SDH
interfaces. The no version disables SNMP link status processing.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
tributaryIdentifier—Specifier for the tributary in the format
pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } pathPayload/tributaryGroup/tributaryNumber
•
pathPayload—Payload number for the path; value is 1 for SONET and in the range
1–3 for SDH
•
tributaryGroup—Number, in the range 1–7, that identifies the group within the path
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the tributary group; the value is in
the range 1–4 if the tributary type is vt15 or tu11 and in the range 1–3 if the tributary
type is tu12
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
145
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds1 fdl
Syntax
path pathChannel ds1 tributaryIdentifier fdl { ansi | att | all | none }
no path pathChannel ds1 tributaryIdentifier fdl [ ansi | att | all ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
146
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the FDL standard for a DS1 signal when DS1 is configured over a channelized
SONET or SDH interface. The no version restores the default, none.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
tributaryIdentifier—Specifier for the tributary in the format
pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } pathPayload/tributaryGroup/tributaryNumber
•
pathPayload—Payload number for the path; value is 1 for SONET and in the range
1–3 for SDH
•
tributaryGroup—Number, in the range 1–7, that identifies the group within the path
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the tributary group; the value is in
the range 1–4 if the tributary type is vt15 or tu11 and in the range 1–3 if the tributary
type is tu12
•
ansi—Specifies ANSI T1.403 Standard for extended superframe FDL exchange support
•
att—Specifies AT&T Technical Reference 54016 for extended superframe FDL exchange
support
•
all—Specifies both the AT&T and ANSI mode for extended superframe FDL exchange
support
•
none—Removes the current FDL mode settings
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds1 fdl carrier
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] path pathChannel ds1 tributaryIdentifier fdl carrier
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies that a DS1 signal is used in the carrier environment. This command applies to
a DS1 over channelized SONET or SDH interface. The no version restores the default
situation, in which an interface does not operate in the carrier environment.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
tributaryIdentifier—Specifier for the tributary in the format
pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } pathPayload/tributaryGroup/tributaryNumber
•
pathPayload—Payload number for the path; value is 1 for SONET and in the range
1–3 for SDH
•
tributaryGroup—Number, in the range 1–7, that identifies the group within the path
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the tributary group; the value is in
the range 1–4 if the tributary type is vt15 or tu11 and in the range 1–3 if the tributary
type is tu12
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
147
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds1 fdl string
Syntax
path pathChannel ds1 tributaryIdentifier fdl string { eic eicValue | fic ficValue |
lic licValue | unit unitValue | pfi pfiValue | port portValue |
generator generatorValue }
no path pathChannel ds1 tributaryIdentifier fdl string { eic | fic | lic | unit | pfi | port | generator
}
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
148
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Defines an FDL message for a DS1 signal, as defined in the ANSI T1.403 specification.
This command applies to a DS1 over channelized SONET or SDH interface. Currently,
FDL strings can only be configured locally. The no version restores the default value to
the specified FDL message or to all FDL messages.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
tributaryIdentifier—Specifier for the tributary in the format
pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } pathPayload/tributaryGroup/tributaryNumber
•
pathPayload—Payload number for the path; value is 1 for SONET and in the range
1–3 for SDH
•
tributaryGroup—Number, in the range 1–7, that identifies the group within the path
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the tributary group; the value is in
the range 1–4 if the tributary type is vt15 or tu11 and in the range 1–3 if the tributary
type is tu12
•
eicValue—Equipment identification code; 1–10 characters; default value is the null
value
•
ficValue—Frame identification code; 1–10 characters; default value is the null value
•
licValue—Line identification code; 1–10 characters; default value is the null value
•
unitValue—Unit identification code; 1–6 characters; default value is the null value.
•
pfiValue—Facility identification code to send in the FDL path message; 1–38 characters;
default value is the null value
•
portValue—Equipment port number to send in the FDL idle signal message; 1–38
characters; default value is the null value
•
generatorValue—Generator number to send in the FDL test signal message; 1–38
characters; default value is the null value
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds1 fdl transmit
Syntax
[ no ] path pathChannel ds1 tributaryIdentifier fdl transmit
{ path-id | idle-signal | test-signal }
no path pathChannel ds1 tributaryIdentifier fdl transmit
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the router to send the specified FDL message on a DS1 signal. This command
applies to a DS1 over channelized SONET or SDH interface. The no version stops the
router from sending the specified FDL message or all FDL messages.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
tributaryIdentifier—Specifier for the tributary in the format
pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } pathPayload/tributaryGroup/tributaryNumber
•
pathPayload—Payload number for the path; value is 1 for SONET and in the range
1–3 for SDH
•
tributaryGroup—Number, in the range 1–7, that identifies the group within the path
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the tributary group; the value is in
the range 1–4 if the tributary type is vt15 or tu11 and in the range 1–3 if the tributary
type is tu12
•
path-id—Transmits a path identification message every second; default value is disabled
•
idle-signal—Transmits an idle signal message every second; default value is disabled
•
test-signal—Transmits a test signal message every second; default value is disabled
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
149
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds1 remote-loopback
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
150
[ no ] path pathChannel ds1 tributaryIdentifier remote-loopback
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables acceptance of remote loopback requests at the DS1/E1 over SONET/SDH VT
layer on channelized SONET and SDH interfaces. The no version restores the factory
default value, which is to reject remote loopback requests.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
tributaryIdentifier—Specifier for the tributary in the format
pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } pathPayload/tributaryGroup/tributaryNumber
•
pathPayload—Payload number for the path; value is 1 for SONET and in the range
1–3 for SDH
•
tributaryGroup—Number, in the range 1–7, that identifies the group within the path
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the tributary group; the value is in
the range 1–4 if the tributary type is vt15 or tu11 and in the range 1–3 if the tributary
type is tu12
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds3
Syntax
path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel { [ channelized ] | unchannelized }
no path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Creates and configures a DS3 signal. This command applies to a DS3 over channelized
SONET interface. If you do not specify whether or not the path should be channelized,
the router creates a channelized path by default. The no version deletes a path.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the path
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
151
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds3 bert
Syntax
path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel bert pattern pattern interval time
no path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel bert
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables bit error rate tests using the specified pattern for a DS3 signal. This command
applies to a DS3 over channelized SONET interface. The no version stops the test that
is running.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the DS3 channel
•
pattern—One of the following test patterns:
•
Mode
152
•
0s—Repetitive test pattern of all zeros, 00000...
•
1s—Repetitive test pattern of all ones, 11111...
•
2^9—Pseudorandom test pattern, 511 bits long
•
2^11—Pseudorandom test pattern, 2047 bits long
•
2^15—Pseudorandom test pattern, 32,767 bits long
•
2^20—Pseudorandom test pattern, 1,048,575 bits long
•
2^20-QRSS—Pseudorandom QRSS test pattern, 1,048,575 bits long
•
2^23—Pseudorandom test pattern, 8,388,607 bits long
•
alt-0-1—Repetitive alternating test pattern of zeros and ones, 01010101...
time—Duration of the test, in the range 1–1440 minutes
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds3 clock source
Syntax
path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel clock source { line | internal
{ module | chassis } }
no path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel clock source
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the transmit clock source for a DS3 signal. This command applies to a DS3
over channelized SONET interface. The no version restores the default value.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the path
•
line—Interface transmits data from a clock recovered from the line’s receive data
stream
•
internal—Interface transmits data using its internal clock. You must specify one of the
following for internal clocking:
•
module—Internal clock is from the line module itself
•
chassis—Internal clock is from the configured system clock
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
153
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds3 description
Syntax
path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel description name
no path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel description
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
154
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Assigns a text description or an alias to a DS3 signal. This command applies to a DS3
over channelized SONET/SDH interface. Use the show controllers sonet command to
display the text description. The no version removes the description or alias.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the path
•
name—Text string or alias of up to 80 characters for the T3 over channelized
SONET/SDH interface
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds3 equipment loopback
Syntax
path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel equipment { customer | network } loopback
no path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel equipment
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables or disables the router’s ability to be placed in loopback by a remote device
connected at the DS3 layer for a DS3 signal. This command applies to a DS3 over
channelized SONET interface. The no version restores the default behavior, which disables
the router’s ability to be placed in loopback by a remote device. Using the no version has
the same effect as issuing the command with the network keyword.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the path
•
customer—Enables the router to start loopback testing when it receives an appropriate
signal from the remote interface
•
network—Disables the router’s ability to start loopback testing when it receives an
appropriate signal from the remote interface; this is the default behavior
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
155
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds3 framing
Syntax
path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel framing framingType
no path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel framing
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
156
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the framing format for a DS3 signal. This command applies to a DS3 over
channelized SONET interface. The no version restores the default value.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the path
•
framingType—Choose one of the following:
•
c-bit—Default; specifies C-bit parity framing
•
m23—Specifies M23 multiplexer framing
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds3 loopback
Syntax
path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel loopback { local | network { line | payload } }
no path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel loopback
[ no ] path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel loopback remote
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures a loopback at the DS3 layer for a DS3 signal. This command applies to a DS3
over channelized SONET interface. The no version turns off the loopback.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the path
•
local—Loops the data back toward the router; on supported line modules also sends
an alarm indication signal (AIS) out toward the network.
•
network { line | payload }—Specify the line keyword to loop the data toward the network
before the data reaches the framer. Specify the payload keyword to loop the data
toward the network after the framer has processed the data.
•
remote—Sends a far end alarm code in the C-bit framing, as defined in ANSI T1.404,
to notify the remote end to activate or (when you use the no version) deactivate the
line loopback
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
157
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds3 mdl carrier
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
158
[ no ] path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel mdl carrier
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies that a DS3 signal is used in the carrier environment. This command applies to
a DS3 over channelized SONET interface. The no version restores the default situation,
in which an interface does not operate in the carrier environment.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the path
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds3 mdl string
Syntax
path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel mdl string { eic eicValue | fic ficValue |
generator genValue | lic licValue | pfi pfiCode | port portValue | unit unitValue }
no path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel mdl string { eic | fic | generator | lic | pfi |
port | unit }
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Allows you to configure an MDL message on a DS3 signal as defined in the ANSI
T1.107a-1990 specification. This command applies to a DS3 over channelized SONET
interface. The no version restores the default value to the specified MDL message or to
all MDL messages.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the path
•
eicValue—Equipment identification code; 1–10 characters; default value is the null
value
•
ficValue—Frame identification code; 1–10 characters; default value is the null value
•
genValue—Generator number to send in the MDL test signal message; 1–38 characters;
default value is the null value
•
licValue—Line identification code; 1–11 characters; default value is the null value
•
pfiCode—Facility identification code to send in the MDL path message; 1–38 characters;
default value is the null value
•
portValue—Equipment port number to send in the MDL idle signal message; 1–38
characters; default value is the null value
•
unitValue—Unit identification code; 1–6 characters; default value is the null value
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
159
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds3 mdl transmit
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
160
[ no ] path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel mdl transmit
{ path-id | idle-signal | test-signal }
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables you to transmit an MDL message on a DS3 signal. This command applies to a
DS3 over channelized SONET interface. The no version disables transmission of the
specified message or all messages.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the path
•
path-id—Transmits a path identification message every second; default value is disabled
•
idle-signal—Transmits an idle signal message every second; default value is disabled
•
test-signal—Transmits a test signal message every second; default value is disabled
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds3 shutdown
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel shutdown
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Disables a DS3 signal. This command applies to a DS3 over channelized SONET interface.
DS3 interfaces are enabled by default. The no version restarts a disabled interface.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the path
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
161
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds3 snmp trap link-status
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
162
[ no ] path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel snmp trap link-status
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables SNMP link status processing for a DS3 signal. This command applies to a DS3
over channelized SONET interface. The no version disables SNMP link status processing
on an interface.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the path
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds3 t1
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Creates and configures a T1 channel on a DS3 signal. This command applies to a T1
channel on a DS3 over channelized SONET interface. The no version deletes a path.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the DS3 channel
•
t1Channel—One or more individual T1 channels, ranges of T1 channels, or combination
of individual channels and ranges, in the range 1–28 (no spaces); for example,
3,7-15,19-13,27
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
163
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds3 t1 bert
Syntax
path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel bert
pattern pattern interval time [ unframed ]
no path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel bert
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
164
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables bit error rate tests using the specified pattern for a T1 channel on a DS3 signal.
This command applies to a T1 channel on a DS3 over channelized SONET interface. The
no version stops the test that is running.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the DS3 channel
•
t1Channel—One or more individual T1 channels, ranges of T1 channels, or combination
of individual channels and ranges, in the range 1–28 (no spaces); for example,
3,7-15,19-13,27
•
pattern—One of the following test patterns:
•
2^11—Pseudorandom test pattern, 2047 bits long
•
2^15—Pseudorandom test pattern, 32,767 bits long
•
2^20-O153—Pseudorandom test pattern, 1,048,575 bits long
•
time—Duration of the test in the range 1–1440 minutes
•
unframed—Test bit pattern occupies all bits on the link, overwriting the framing bits.
If you do not specify this keyword, the test bit pattern occupies only T1/E1 payload bits.
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds3 t1 clock source
Syntax
path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel clock source
{ line | internal { module | chassis } }
no path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel clock source
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the transmit clock source for a T1 channel on a DS3 signal. This command
applies to a T1 channel on a DS3 over channelized SONET interface. The no version
restores the default value, line.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the DS3 channel
•
t1Channel—One or more individual T1 channels, ranges of T1 channels, or combination
of individual channels and ranges, in the range 1–28 (no spaces); for example,
3,7-15,19-13,27
•
line—Interface transmits data from a clock recovered from the line’s receive data
stream
•
internal—Interface transmits data using its internal clock. You must specify one of the
following for internal clocking:
•
module—Internal clock is from the line module itself
•
chassis—Internal clock is from the configured system clock
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
165
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds3 t1 description
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
166
[ no ] path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel [ /subchannel ] description name
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Assigns a text description or an alias to a T1 channel group or subchannel on a DS3 signal.
This command applies to a T1 channel group or subchannel on a DS3 over channelized
SONET/SDH interface. Use the show controllers sonet command to display the text
description. The no version removes the description or alias.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the DS3 channel
•
t1Channel—One or more individual T1 channels, ranges of T1 channels, or combination
of individual channels and ranges, in the range 1–28 (no spaces); for example,
3,7-15,19-13,27
•
subchannel—Fractional T1 interface in the range 1–24
•
name—Text string or alias of up to 80 characters for the T1 channel group or subchannel
on a T3 over channelized SONET/SDH interface
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds3 t1 fdl
Syntax
path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel fdl { ansi | att | all | none }
no path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel fdl [ ansi | att | all ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the facilities data link (FDL) standard for a T1 channel on a DS3 signal. This
command applies to a T1 channel on a DS3 over channelized SONET interface. The no
version restores the default, none.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the DS3 channel
•
t1Channel—One or more individual T1 channels, ranges of T1 channels, or combination
of individual channels and ranges, in the range 1–28 (no spaces); for example,
3,7-15,19-13,27
•
ansi—Specifies ANSI T1.403 Standard for extended superframe FDL exchange support
•
att—Specifies AT&T Technical Reference 54016 for extended superframe FDL exchange
support
•
all—Specifies both the AT&T and ANSI mode for extended superframe FDL exchange
support
•
none—Removes the current FDL mode settings
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
167
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds3 t1 fdl carrier
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
168
[ no ] path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel fdl carrier
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies that a T1 channel on a DS3 signal is used in the carrier environment. This
command applies to a T1 channel on a DS3 over channelized SONET interface. The no
version restores the default situation, in which an interface does not operate in the carrier
environment.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the DS3 channel
•
t1Channel—One or more individual T1 channels, ranges of T1 channels, or combination
of individual channels and ranges, in the range 1–28 (no spaces); for example,
3,7-15,19-13,27
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds3 t1 fdl string
Syntax
path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel fdl string { eic eicValue | fic ficValue | lic
licValue | unit unitValue | pfi pfiValue | port portValue | generator generatorValue }
no path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel fdl string { eic | fic | lic | unit | pfi | port
| generator }
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Defines an FDL message for a T1 channel on a DS3 signal, as defined in the ANSI T1.403
specification. This command applies to a T1 channel on a DS3 over channelized SONET
interface. Currently, FDL strings can only be configured locally. The no version restores
the default value to the specified FDL message or to all FDL messages.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the DS3 channel
•
t1Channel—One or more individual T1 channels, ranges of T1 channels, or combination
of individual channels and ranges, in the range 1–28 (no spaces); for example,
3,7-15,19-13,27
•
eicValue—Equipment identification code; 1–10 characters; default value is the null
value
•
ficValue—Frame identification code; 1–10 characters; default value is the null value
•
licValue—Line identification code; 1–10 characters; default value is the null value
•
unitValue—Unit identification code; 1–6 characters; default value is the null value
•
pfiValue—Facility identification code to send in the FDL path message; 1–38 characters;
default value is the null value
•
portValue—Equipment port number to send in the FDL idle signal message; 1–38
characters; default value is the null value
•
generatorValue—Generator number to send in the FDL test signal message; 1–38
characters; default value is the null value
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
169
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds3 t1 fdl transmit
Syntax
[ no ] path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel fdl transmit
{ path-id | idle-signal | test-signal }
no path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel fdl transmit
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
170
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the router to send the specified type of FDL message for a T1 channel on a
DS3 signal. This command applies to a T1 channel on a DS3 over channelized SONET
interface. The no version stops the router from sending the specified type of FDL message
or all FDL messages.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the DS3 channel
•
t1Channel—One or more individual T1 channels, ranges of T1 channels, or combination
of individual channels and ranges, in the range 1–28 (no spaces); for example,
3,7-15,19-13,27
•
path-id—Transmits a path identification message every second; default value is disabled
•
idle-signal—Transmits an idle signal message every second; default value is disabled
•
test-signal—Transmits a test signal message every second; default value is disabled
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds3 t1 framing
Syntax
path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel framing framingType
no path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel framing
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the framing format for a T1 channel on a DS3 signal. This command applies
to a T1 channel on a DS3 over channelized SONET interface. The no version restores the
default value.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the DS3 channel
•
t1Channel—One or more individual T1 channels, ranges of T1 channels, or combination
of individual channels and ranges, in the range 1–28 (no spaces); for example,
3,7-15,19-13,27
•
framingType—One of the following types:
•
esf—Default; specifies extended superframe
•
sf—Specifies superframe
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
171
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds3 t1 loopback
Syntax
path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel loopback
{ local | network { line | payload } }
no path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel loopback
path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel loopback remote
{ line fdl { ansi | bellcore } | payload [ fdl ] [ ansi ] }
no path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel loopback remote
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
172
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures a loopback for a T1 channel on a DS3 signal. This command applies to a T1
channel on a DS3 over channelized SONET interface. The no version turns off the
loopback.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the DS3 channel
•
t1Channel—One or more individual T1 channels, ranges of T1 channels, or combination
of individual channels and ranges, in the range 1–28 (no spaces); for example,
3,7-15,19-13,27
•
local—Loops the router output data back toward the router at the T1 framer; on
supported line modules also sends an alarm indication signal (AIS) out toward the
network.
•
network { line | payload }—Specify the line keyword to loop the data back toward the
network before the T1 framer and automatically set a local loopback at the HDLC
controllers. Specify the payload keyword to loop the payload data back toward the
network at the T1 framer and automatically set a local loopback at the HDLC controllers.
•
remote line fdl ansi—Sends a repeating 16-bit ESF data link code word (00001110
11111111) to the remote end requesting that it enter into a network line loopback. Specify
the ansi keyword to enable the remote line FDL ANSI bit loopback on the T1 channel,
according to the ANSI T1.403 specification.
•
remote line fdl bellcore—Sends a repeating 16-bit ESF data link code word (00010010
11111111) to the remote end requesting that it enter into a network line loopback. Specify
the bellcore keyword to enable the remote line FDL Bellcore bit loopback on the T1
channel, according to the Bellcore TR-TSY-000312 specification.
•
remote payload [ fdl ] [ ansi ]—Sends a repeating 16-bit ESF data link code word
(00010100 11111111) to the remote end requesting that it enter into a network payload
loopback. Enables the remote payload FDL ANSI bit loopback on the T1 channel. You
can optionally specify fdl and ansi, but it is not necessary.
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds3 t1 remote-loopback
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel remote-loopback
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables acceptance of remote loopback requests by a T1 channel on a DS3 signal. This
command applies to a T1 channel on a DS3 over channelized SONET interface. The no
version restores the default value, which is to reject remote loopback requests.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the DS3 channel
•
t1Channel—One or more individual T1 channels, ranges of T1 channels, or combination
of individual channels and ranges, in the range 1–28 (no spaces); for example,
3,7-15,19-13,27
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
173
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds3 t1 shutdown
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
174
[ no ] path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel[/subchannel ] shutdown
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Disables a T1 channel or subchannel on a DS3 signal. This command applies to a T1
channel or subchannel on a DS3 over channelized SONET interface. T1 channels are
enabled by default. The no version restarts a disabled interface.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the DS3 channel
•
t1Channel—One or more individual T1 channels, ranges of T1 channels, or combination
of individual channels and ranges, in the range 1–28 (no spaces); for example,
3,7-15,19-13,27
•
subchannel—Fractional T1 interface in the range 1–24
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path ds3 t1 snmp trap link-status
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel [ /subchannel ]
snmp trap link-status
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables SNMP link status processing for a T1 channel group or subchannel on a DS3
signal. This command applies to a T1 channel or subchannel on a DS3 over channelized
SONET interface. The no version disables SNMP link status processing for a T1 channel.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the DS3 channel
•
t1Channel—One or more individual T1 channels, ranges of T1 channels, or combination
of individual channels and ranges, in the range 1–28 (no spaces); for example,
3,7-15,19-13,27
•
subchannel—Fractional T1 interface, in the range 1–24
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
175
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path ds3 t1 timeslots
Syntax
path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel/subchannel timeslots range
[ speed { 56 | 64 } ]
no path pathChannel ds3 ds3Channel t1 t1Channel/subchannel
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
176
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Assigns a range of DS0 timeslots to a subchannel as a single data stream for a T1 channel
on a DS3 signal. This command applies to a T1 channel on a DS3 over channelized SONET
interface. You can optionally specify a line speed that applies to all DS0 timeslots assigned
to a subchannel. The no version deletes the fractional T1 circuit.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
ds3Channel—Number, in the range 1–3, that identifies the DS3 channel
•
t1Channel—Number, in the range 1–28, that identifies the T1 channel
•
subchannel—Fractional T1 interface, in the range 1–24
•
range—Timeslots assigned to the T1 channel in the range 1–24; a dash represents a
range of timeslots, and a comma separates timeslots. For example, 1-10, 15-18 assigns
timeslots 1–10 and 15–18.
•
speed—Specifies the data rate for the T1 channel, either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps; default
value is 64 Kbps
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path e1 unframed
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] path pathChannel e1 tributaryIdentifier unframed
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Creates and configures an unframed E1 signal on a channelized SONET or SDH interface.
The no version deletes an unframed E1 interface from the path.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path
•
tributaryIdentifier—Specifier for the tributary in the format
pathChannel { ds1 | e1 } pathPayload/tributaryGroup/tributaryNumber
•
pathPayload—Payload number for the path; value is 1 for SONET and in the range
1–3 for SDH
•
tributaryGroup—Number, in the range 1–7, that identifies the group within the path
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the tributary group; the value is in
the range 1–4 if the tributary type is vt15 or tu11 and in the range 1–3 if the tributary
type is tu12
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
177
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path overhead c2
Syntax
For channelized OCx/STMx interfaces:
[ no ] path pathChannel overhead c2 byteValue
For unchannelized OCx/STMx interfaces:
[ no ] path overhead c2 byteValue
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
178
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Overrides the default value of the path signal label (C2) byte for SONET and SDH
interfaces. The no version restores the default setting, which depends on the types of
interface layers configured above the SONET/SDH interface.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path on a
channelized interface
•
byteValue—Value for C2 byte; integer, in the range 0–255
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path overhead j1
Syntax
For channelized OCx/STMx interfaces:
[ no ] path pathChannel overhead j1 { msg | exp-msg } [ message ]
For unchannelized OCx/STMx interfaces:
[ no ] path overhead j1 { msg | exp-msg } [ message ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies trace messages to check for connectivity between the router and the
SONET/SDH device at the other end of the line. The no version restores the default
situation, in which all characters of the trace message are zeros.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path on a
channelized interface
•
msg—Specifies that the message is one that the router sends
•
exp-msg—Specifies that the message is one that the router expects to receive
•
message—Text of the message; the maximum is 15 characters for SDH mode and 62
characters for SONET mode
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
179
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path shutdown
Syntax
For channelized OCx/STMx interfaces:
[ no ] path pathChannel shutdown
For unchannelized OCx/STMx interfaces:
[ no ] path shutdown
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
180
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Disables a path on channelized and unchannelized SONET/SDH interfaces. On
channelized interfaces, you must specify the path channel number. By default, paths are
enabled. The no version restarts the path.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path on a
channelized interface
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path snmp trap link-status
Syntax
For channelized OCx/STMx interfaces:
[ no ] path pathChannel snmp trap link-status
For unchannelized OCx/STMx interfaces:
[ no ] path snmp trap link-status
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables SNMP link-status processing for the path layer of SONET and SDH interfaces.
The no version disables SNMP link-status processing.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path on a
channelized interface
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
181
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
path trigger alarm prdi
Syntax
For channelized OCx/STMx interfaces:
[ no ] path pathChannel trigger alarm prdi
For unchannelized OCx/STMx interfaces:
[ no ] path trigger alarm prdi
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
182
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies that the router uses remote defect indications (RDIs) at the path layer to
determine the operational state of a path. The no version restores the default setting, in
which loss of pointer and alarm indication signal (AIS) defects at the path layer determine
the operational state of a path.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path on a
channelized interface
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
path trigger delay
Syntax
For channelized OCx/STMx interfaces:
path pathChannel trigger delay msec delayTime
no path pathChannel trigger delay
For unchannelized OCx/STMx interfaces:
path trigger delay msec delayTime
no path trigger delay
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the time duration that the router uses to determine when a SONET/SDH defect
at the path layer becomes an alarm. The no version restores the default setting, 2500
milliseconds.
•
pathChannel—Number, in the range 1–2147483648, that identifies the path on a
channelized interface
•
delayTime—Time, in the range 0–2500 milliseconds
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
183
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
peak-burst
Syntax
peak-burst size { millisecond milliseconds }
no peak-burst
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
184
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
milliseconds variable added in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Sets the peak burst for a rate-limit profile. The no version restores the default value, 100
ms; if 100ms is less than 8K, then 8K (8192).
•
size—Size in bytes in the range 1–4294967295
•
milliseconds—Milliseconds in the range 1–10000
Rate Limit Profile Configuration
•
Creating a Two-Rate Rate-Limit Profile
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
peak-rate
Syntax
peak-rate { rate | parameterName percentage percentValue }
no peak-rate
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
parameterName and percentValue variables added in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Sets the peak rate for a rate-limit profile. The no version restores the default value, 0.
•
rate—Rate in bits per second in the range 0–4294967295
•
parameterName—Name of policy parameter up to 40 characters
•
percentValue—Percentage in the range 0–100
Rate Limit Profile Configuration
•
Creating a Two-Rate Rate-Limit Profile
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
185
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
peer ip identity
Syntax
peer ip identity
{ address ipAddress | range ipRangeLow ipRangeHigh | subnet netAddress netMask }
no peer ip identity
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
186
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.3.0.
Overrides the peer identity (phase 2 identity) used for IPSec security association
negotiations. For IPSec negotiations to succeed, the local and peer identities at one end
of the tunnel must match the peer and local identities at the other end (respectively).
The no version restores the default value, the internal IP address allocated for the
subscriber.
•
ipAddress—IP address used as the peer identity for IPSec security association
negotiations
•
ipRangeLow—Low end of a range used as the peer identity for IPSec security association
negotiations
•
ipRangeHigh—High end of a range used as the peer identity for IPSec security association
negotiations
•
netAddress—IP network address used as the peer identity for IPSec security association
negotiations
•
netMask—IP network mask used as the peer identity for IPSec security association
negotiations
IPSec Tunnel Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
pfs group
Syntax
pfs group { 1 | 2 | 5 }
no pfs group
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
IPSec Tunnel Profile mode added in JunosE Release 7.3.0.
Configures perfect forward secrecy for connections created with this IPSec transport or
tunnel profile by assigning a Diffie-Hellman prime modulus group. The no version removes
PFS from the profile.
•
1—768-bit Diffie-Hellman prime modulus group
•
2—1024-bit Diffie-Hellman prime modulus group
•
5—1536-bit Diffie-Hellman prime modulus group
IPSec Transport Profile Configuration, IPSec Tunnel Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
187
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
pim disable
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
188
[ no ] pim disable
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Disables PIM on a virtual router. The no version reenables PIM on a virtual router.
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ping
Syntax
ping [ vrf vrfName ] [ ip ] destination [ packetCount ] [ timeout timeOutVal ]
[ transmit-delay delayVal ] [ ttl ttlValue ] [ data-size dataSize ]
[ data-pattern { ones | zeros | random | hex-data hexData } ]
[ source { interface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier | address sourceAddr } ]
[ sweep-sizes sweepMin sweepMax [ sweep-interval sweepInt ] ]
[ extended [ tos tosVal ] [ set-dont-fragment-bit ] [ set-router-alert ]
[ { loose-source-route | strict-source-route } [ srtAddrs ]* ]
[ record-route numRoutes ] [ timestamp numTstamps ]
[ interface interfaceType Interfacespecifier ] ]
ping ipv6 [ vrf vrfName ] destination [ packetCount ] [ timeout timeOutVal ]
[ transmit-delay delayVal ] [ hop-limit hopLimit ] [ data-size dataSize ]
[ data-pattern { ones | zeros | random | hex-data hexData } ]
[ source { interface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier | address sourceAddr } ]
[ sweep-sizes sweepMin sweepMax [ sweep-interval sweepInt ] ]
[extended [ dscp trafficClass ] [ flow-label flowLabel ] ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vrf keyword and vrfName variable added to IPv6 version in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Sends an ICMP echo request packet to the IP or IPv6 address that you specify. There is
no no version.
•
vrfName—Name of the VRF context
•
ip—Specifies optional keyword for compatibility with non–E Series implementations
•
ipv6—Specifies the destination address as IPv6 format
•
destination—IP address, IPv6 address, or domain name of the host to ping
•
packetCount—Number of packets to send to the destination IP address, in the range
0–4294967295; default value is 5; 0 means ping forever
•
timeOutVal—Number of seconds, in the range 1–20, to wait for an ICMP echo reply
packet before the connection attempt times out
•
delayVal—Number of milliseconds, in the range 1–50, between transmission of each
ICMP request; default value is 10 ms
•
hopLimit—Specifies a hop limit, in the range 1–255; default value is 255
•
ttlValue—Specifies a hop count by setting the time-to-live field in the IP header in the
range 1–255; default value is 32
•
dataSize—Number of bytes comprising the IP packet and reflected in the IP header, in
the range 0–64000; default value is 100 bytes
•
data-pattern—Type of bits contained in the packet. You can set the bits to all ones,
all zeros, a random mixture of ones and zeros, or a specific hexadecimal data pattern
that can range from 0x0 – 0xFFFFFFFF. The default data pattern is all zeros.
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
189
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
•
•
source interface—Specifies an interface as the source of the packets
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type;
see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
source address—Specifies an IP address as the source of the packets
•
•
•
190
sourceAddr—IP address or domain name used as the source address
sweep-sizes—Configures payload sizes, enabling you to vary the sizes of the echo
packets being sent. This capability is useful for determining the minimum sizes of the
MTUs configured on the nodes along the path to the destination address. This reduces
packet fragmentation which contributes to performance problems. The default is not
to sweep (all packets are the same size).
•
sweepMin—Minimum payload size in the range 0–64000
•
sweepMax—Maximum payload size in the range 0–64000
•
sweepInt—Number of bytes to add to the size of the packet; the change in the size
of subsequent ping packets while sweeping across a range of sizes. For example,
you can configure the sweep interval to sweep across the range of packets from 100
bytes to 1000 bytes in increments of sweepInt. By default, send 100, 101, 102,
103...1000. If sweepInt is 5, send 100, 105, 110, 115...1000). When “ sweeping,” the
default interval is 1.
extended—Enables you to configure extended header attributes
•
tosVal—Specifies the value set in the ToS byte in the range 0–255 to support QoS
offerings
•
set-dont-fragment-bit—Sets the don’t-fragment bit in the IP header to prevent IP
from fragmenting the packet if it is too long for the MTU of a link; if the nonfragmented
packet cannot be delivered, it is discarded
•
set-router-alert—Sets the router alert bit in the IP header to indicate that all routers
should examine this packet more closely to determine whether further processing
is necessary
•
loose-source-route—Specifies a set of hops through which the packet must traverse;
the hops do not have to be adjacent
•
strict-source-route—Specifies every hop through which the packet must traverse
and generates an ICMP error if the exact path cannot be followed
•
srtAddrs—IP addresses or domain name of the intermediate hops on the way to the
destination to be used in the loose-source or strict-source route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
•
numRoutes—Specifies how many routes are to be recorded as the packet travels, in
the range 1–9
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
Mode
•
numTstamps—Specifies how many timestamps from routers are to be recorded as
the packet travels, in the range 1–9
•
interfaceType—Interface type of a destination address on the router that is connected
for external loopback by means of a cable or plug that loops Tx to Rx. The command
succeeds only if the specified interface is connected for external loopback and the
encapsulation type is ATM, Frame Relay, HDLC, or PPP. The command does not
work for Ethernet or VLAN encapsulations. See Interface Types and Specifiers on
page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface of a destination address on the router that is
connected for external loopback by means of a cable or plug that loops Tx to Rx.
The command succeeds only if the specified interface is connected for external
loopback and the encapsulation type is ATM, Frame Relay, HDLC, or PPP. The
command does not work for Ethernet or VLAN encapsulations. Format varies
according to interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
trafficClass—Specifies the traffic class value to match in the Traffic Class field of
each IPv6 packet header, in the range 1 to 255
•
flowLabel—Specifies the flow label value to match in the Flow Label field of each
IPv6 packet header, in the range 1 to 1048576
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
191
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ping atm interface atm
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
ping atm interface atm interfaceSpecifier vpi vci
[ end-loopback | seg-loopback [ destination ] ] [ count cellCount ]
[ timeout #OfSeconds ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets up the ATM interface or circuit to send loopback cells. There is no no version.
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
vpi—Virtual path identifier
•
vci—Virtual circuit identifier; by default F5 end-to-end loopback OAM cells are used
for the ping operation
•
To send F4 segment loopback cells, set the VCI to 3.
•
To send F5 end-to-end loopback cells, set the VCI to 4.
•
end-loopback—Sends the ping to the connection endpoint
•
seg-loopback—Sends the ping to the first segment endpoint
•
destination—Value of the location ID included the loopback cell. The location ID is a
16-octet field, and the destination portion is 4 octets. You can set the destination to a
specific location ID or to 0s (zeros) or 1s (ones). If the destination is set to:
•
0s—Loopback location ID in the loopback cell is initialized to all 0s, and each segment
endpoint in the network responds to the ping
•
1s—Loopback location ID in the loopback cell is initialized to all 1s, and only the
connection endpoint responds to the ping
The default value is 0xFFFFFFFF, which causes the loopback location ID in the loopback
cell to be initialized to all 1s.
Mode
192
•
cellCount—Number of OAM echo cells to send to the destination, in the range 1–32;
default value is 5
•
timeout—Amount of time to wait for a response to the sent OAM cell. If no response
is received when this time expires, the router sends the next cell. This process is repeated
for the number of cells specified in the cellCount parameter.
•
#OfSeconds—Number of seconds in the timeout period, in the range 1–5; default value
is 5
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ping mpls ip
Syntax
Release Information
Description
ping mpls ip [ vrf vrfName ] { targetIpAddress targetIpv4Mask | targetIpv6Prefix }
[ destination startIpAddress endIpAddress increment ]
[ source address sourceAddr ] [ [ repeat ] packetCount]
[ ttl ttlValue ] [ timeout timeOutVal ]
[ data-size dataSize | sweep-sizes sweepMin sweepMax sweepInt ]
[ pad { ones | zeros | random | hex-data hexData } ]
[ reply mode { ipv4-udp | ipv4-udp-with-router-alert } ]
[ reply pad-tlv ] [ reply dscp trafficClass ]
[ interval txdelayVal ] [ exp-bits bitValue ] [ detail ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Sends an MPLS echo request packet to the specified IP or IPv6 address or, alternatively,
sends MPLS echo packets to the egress node in a point-to-multipoint LSP. There is no
no version.
The MPLS echo request packets and echo reply packets created by this command use
the LDP IPv4 LSP sub-TLV described in RFC 4379—Detecting Multi-Protocol Label
Switched (MPLS) Data Plane Failures (February 2006).
The MPLS echo request packets and echo reply packets created by this command to
detect connectivity to egress nodes in point-to-multipoint LSPs use the P2MP Responder
Identifier TLV described in the IETF draft, Detecting Data Plane Failures in
Point-to-Multipoint Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) - Extensions to LSP
Ping—draft-ietf-mpls-p2mp-lsp-ping-08.txt (February 2010 expiration).
Options
•
vrfName—Name of the VRF context; when you specify a VRF name, the LSP to the
specified prefix must originate from the VRF because the ping is generated from the
specified VRF
•
targetIpAddress—IP address of the ping target
•
targetIpv4Mask—Network mask for target IP address
•
targetIpv6Prefix—IPv6 address of the ping target
•
startIpAddress—First IP address within the 127.0.0.0/8 destination range
•
endIpAddress—Last IP address within the 127.0.0.0/8 destination range
•
increment—Number in the range 0–255 that specifies the increment between addresses
in the destination address range
•
sourceAddr—IP address used as the packet source address
•
repeat—Specifies that multiple ping packets are sent
•
packetCount—Number of packets to send to the destination address, in the range
0–4294967295; default value is 5; 0 means ping forever
•
ttlValue—Hop count specified by setting the time-to-live field in the header, in the
range 1–255; default value is 32
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
193
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Mode
194
•
timeOutVal—Number of seconds, in the range 1–32 to wait for an MPLS echo reply
packet before the connection attempt times out
•
dataSize—Number of bytes comprising the MPLS packet, including the header, in the
range 0–64000; default value is 100 bytes
•
sweep-sizes—Configures payload sizes, enabling you to vary the sizes of the echo
packets being sent. This capability is useful for determining the minimum sizes of the
MTUs configured on the nodes along the path to the destination address. This reduces
packet fragmentation which contributes to performance problems. The default is not
to sweep; all packets are the same size.
•
sweepMin—Minimum payload size in the range 0–64000
•
sweepMax—Maximum payload size in the range 0–64000
•
sweepInt—Number of bytes to add to the size of the packet; the change in the size
of subsequent ping packets while sweeping across a range of sizes. For example,
you can configure the sweep interval to sweep across the range of packets from 0
bytes to 10,000 bytes in increments of sweepInt. By default, send 100, 101, 102,
103...1000. If sweepInt is 5, send 100, 105, 110, 115...1000). When “ sweeping,” the
default interval is 1.
•
pad—Specifies the type of bits contained in the pad TLV. You can set the bits to all
ones, all zeros, a random mixture of ones and zeros, or a specific hexadecimal data
pattern, in the range from 0x0–0xFFFFFFFF. The default data pattern is all zeros.
•
reply mode—Specifies the reply mode for the echo request packet
•
ipv4-udp—Specifies that the echo request packet is an IPv4 UDP packet
•
ipv4-udp-with-router-alert—Specifies that the echo request packet is an IPv4 UDP
packet with the router alert bit set in the header so all routers examine this packet
more closely to determine whether further processing is necessary
•
reply pad-tlv—Requests sender of an echo reply to send a pad TLV
•
trafficClass—Number in the range 0–255 that represents the value of the traffic class
that the sender of an echo reply is requested to set
•
txDelayVal—Number of milliseconds in the range 1–50 between transmission of each
echo request; default value is 10 ms
•
bitValue—Value of the EXP bits in the range 0–7 included in the MPLS echo request
packet
•
detail—Displays detailed information about MPLS echo request sent and echo replies
received
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ping mpls l2transport
Syntax
Release Information
Description
ping mpls l2transport [ vrf vrfName ]
{ interfaceType interfaceSpecifier }
[ destination startIpAddress endIpAddress increment ]
[ source address sourceAddr ] [ [ repeat ] packetCount]
[ ttl ttlValue ] [ timeout timeOutVal ]
[ data-size dataSize | sweep-sizes sweepMin sweepMax sweepInt ]
[ pad { ones | zeros | random | hex-data hexData } ]
[ reply mode { ipv4-udp | ipv4-udp-with-router-alert } ]
[ reply pad-tlv ] [ reply dscp trafficClass ]
[ interval txdelayVal ] [ exp-bits bitValue ] [ bottom-label-ttl bottomLabelTtl ]
[ detail ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Sends an MPLS echo request packet to the specified layer 2 cross-connect virtual (Martini)
circuit or, alternatively, sends MPLS echo packets to the egress node in a
point-to-multipoint LSP. There is no no version.
The echo request packet generated by this command contains the FEC 128 Pseudowire
(Current) sub-TLV described in RFC 4379—Detecting Multi-Protocol Label Switched
(MPLS) Data Plane Failures (February 2006).
NOTE: This command is not supported for local cross-connects because
local cross-connects do not employ an LSP.
The MPLS echo request packets and echo reply packets created by this command to
detect connectivity to egress nodes in point-to-multipoint LSPs use the P2MP Responder
Identifier TLV described in the IETF draft, Detecting Data Plane Failures in
Point-to-Multipoint Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) - Extensions to LSP
Ping—draft-ietf-mpls-p2mp-lsp-ping-08.txt (February 2010 expiration).
Options
•
vrfName—Name of the VRF context; when you specify a VRF name, the ping is generated
from the specified VRF—for that reason the MPLS shim interface must exist in the VRF
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
startIpAddress—First IP address within the 127.0.0.0/8 destination range
•
endIpAddress—Last IP address within the 127.0.0.0/8 destination range
•
increment—Number in the range 0–255 that specifies the increment between addresses
in the destination address range
•
sourceAddr—IP address used as the packet source address
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
195
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
196
•
repeat—Specifies that multiple ping packets are sent
•
packetCount—Number of packets to send to the destination address, in the range
0–4294967295; default value is 5; 0 means ping forever
•
ttlValue—Hop count specified by setting the time-to-live field in the header, in the
range 1–255; default value is 32; however, by default, the TTL on the inner (stacked)
label is set to 1 while transmitting the echo request packet, which causes the packet
to be exceptioned to the SRP module when the stacked label is exposed
•
timeOutVal—Number of seconds in the range 1–32 to wait for an MPLS echo reply
packet before the connection attempt times out
•
dataSize—Number of bytes comprising the MPLS packet, including the header, in the
range 0–64000; default value is 100 bytes
•
sweep-sizes—Configures payload sizes, enabling you to vary the sizes of the echo
packets being sent. This capability is useful for determining the minimum sizes of the
MTUs configured on the nodes along the path to the destination address. This reduces
packet fragmentation which contributes to performance problems. The default is not
to sweep; all packets are the same size.
•
sweepMin—Minimum payload size in the range 0–64000
•
sweepMax—Maximum payload size in the range 0–64000
•
sweepInt—Number of bytes to add to the size of the packet; the change in the size
of subsequent ping packets while sweeping across a range of sizes. For example,
you can configure the sweep interval to sweep across the range of packets from 0
bytes to 10,000 bytes in increments of sweepInt. By default, send 100, 101, 102,
103...1000. If sweepInt is 5, send 100, 105, 110, 115...1000). When “ sweeping,” the
default interval is 1.
•
pad—Specifies the type of bits contained in the pad TLV. You can set the bits to all
ones, all zeros, a random mixture of ones and zeros, or a specific hexadecimal data
pattern, in the range from 0x0–0xFFFFFFFF. The default data pattern is all zeros.
•
reply mode—Specifies the reply mode for the echo request packet
•
ipv4-udp—Specifies that the echo request packet is an IPv4 UDP packet
•
ipv4-udp-with-router-alert—Specifies that the echo request packet is an IPv4 UDP
packet with the router alert bit set in the header so all routers examine this packet
more closely to determine whether further processing is necessary
•
reply pad-tlv—Requests sender of an echo reply to send a pad TLV
•
trafficClass—Number in the range 0–255 that represents the value of the traffic class
that the sender of an echo reply is requested to set
•
txDelayVal—Number of milliseconds in the range 1–50 between transmission of each
echo request; default value is 10 ms
•
bitValue—Value of the EXP bits in the range 0–7 included in the MPLS echo request
packet
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
Mode
•
bottomLabelTtl—Time-to-live value of the bottom label in the stack
•
detail—Displays detailed information about MPLS echo request sent and echo replies
received
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
197
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ping mpls l3vpn
Syntax
Release Information
Description
ping mpls l3vpn [ vrf vrfName ]
{ targetAddress targetMask | targetIpv6Prefix }
[ destination startIpAddress endIpAddress increment ]
[ source address sourceAddr ] [ [ repeat ] packetCount ]
[ ttl ttlValue ] [ timeout timeOutVal ]
[ data-size dataSize | sweep-sizes sweepMin sweepMax sweepInt ]
[ pad { ones | zeros | random | hex-data hexData } ]
[ reply mode { ipv4-udp | ipv4-udp-with-router-alert } ]
[ reply pad-tlv ] [ reply dscp trafficClass ]
[ interval txdelayVal ] [ exp-bits bitValue ] [ bottom-label-ttl bottomLabelTtl ]
[ detail ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Sends an MPLS echo request packet to the specified L3VPN IP or IPv6 prefix, or
alternatively, sends MPLS echo packets to the egress node in a point-to-multipoint LSP.
There is no no version.
The echo request packet generated by this command contains either the VPN IPv4
sub-TLV or VPN IPv6 sub-TLV described in RFC 4379—Detecting Multi-Protocol Label
Switched (MPLS) Data Plane Failures (February 2006). Which sub-TLV is included
depends on whether the ping is intended for an IPv4 prefix or an IPv6 prefix.
You can use this command to send a request to a VPNv4 prefix in the specified VRF. If
you do not specify a VRF, then you must issue the command from the VRF context. In
any case, the ping originates from the parent router.
The MPLS echo request packets and echo reply packets created by this command to
detect connectivity to egress nodes in point-to-multipoint LSPs use the P2MP Responder
Identifier TLV described in the IETF draft, Detecting Data Plane Failures in
Point-to-Multipoint Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) - Extensions to LSP
Ping—draft-ietf-mpls-p2mp-lsp-ping-08.txt (February 2010 expiration).
Options
198
•
vrfName—Name of the VRF context
•
targetAddress—IP address of the target VPN network
•
targetMask—Netmask for the target address
•
targetIpv6Prefix—IPv6 prefix for the target VPN network
•
startIpAddress—First IP address within the 127.0.0.0/8 destination range
•
endIpAddress—Last IP address within the 127.0.0.0/8 destination range
•
increment—Number in the range 0–255 that specifies the increment between addresses
in the destination address range
•
sourceAddr—IP address used as the packet source address
•
repeat—Specifies that multiple ping packets are sent
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
•
packetCount—Number of packets to send to the destination address, in the range
0–4294967295; default value is 5; 0 means ping forever
•
ttlValue—Hop count specified by setting the time-to-live field in the header, in the
range 1–255; default value is 32
•
timeOutVal—Number of seconds in the range 1–32 to wait for an MPLS echo reply
packet before the connection attempt times out
•
dataSize—Number of bytes comprising the MPLS packet, including the header, in the
range 0–64000; default value is 100 bytes
•
sweep-sizes—Configures payload sizes, enabling you to vary the sizes of the echo
packets being sent. This capability is useful for determining the minimum sizes of the
MTUs configured on the nodes along the path to the destination address. This reduces
packet fragmentation which contributes to performance problems. The default is not
to sweep; all packets are the same size.
•
sweepMin—Minimum payload size in the range 0–64000
•
sweepMax—Maximum payload size in the range 0–64000
•
sweepInt—Number of bytes to add to the size of the packet; the change in the size
of subsequent ping packets while sweeping across a range of sizes. For example,
you can configure the sweep interval to sweep across the range of packets from 0
bytes to 10,000 bytes in increments of sweepInt. By default, send 100, 101, 102,
103...1000. If sweepInt is 5, send 100, 105, 110, 115...1000). When “ sweeping,” the
default interval is 1.
•
pad—Specifies the type of bits contained in the pad TLV. You can set the bits to all
ones, all zeros, a random mixture of ones and zeros, or a specific hexadecimal data
pattern, in the range from 0x0–0xFFFFFFFF. The default data pattern is all zeros.
•
reply mode—Specifies the reply mode for the echo request packet
•
ipv4-udp—Specifies that the echo request packet is an IPv4 UDP packet
•
ipv4-udp-with-router-alert—Specifies that the echo request packet is an IPv4 UDP
packet with the router alert bit set in the header so all routers examine this packet
more closely to determine whether further processing is necessary
•
reply pad-tlv—Requests sender of an echo reply to send a pad TLV
•
trafficClass—Number in the range 0–255 that represents the value of the traffic class
that the sender of an echo reply is requested to set
•
txDelayVal—Number of milliseconds in the range 1–50 between transmission of each
echo request; default value is 10 ms
•
bitValue—Value of the EXP bits in the range 0–7 included in the MPLS echo request
packet
•
bottomLabelTtl—Time-to-live value of the bottom label in the stack
•
detail—Displays detailed information about MPLS echo request sent and echo replies
received
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
199
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Mode
200
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ping mpls rsvp tunnel
Syntax
Release Information
Description
ping mpls { traffic-eng | rsvp } [ vrf vrfName ] tunnel tunnelName
[ destination startIpAddress endIpAddress increment ]
[ source address sourceAddr ] [ [ repeat ] packetCount]
[ ttl ttlValue ] [ timeout timeOutVal ]
[ data-size dataSize | sweep-sizes sweepMin sweepMax sweepInt ]
[ pad { ones | zeros | random | hex-data hexData } ]
[ reply mode { ipv4-udp | ipv4-udp-with-router-alert } ]
[ reply pad-tlv ] [ reply dscp trafficClass ]
[ interval txdelayVal ] [ exp-bits bitValue ] [ detail ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Sends an MPLS echo request packet to the specified RSVP-TE tunnel, or alternatively,
sends MPLS echo packets to the egress node in a point-to-multipoint LSP. There is no
no version.
The MPLS echo request packets and echo reply packets created by this command use
the RSVP IPv4 sub-TLV described in RFC 4379—Detecting Multi-Protocol Label Switched
(MPLS) Data Plane Failures (February 2006).
The MPLS echo request packets and echo reply packets created by this command to
detect connectivity to egress nodes in point-to-multipoint LSPs use the P2MP Responder
Identifier TLV described in the IETF draft, Detecting Data Plane Failures in
Point-to-Multipoint Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) - Extensions to LSP
Ping—draft-ietf-mpls-p2mp-lsp-ping-08.txt (February 2010 expiration).
Options
•
traffic-eng—Specifies optional keyword for compatibility with non–E Series
implementations
•
vrfName—Name of the VRF context; specify the VRF only when the RSVP-TE tunnel
originates in the VRF because the ping is generated from the specified VRF
•
tunnelName—Name of the RSVP-TE tunnel; can be a bypass tunnel
•
startIpAddress—First IP address within the 127.0.0.0/8 destination range
•
endIpAddress—Last IP address within the 127.0.0.0/8 destination range
•
increment—Number in the range 0–255 that specifies the increment between addresses
in the destination address range
•
sourceAddr—IP address used as the packet source address
•
repeat—Specifies that multiple ping packets are sent
•
packetCount—Number of packets to send to the destination address, in the range
0–4294967295; default value is 5; 0 means ping forever
•
ttlValue—Hop count specified by setting the time-to-live field in the header in the range
1–255; default value is 32
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
201
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Mode
202
•
timeOutVal—Number of seconds in the range 1–32 to wait for an MPLS echo reply
packet before the connection attempt times out
•
dataSize—Number of bytes comprising the MPLS packet, including the header, in the
range 0–64000; default value is 100 bytes
•
sweep-sizes—Configures payload sizes, enabling you to vary the sizes of the echo
packets being sent. This capability is useful for determining the minimum sizes of the
MTUs configured on the nodes along the path to the destination address. This reduces
packet fragmentation which contributes to performance problems. The default is not
to sweep; all packets are the same size.
•
sweepMin—Minimum payload size in the range 0–64000
•
sweepMax—Maximum payload size in the range 0–64000
•
sweepInt—Number of bytes to add to the size of the packet; the change in the size
of subsequent ping packets while sweeping across a range of sizes. For example,
you can configure the sweep interval to sweep across the range of packets from 0
bytes to 10,000 bytes in increments of sweepInt. By default, send 100, 101, 102,
103...1000. If sweepInt is 5, send 100, 105, 110, 115...1000). When “ sweeping,” the
default interval is 1.
•
pad—Specifies the type of bits contained in the pad TLV. You can set the bits to all
ones, all zeros, a random mixture of ones and zeros, or a specific hexadecimal data
pattern, in the range from 0x0–0xFFFFFFFF. The default data pattern is all zeros.
•
reply mode—Specifies the reply mode for the echo request packet
•
ipv4-udp—Specifies that the echo request packet is an IPv4 UDP packet
•
ipv4-udp-with-router-alert—Specifies that the echo request packet is an IPv4 UDP
packet with the router alert bit set in the header so all routers examine this packet
more closely to determine whether further processing is necessary
•
reply pad-tlv—Requests sender of an echo reply to send a pad TLV
•
trafficClass—Number in the range 0–255 that represents the value of the traffic class
that the sender of an echo reply is requested to set
•
txDelayVal—Number of milliseconds in the range 1–50 between transmission of each
echo request; default value is 10 ms
•
bitValue—Value of the EXP bits in the range 0–7 included in the MPLS echo request
packet
•
detail—Displays detailed information about MPLS echo request sent and echo replies
received
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ping mpls vpls
Syntax
Release Information
Description
ping mpls vpls [ vrf vrfName ] vplsName
[ sender-site-id senderSiteId ] remote-site-id remoteSiteId
[ destination startIpAddress endIpAddress increment ]
[ source address sourceAddr ] [ [ repeat ] packetCount]
[ ttl ttlValue ] [ timeout timeOutVal ]
[ data-size dataSize | sweep-sizes sweepMin sweepMax sweepInt ]
[ pad { ones | zeros | random | hex-data hexData } ]
[ reply mode { ipv4-udp | ipv4-udp-with-router-alert } ]
[ reply pad-tlv ] [ reply dscp trafficClass ]
[ interval txdelayVal ] [ exp-bits bitValue ] [ bottom-label-ttl bottomLabelTtl ]
[ detail ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Sends an MPLS echo request packet to the specified VPLS instance, or alternatively,
sends MPLS echo packets to the egress node in a point-to-multipoint LSP. There is no
no version.
The echo request packet generated by this command contains the layer 2 VPN endpoint
sub-TLV described in RFC 4379—Detecting Multi-Protocol Label Switched (MPLS) Data
Plane Failures (February 2006).
The MPLS echo request packets and echo reply packets created by this command to
detect connectivity to egress nodes in point-to-multipoint LSPs use the P2MP Responder
Identifier TLV described in the IETF draft, Detecting Data Plane Failures in
Point-to-Multipoint Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) - Extensions to LSP
Ping—draft-ietf-mpls-p2mp-lsp-ping-08.txt (February 2010 expiration).
Options
•
vrfName—Name of the VRF context from which to generate the ping
•
vplsName—Name of a VPLS instance created with the bridge vpls
transport-virtual-router command
•
senderSiteId—Numerical identifier for the site sending the MPLS echo request packet;
must be an unsigned 16-bit integer greater than zero that is unique across the VPLS
domain
•
remoteSiteId—Numerical identifier for the site receiving the MPLS echo request packet;
must be an unsigned 16-bit integer greater than zero that is unique across the VPLS
domain
•
startIpAddress—First IP address within the 127.0.0.0/8 destination range
•
endIpAddress—Last IP address within the 127.0.0.0/8 destination range
•
increment—Number in the range 0–255 that specifies the increment between addresses
in the destination address range
•
sourceAddr—IP address used as the packet source address
•
repeat—Specifies that multiple ping packets are sent
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
203
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
204
•
packetCount—Number of packets to send to the destination address, in the range
0–4294967295; default value is 5; 0 means ping forever
•
ttlValue—Hop count specified by setting the time-to-live field in the header, in the
range 1–255; default value is 32; however, by default, the TTL on the inner (stacked)
label is set to 1 while transmitting the echo request packet, which causes the packet
to be exceptioned to the SRP module when the stacked label is exposed
•
timeOutVal—Number of seconds, in the range 1–32 to wait for an MPLS echo reply
packet before the connection attempt times out
•
dataSize—Number of bytes comprising the MPLS packet, including the header, in the
range 0–64000; default value is 100 bytes
•
sweep-sizes—Configures payload sizes, enabling you to vary the sizes of the echo
packets being sent. This capability is useful for determining the minimum sizes of the
MTUs configured on the nodes along the path to the destination address. This reduces
packet fragmentation which contributes to performance problems. The default is not
to sweep; all packets are the same size.
•
sweepMin—Minimum payload size in the range 0–64000
•
sweepMax—Maximum payload size in the range 0–64000
•
sweepInt—Number of bytes to add to the size of the packet; the change in the size
of subsequent ping packets while sweeping across a range of sizes. For example,
you can configure the sweep interval to sweep across the range of packets from 0
bytes to 10,000 bytes in increments of sweepInt. By default, send 100, 101, 102,
103...1000. If sweepInt is 5, send 100, 105, 110, 115...1000). When “ sweeping,” the
default interval is 1.
•
pad—Specifies the type of bits contained in the pad TLV. You can set the bits to all
ones, all zeros, a random mixture of ones and zeros, or a specific hexadecimal data
pattern, in the range from 0x0–0xFFFFFFFF. The default data pattern is all zeros.
•
reply mode—Specifies the reply mode for the echo request packet
•
ipv4-udp—Specifies that the echo request packet is an IPv4 UDP packet
•
ipv4-udp-with-router-alert—Specifies that the echo request packet is an IPv4 UDP
packet with the router alert bit set in the header so all routers examine this packet
more closely to determine whether further processing is necessary
•
reply pad-tlv—Requests sender of an echo reply to send a pad TLV
•
trafficClass—Number in the range 0–255 that represents the value of the traffic class
that the sender of an echo reply is requested to set
•
txDelayVal—Number of milliseconds in the range 1–50 between transmission of each
echo request; default value is 10 ms
•
bitValue—Value of the EXP bits in the range 0–7 included in the MPLS echo request
packet
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
Mode
•
bottomLabelTtl—Time-to-live value of the bottom label in the stack
•
detail—Displays detailed information about MPLS echo request sent and echo replies
received
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
205
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
policer
Syntax
policer protocol protocolValue rate rateSize burst-size burstSize
no policer protocol protocolValue
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
206
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Configures token bucket policing to rate limit SRP module traffic flows. The no version
disables policing for a specific protocol or for all protocols.
•
protocolValue—Name of the protocol
•
rateSize—Rate, in packets per second in the range 0–10000
•
burstSize—Size, in bytes, in the range 0–10000
Control Plane Configuration
•
Rate-Limiting Traffic Flows
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
policy-parameter hierarchical
Syntax
policy-parameter parameterName hierarchical
no policy-parameter parameterName
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Creates a policy parameter for a hierarchical rate limit. The no version removes the policy
parameter and its contents.
•
parameterName—Name of policy parameter
Global Configuration
•
Creating a Classifier Group for a Policy List
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
207
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
pos description
Syntax
pos description name
no pos description
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
208
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Assigns a text description or an alias to a POS HDLC interface. Use the show interfaces
pos command to display the text description. The no version removes the description or
alias.
•
name—Text string or alias of up to 80 characters for the POS interface
Interface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
pos framing
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
pos framing { sdh | sonet }
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets the type of framing for a POS interface. There is no no version.
•
sdh—Uses SDH framing format
•
sonet—Uses SONET framing format (the default)
Interface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
209
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
pos scramble-atm
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
210
[ no ] pos scramble-atm
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables payload scrambling on a POS interface. When enabled, both sides of the
connection must be using the scrambling algorithm. The router uses a 43rd-order
synchronous scrambler to scramble the output data. Scrambling is enabled by default.
The no version disables scrambling on the POS interface.
Interface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ppp aaa-profile
Syntax
ppp aaa-profile profileName
no ppp aaa-profile
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Maps an AAA profile to static and dynamic, multilink and nonmultilink PPP interfaces.
The PPP application associates the AAA profile with the interface and passes the AAA
profile to AAA for authentication. The no version removes the AAA profile assignment to
the PPP interface. If an AAA profile is deleted after it has been assigned to an interface,
AAA denies the authentication and logs a message. When you remove an AAA profile, it
does not remove any corresponding bindings between PPP interfaces or interface profiles
and the AAA profile. If an AAA profile with the same name is added, the interface cannot
authenticate until the AAA profile is reassigned.
NOTE: Although an AAA profile and an interface profile have similar
functionality, they are not related and you need to treat them differently.
Options
Mode
•
profileName—Name of the AAA profile; 32 characters maximum
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
211
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ppp authentication
Syntax
ppp authentication [ virtual-router vrName ] { authProtocol }
no ppp authentication
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
eap keyword added in JunosE Release 7.3.0.
Requests authentication from a PPP peer router. The no version removes the
authentication requirement.
•
•
vrName—Name of a virtual router to be used as the authentication virtual router. Keep
the following points in mind when you use this keyword:
•
When you specify a VR in the ppp authentication command, AAA does not query
the domain map for the assigned VR context. Instead, AAA uses the VR specified in
the ppp authentication command as the authentication VR context and issues the
authentication request to the authentication server in the assigned VR context.
•
If you specify the default VR as the authentication VR context, AAA loosely binds
the user to the default VR. This means that RADIUS can override the default VR
context with a new VR context during the authentication process. When the ppp
authentication virtual-router command specifies the default VR, AAA returns either
the default VR or the VR specified by RADIUS.
•
If you specify a VR other than the default VR as the authentication VR, AAA tightly
binds the user to the specified VR. This means that RADIUS cannot override the
specified VR context with a new VR context during the authentication process. When
the ppp authentication virtual-router command specifies a nondefault VR, AAA
returns the specified VR.
•
If the VR specified in a profile with the ip virtual-router command differs from the
VR provided by AAA, IP uses the VR provided by AAA when the dynamic IP upper-layer
interface is created.
•
If the VR specified in a profile with the ipv6 virtual-router command differs from the
VR provided by AAA, IPv6 uses the VR provided by AAA when the dynamic IPv6
upper-layer interface is created.
authProtocol—One or more of the following protocols, in order of preference; if the
peer router refuses to negotiate the first choice, then the local router requests the next
specified protocol, and so on; if the peer router refuses to negotiate authentication,
the local router terminates the session
NOTE: The JunosE Software’s PPP application accepts null usernames
during PAP and CHAP authentication. When the PPP application receives
an authentication request that includes a null username, PPP passes the
request to AAA. To take advantage of this feature, configure your
authentication server to support the use of null usernames.
212
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
Mode
•
eap—Specifies EAP authentication protocol
•
chap—Specifies CHAP authentication protocol; MD5 authentication algorithm is
supported
•
pap—Specifies PAP authentication protocol
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
213
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ppp chap-challenge-length
Syntax
ppp chap-challenge-length minLength maxLength
no ppp chap-challenge-length
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Modifies the length of the CHAP challenge by specifying the minimum and maximum
allowable length. The no version restores the defaults.
CAUTION: Do not use the ppp chap-challenge-length command; increasing
the minimum length (from the default 16 bytes) or decreasing the maximum
length (from the default 32 bytes) reduces the security of your router.
Options
Mode
214
•
minLength—Minimum length of the CHAP challenge in bytes, in the range 8–63; default
value is 16 bytes
•
maxLength—Maximum length of the CHAP challenge in bytes, in the range 8–63; value
must be equal to or greater than the minimum length; default value is 32 bytes
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ppp description
Syntax
ppp description name
no ppp description
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Assigns a text description or an alias to a static PPP interface. The no version removes
the text description or alias.
•
name—Text description or alias for the ppp interface; up to 64 characters
Interface Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
215
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ppp dos-protection-group
Syntax
ppp dos-protection-group groupName
no ppp dos-protection-group
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
216
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Attaches a PPP denial of service (DoS) protection group to an interface. The no version
removes the attachment of the DoS protection group from the interface.
•
groupName—Name of the DoS protection group; string of up to 31 alphanumeric
characters
Interface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ppp fragmentation
Syntax
ppp fragmentation [ fragmentSize ]
no ppp fragmentation
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables fragmentation on an MLPPP link interface and optionally specifies the maximum
fragment size, in octets, to be used on the link. The no version disables fragmentation on
the link and restores the default fragment size, which is the link’s MTU.
•
fragmentSize—Maximum allowable size of the fragment, in the range 128–65535; the
default fragment size is the link’s MTU
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
217
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ppp hash-link-selection
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] ppp hash-link-selection
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Enables use of a hash-based algorithm to select the link on which the router transmits
high-priority (non-best-effort) packets, such as voice or video, on an MLPPP interface.
If hash-based link selection is enabled, the router uses the IP source address and IP
destination address of the packet as a hash to select the MLPPP member link on which
to transmit the packet. Using the hash-based algorithm instead of the default round-robin
algorithm for MLPPP link selection ensures that the router maintains the proper packet
order when transmitting high-priority packets. The no version restores the default
round-robin algorithm for MLPPP link selection.
NOTE: Hash-based MLPPP link selection is available only for non-best-effort
traffic. For best-effort traffic, the router uses a round-robin algorithm for link
selection.
Mode
218
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ppp initiate-ip
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] ppp initiate-ip
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Initiates IPv4 for passive clients. By default, PPP creates IP instances when it receives
client requests. The no version disables initiation.
Passive PPP clients are those subscribers configured with passive mode on dynamic or
static PPP interfaces using the ppp passive-mode command. By default, passive mode
is enabled on a PPP interface. Passive mode causes the PPP interfaces to wait for a
period of one second before initiating LCP negotiation. This waiting period enables slow
clients to start up and initiate LCP negotiation. Active PPP clients initiate the LCP
negotiation process without waiting for the other side of the connection to initiate the
negotiation.
If you configure a PPP interface without an IP interface or profile by not entering the ppp
initiate-ip command, the router performs LCP negotiation for 2 to 3 minutes for passive
clients. LCP negotiation is terminated after this period. To enable LCP negotiations to
continue to occur for passive clients, you must enter the ppp initiate-ip command to
enable PPP to create IP instances.
Mode
Related
Documentation
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
•
Understanding PPP Link Control Protocol
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
219
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ppp initiate-ipv6
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] ppp initiate-ipv6
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Initiates IPv6 for passive clients. By default, PPP creates IPv6 instances when it receives
client requests. The no version disables initiation.
Passive PPP clients are those subscribers configured with passive mode on dynamic or
static PPP interfaces using the ppp passive-mode command. By default, passive mode
is enabled on a PPP interface. Passive mode causes the PPP interfaces to wait for a
period of one second before initiating LCP negotiation. This waiting period enables slow
clients to start up and initiate LCP negotiation. Active PPP clients initiate the LCP
negotiation process without waiting for the other side of the connection to initiate the
negotiation.
If you configure a PPP interface without an IPv6 interface or profile by not entering the
ppp initiate-ipv6 command, the router performs LCP negotiation for 2 to 3 minutes for
passive clients. LCP negotiation is terminated after this period. To enable LCP negotiations
to continue to occur for passive clients, you must enter the ppp initiate-ipv6 command
to enable PPP to create IP instances.
Mode
220
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ppp ipcp lockout
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] ppp ipcp lockout
Command introduced in JunosE Release 11.0.0.
Terminates invalid IPv4 subscribers and prevents additional IPCP negotiations. The
subscriber can negotiate IPv4 addresses, IPv6 addresses, or both. When Internet Protocol
version 6 Control Protocol (IPv6CP) is active, this command enables unused IPv4
addresses, which are allocated for the IPv6 subscribers, to be available for the IPCP
services for an internally defined time interval (10 seconds). When the time interval
elapses, the subscriber must connect again to negotiate IPCP. The no version disables
the lockout option.
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
221
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ppp ipcp-lockout-duration
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
Related
Documentation
222
[no] ppp ipcp-lockout-duration LockoutInterval
Command introduced in JunosE Release 13.1.0.
Specifies the time period during which additional IPCP negotiations are prevented. The
range of the time period is 300-600 seconds. By default, the time interval for which
additional IPCP negotiations from subscribers are disallowed is 600 seconds. The no
version restores the default behavior.
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
•
Configuring IPCP Renegotiations in a Dual-Stack Network for Optimal Utilization of
Released IPv4 Addresses
•
IPCP Renegotiation of IPv4 Addresses for Dual-Stack Subscribers
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ppp ipcp-max-negotiation
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
Related
Documentation
[no] ppp ipcp-max-negotiation maxRenegotiationsCount
Command introduced in JunosE Release 13.1.0.
Specifies the maximum number of requests for IPv4 addresses that can be received per
subscriber during the time interval configured for IPCP renegotiations to be received. The
range of maximum number of successful renegotiations or requests for IPv4 addresses
permitted per client is 3-6. By default, the maximum number of successful renegotiations
permitted per client is six. The no version restores the default behavior.
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
•
Configuring IPCP Renegotiations in a Dual-Stack Network for Optimal Utilization of
Released IPv4 Addresses
•
IPCP Renegotiation of IPv4 Addresses for Dual-Stack Subscribers
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
223
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ppp ipcp-nego-duration
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
Related
Documentation
224
[no] ppp ipcp-nego-duration RenegotiationsInterval
Command introduced in JunosE Release 13.1.0.
Specifies a time period during which IPCP renegotiations for IPv4 addresses that the
router or the provider edge (PE) device can receive from a subscriber is restricted. The
range of the time interval is 60-600 seconds. By default, the time interval during which
the number of renegotiation requests must be restricted is 60 seconds. The no version
restores the default behavior.
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
•
Configuring IPCP Renegotiations in a Dual-Stack Network for Optimal Utilization of
Released IPv4 Addresses
•
IPCP Renegotiation of IPv4 Addresses for Dual-Stack Subscribers
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ppp ipcp netmask
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] ppp ipcp netmask
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Explicitly enables the IPCP option 0x90 on a per-PPP interface basis, either in a profile
or on a static interface. By default, the IPCP option 0x90 is disabled on the interface. The
no version disables the IPCP option 0x90.
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
225
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ppp ipcp prompt-option dns
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
226
[ no ] ppp ipcp prompt-option dns
Command introduced in JunosE Release 11.0.0
Prompts the CPE (Customer Premises Equipment) to negotiate the IPCP primary and
secondary DNS options that are locally available with the broadband remote access
server
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ppp keepalive
Syntax
ppp keepalive [ seconds ]
no ppp keepalive
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies a keepalive value. The keepalive mechanism tracks the status of the connection.
To restore the default of 30 seconds, enter ppp keepalive without a value. High-density
mode is automatically selected when PPP is layered over ATM, tunnel, or PPPoE.
Low-density mode is selected when PPP is layered over HDLC.
When the keepalive timer expires, the interface searches for frames received from the
peer in the prior keepalive timeout seconds. If the interface finds such frames, it does not
send an LCP echo request (keepalive). Keepalive packets are sent only if the peer is silent
(no traffic was received from the peer during the previous keepalive timeout interval). If
both sides are configured with keepalive, receipt of an LCP echo request by one end
suppresses the transmission of an LCP echo request by that end. If the keepalive interval
is 30 seconds, a failed link is detected between 90 and 120 seconds after failure.
The no version disables keepalive.
Options
Mode
•
seconds—Keepalive timeout period, in the range 30–64800 seconds for high-density
mode, 1–64800 seconds for POS uplink interfaces in low-density mode, or 10–64800
seconds for all other HDLC interfaces in low-density mode; default value is 30 seconds
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
227
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ppp log
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] ppp log logCategory
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables PPP packet or state machine logging on any dynamic interface that uses the
profile being configured. The no version disables the logging.
NOTE: This command is equivalent to the log severity debug pppPacket and
log severity debug pppStateMachine commands.
Options
Mode
228
•
logCategory—One of the following categories
•
pppPacket—Enables PPP packet logging
•
pppStateMachine—Enables PPP state machine logging
Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ppp magic-number disable
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] ppp magic-number disable
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Disables negotiation of the local magic number. Issuing this command prevents the router
from detecting loopback configurations. The no version enables negotiation.
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
229
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ppp magic-number ignore-mismatch
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
230
[ no ] ppp magic-number ignore-mismatch
Command introduced in JunosE Release 9.0.0.
Causes the router to ignore a mismatch of the Link Control Protocol (LCP) peer magic
number and retain the PPP connection when the peer has not negotiated an LCP magic
number. The no version restores the default behavior, in which the router terminates the
PPP connection if it detects an LCP peer magic number mismatch.
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ppp max-bad-auth
Syntax
ppp max-bad-auth maxBadAuth
no ppp max-bad-auth
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the maximum number of authentication retries the router accepts before
terminating a PPP session. The no version returns the value to the default.
•
maxBadAuth—Number of authentication retries after which the interface resets itself;
in the range 0–7; default value is 0, which indicates that no retries are allowed
Interface Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
231
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ppp max-negotiations
Syntax
ppp max-negotiations [ lcp | ipcp | ipv6cp ] [ maxNegotiationsCount ]
no ppp max-negotiations [ lcp | ipcp | ipv6cp ]
Release Information
Description
Command introduced in JunosE Release 10.0.0.
Configures the maximum number of LCP, IPCP, or IPv6CP renegotiation attempts the
router accepts before terminating a PPP session.
The maximum number of renegotiation attempts helps to avoid massive renegotiation
loops that can occur between the router and a noncompliant PPP client. Such
renegotiation loops can cause excessive CPU utilization and can prevent the PPP client
from coming up properly. When a PPP client exceeds the configured maximum number
of renegotiation attempts, the router sends a termination request to end the PPP session.
When the PPP session is terminated and LCP goes into a stopped (closed) state, dynamic
PPP or MLPPP interface columns are torn down and wait to be recreated when traffic is
detected on the interface.
When both IPv4 interface columns and IPv6 interface columns are configured over a
PPP link-layer interface, the router terminates the PPP session only when the PPP client
exceeds the configured maximum number of renegotiation attempts for both the IPv4
interface and the IPv6 interface.
If you do not specify the optional lcp, ipcp, or ipv6cp keyword, the command sets the
maximum number of renegotiation attempts for each of LCP, IPCP, and IPv6CP to the
value you specify, or to the default value (30) if you omit the optional
maxNegotiationsCount value. When a PPP client exceeds the configured maximum
number of renegotiation attempts, the router sends a termination request to end the
PPP session.
The no version restores the default value, 30 renegotiation attempts.
NOTE: Renegotiation is triggered when LCP, IPCP, or IPv6CP are in
Established state and CPE sends out a request (for example, an IPCP
configuration request). During renegotiation, the ERX PPP IPCP state machine
goes to Down state and then comes back up to Established state. If
renegotiation is attempted multiple times, the system allows the event to
be triggered for maxNegotiationsCount times. Once the max-renegotiation
limit is reached, the session is terminated.
Options
232
•
lcp—Sets the maximum number of renegotiation attempts for the Link Control Protocol
(LCP)
•
ipcp—Sets the maximum number of renegotiation attempts for the Internet Protocol
Control Protocol (IPCP)
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
Mode
•
ipv6cp—Sets the maximum number of renegotiation attempts for the Internet Protocol
version 6 Control Protocol (IPv6CP)
•
maxNegotiationsCount—Maximum number of renegotiation attempts the router accepts
before terminating a PPP session, in the range 1–65535; default value is 30
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
233
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ppp mru
Syntax
ppp mru mruSize
no ppp mru
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets the maximum allowable size in bytes of the maximum receive unit for PPP or MLPPP
interfaces. If you issue the command in the context of an encapsulated PPP or MLPPP
interface, it affects only that interface. If you issue the command in the context of an
MLPPP bundle, it affects all member links within that bundle.
If the value configured for the PPP MRU is greater than the value of the lower-layer MRU
minus the PPP header length, the router logs a warning message and uses the lesser of
the configured MRU value or the lower-layer MRU value minus the PPP header length to
negotiate the local MRU. If the value configured for the PPP MRU conflicts with a similar
value configured for another protocol, such as the MTU value for PPPoE, the router uses
the lesser of the two values.
The no version restores the default value, the lower-layer MRU minus the PPP header
length, which varies according to module type.
NOTE: We recommend you coordinate this value with the network
administrator on the other end of the line.
Options
Mode
234
•
mruSize—Maximum allowable size of the MRU; number of bytes in the range 64–65535
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ppp multilink enable
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] ppp multilink enable
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables creation of dynamic MLPPP interfaces when used in a profile. The no version
causes the LNS to reject any incoming requests to establish dynamic MLPPP interfaces.
Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
235
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ppp multilink multiclass
Syntax
ppp multilink multiclass [ multilink-classes classNumber ]
no ppp multilink multiclass [ multilink-classes ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
236
Command introduced in JunosE Release 11.1.0.
Enables multiclass MLPPP on the router, and optionally creates a specified number of
multilink classes. The no version without the multilink-classes keyword disables
multiclass MLPPP on the router. The no version with the multilink-classes keyword
restores the number of multilink classes to the default value, 1.
•
classNumber—Number of multilink classes that can be created in the range 1–8, with
a default value of 1.
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
•
Enabling Multiclass MLPPP
•
Configuring Multiclass MLPPP
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ppp multilink multiclass fragmentation
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
[ no ] ppp multilink multiclass fragmentation [ trafficClassName ]*
Command introduced in JunosE Release 11.1.0.
Enables fragmentation on a specified multilink class. The fragment size of each class is
the same as that of the MLPPP link. The no version disables fragmentation on all multilink
classes, or on the specified multilink classes if you include one or more traffic class names.
•
trafficClassName—Name of a QoS traffic class. You can enable fragmentation for up
to eight traffic classes. You must specify the best-effort traffic class in the command
or the command fails.
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
•
Configuring Fragmentation on Multiclass MLPPP Interfaces
•
Configuring Multiclass MLPPP
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
237
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ppp multilink multiclass reassembly
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
238
[ no ] ppp multilink multiclass reassembly [ trafficClassName ]*
Command introduced in JunosE Release 11.1.0.
Enables reassembly on a specified multilink class. The maximum received reconstructed
unit (MRRU) value of each class is the same as that of the MLPPP link. The no version
disables reassembly on all multilink classes, or on the specified multilink classes if you
include one or more traffic class names.
•
trafficClassName—Name of a QoS traffic class. You can enable reassembly for up to
eight traffic classes. You must specify the best-effort traffic class in the command or
the command fails.
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
•
Configuring Multiclass MLPPP
•
Configuring Reassembly on Multiclass MLPPP Interfaces
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ppp multilink multiclass traffic-class
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
[ no ] ppp multilink multiclass traffic-class best-effort [ trafficClassName ]*
Command introduced in JunosE Release 11.1.0.
Configures mapping of QoS traffic classes to multilink classes. The no version deletes
the mapping of QoS traffic classes to multilink classes.
•
best-effort—Specifies best-effort as the default traffic class for the router. The
best-effort traffic class forwards as many packets as possible in as reasonable a time
as possible. The best-effort traffic class is mapped to multilink class 0 by default. You
must specify the best-effort traffic class in the command or the command fails.
•
trafficClassName—Name of a QoS traffic class. You can map up to eight traffic classes
to multilink classes. The order of the traffic class names specified determines the
multilink class number which is used for the traffic class; for example, trafficClassName1
corresponds to multilink class 1, trafficClassName2 corresponds to multilink class 2,
and so on.
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
•
Configuring Multiclass MLPPP
•
Configuring Traffic Classes on Multiclass MLPPP Interfaces
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
239
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ppp ncp-Ordering-Required
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
Related
Documentation
240
[ no ] ppp ncp-Ordering-Required
Command introduced in JunosE Release 12.3.0.
Enables PPP sessions to be established and packet over SONET (POS) interfaces that
are configured with PPP encapsulation to be moved to the up state only when the Network
Control Protocol (NCP) packets are received in a sequence format. If the NCP packets
arrive out-of-sequence, the POS interfaces remain in the down state. By default, PPP
sessions are established only when NCP packets arrive in a sequenced format. The no
version enables PPP sessions to be activated even when the NCP packets arrive in an
out-of-sequence format. In such a case, the POS interfaces with PPP encapsulation
transition to the up state even when the NCP packets are out-of-sequence.
Global Configuration
•
Overview of Sequencing NCP Packets for POS Interfaces with PPP Encapsulation
•
Sequencing NCP Packets for POS Interfaces with PPP Encapsulation
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ppp passive-mode
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] ppp passive-mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Forces dynamic and static PPP interfaces into passive mode before LCP negotiation
begins for a period of one second, enabling slow clients time to start up and to initiate
LCP negotiation. The no version disables passive mode.
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
241
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ppp peer
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
242
[ no ] ppp peer { dns | wins }
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Resolves conflicts when the router and the PPP peer router have the primary and
secondary DNS and WINS name server addresses configured with different values. If the
PPP peer router has the address and the router does not, the peer always supplies the
address regardless of how you have configured the PPP peer. The no version configures
the router to take precedence during setup negotiations between the router and the
remote personal computer client. If the IP addresses passed to the router by the remote
PC client differ from the ones you have configured on your router, the router returns the
values that you configured as the correct values to the remote PC client.
•
dns—Sets the peer to take precedence over the router for resolving conflicts in the
DNS primary and secondary addresses
•
wins—Sets the peer to take precedence over the router for resolving conflicts in the
WINS primary and secondary addresses
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ppp peer-ip-address-optional
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] ppp peer-ip-address-optional
Command introduced in JunosE Release 11.2.0.
Allows the IPCP negotiation to succeed even though the peer does not include the IP
address option in an IPCP configuration request. By default, the command is disabled.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
243
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
ppp reassembly
Syntax
ppp reassembly [ mrru ]
no ppp reassembly
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
244
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables reassembly on an MLPPP link interface and optionally specifies the administrative
MRRU value, in octets, for the link. The no version disables reassembly on the link and
restores the default value, which is the link’s local MRU.
•
mrru—Maximum allowable size of the PPP packet payload that the router can receive,
in the range 64–65535; default value is the link’s local MRU
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
ppp shutdown
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] ppp shutdown [ ip | ipv6 | mpls | osi ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Stops a PPP session. For MLPPP, issue only in the context of a network interface; the
command disables the service for the MLPPP network interface (MLPPP bundle). The
no version restarts a PPP session.
•
ip—Disables the IPCP service
•
ipv6—Disables the IPv6CP service
•
mpls—Disables MPLS service
•
osi—Disables the OSINLCP service
Interface Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
245
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
pppoe
Syntax
To create a PPPoE major interface in Interface Configuration mode or in Subinterface
Configuration mode:
[ no ] pppoe
To modify the subscriber policy for PPPoE packets in Subscriber Policy Configuration
mode:
pppoe { permit | deny }
no pppoe
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
In Interface Configuration and Subinterface Configuration modes, creates a PPPoE major
interface. The no version removes the interface.
In Subscriber Policy Configuration mode, modifies the subscriber policy for PPPoE to
define whether the subscriber (client) interfaces that belong to a bridge group or to a
VPLS instance forward (permit) or filter (deny) PPPoE packets. The no version restores
the default value, permit PPPoE packets.
In Subscriber Policy Configuration mode, you cannot change the default subscriber policy
values for trunk (server) interfaces that belong to a bridge group or to a VPLS instance.
You also cannot change the default subscriber policy values for a VPLS virtual core
interface, which acts as a trunk interface. The VPLS virtual core interface represents all
the MPLS tunnels from the router to the remote VPLS edge (VE) devices.
Options
Mode
246
•
permit—Specifies that the subscriber interface associated with the bridge group or
VPLS instance forwards PPPoE packets
•
deny—Specifies that the subscriber interface associated with the bridge group or VPLS
instance filters PPPoE packets
Interface Configuration, Subinterface Configuration, Subscriber Policy Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
pppoe acName
Syntax
pppoe acName string
no pppoe acName
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Allows you to configure an access concentrator name for a PPPoE interface or profile. If
no AC name is configured, the router name is used. The no version removes the access
concentrator name.
•
string—AC name; 64 characters maximum
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
247
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
pppoe always-offer
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
248
[ no ] pppoe always-offer
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets up the router to offer to set up a session, even if the router has insufficient resources
to establish a session. The no version disables this feature, and is the default setting.
Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
pppoe auto-configure
Syntax
pppoe auto-configure [ lockout-time { minValue maxValue | none } ]
no pppoe auto-configure
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
lockout-time keyword, minValue variable, maxValue variable, and none keyword added
in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Configures the router to dynamically create PPPoE subinterfaces over static PPPoE major
interfaces. Optionally, specifies the lockout time range for the PPPoE clients associated
with the dynamic PPPoE subinterface column on the PPPoE major interface. The dynamic
encapsulation type lockout temporarily prevents the static PPPoE major interface from
detecting, accepting, and creating dynamic PPPoE subinterface columns until the lockout
time expires. The no version terminates dynamic creation of PPPoE subinterfaces on the
static PPPoE major interface.
NOTE: You cannot terminate dynamic creation of PPPoE subinterfaces on
the static PPPoE major interface using the no pppoe auto-configure command
in Interface Configuration mode or Subinterface Configuration mode if
subscribers are still connected to that interface. When you attempt the
termination of dynamic PPPoE subinterfaces, an error message alerts that
this operation cannot be performed until all subscribers connected to that
interface are disconnected.
Options
Mode
•
minValue—Minimum lockout time, in the range 1–86400 seconds (24 hours)
•
maxValue—Maximum lockout time, in the range 1–86400 seconds (24 hours)
•
none—Disables lockout for the PPPoE clients associated with the dynamic PPPoE
subinterface column on the static PPPoE major interface; this is the default value
Interface Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
249
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
pppoe clear lockout interface
Syntax
Release Information
Description
pppoe clear lockout interface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier macAddress
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
In configurations with dynamic PPPoE subinterfaces over static PPPoE major interfaces,
clears the lockout condition configured for the individual PPPoE client associated with
the specified source media access control (MAC) address.
For PPPoE clients undergoing active lockout or in a lockout grace period, issuing this
command causes the router to reset the current lockout condition and start the next
lockout interval at the minimum configured lockout time.
For PPPoE sessions that contain the IWF-Session DSL Forum VSA (26-254) in the PPPoE
active discovery request (PADR) packets, the encapsulation lockout condition is cleared
for all IWF PPPoE sessions whose source MAC address matches the MAC address
specified in the command.
There is no no version.
Options
Mode
250
•
interfaceType—One of the following interface types listed in “Interface Types and
Specifiers” on page 5:
•
atm
•
fastEthernet
•
gigabitEthernet
•
lag
•
serial—PPPoE is not currently supported on serial interfaces
•
tenGigabitEthernet
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
macAddress—Source MAC address of the PPPoE client; a unique 48-bit (6-byte)
number that is programmed into each LAN network interface card (NIC) at the time
of manufacture; also known as a hardware address or physical address. The MAC
address format is a dotted triple of four-digit hexadecimal numbers; for example,
0090.1a40.4c7c
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
pppoe dos-protection-group
Syntax
pppoe dos-protection-group groupName
no pppoe dos-protection-group
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Attaches a PPPoE denial of service (DoS) protection group to an interface. The no version
removes the attachment of the DoS protection group from the interface.
•
groupName—Name of the DoS protection group; string of up to 31 alphanumeric
characters
Interface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
251
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
pppoe duplicate-protection
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
252
[ no ] pppoe duplicate-protection
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets up the router to prevent a client from establishing more than one session using the
same MAC address. The no version disables this feature, and is the default setting for
PPPoE sessions that do not contain the IWF-Session DSL VSA (26–254) in the PPPoE
Active Discovery Request (PADR) packet sent from PPPoE clients to the access
concentrator.
Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
pppoe log pppoeControlPacket
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] pppoe log pppoeControlPacket
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables packet trace logging on PPPoE dynamic interfaces that are created with the
profile being configured. Packet trace information is logged to the pppoeControlPacket
log. The no version disables the logging.
Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
253
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
pppoe max-session-vsa
Syntax
pppoe max-session-vsa { override | ignore }
no pppoe max-session-vsa override
Release Information
Description
Command introduced in JunosE Release 9.3.0.
Configures the PPPoE application to override the current PPPoE maximum session value
set with the pppoe sessions command with the PPPoE maximum session value returned
by the RADIUS server in the Max-Clients-Per-Interface VSA [26-143] in Access-Accept
messages. The no version restores the default behavior, which ignores the PPPoE
maximum session value returned by RADIUS.
NOTE: The router never overrides the maximum number of PPPoE
subinterfaces supported per line module with a value from RADIUS that is
either 0 (zero) or greater than the maximum number of supported PPPoE
subinterfaces. See JunosE Release Notes, Appendix A, System Maximums
corresponding to your software release for information about the maximum
number of PPPoE subinterfaces supported for each line module.
Mode
254
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
pppoe motm
Syntax
pppoe motm string
no pppoe motm
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Causes the PPPoE application to send a PADM message of the minute message. The no
version disables the message.
The recipient of the message is determined by the mode from which the command is
issued. From Privileged Exec mode the message is sent to all PPPoE clients connected
to the router; from Interface Configuration mode the PADM message is sent to the client
as it is configured (if connected); and from Profile Configuration mode the message is
sent to the new client created when the profile is dynamically attached to an IP interface.
The MOTM string is passed with no changes.
Options
Mode
•
string—Message sent
Interface Configuration, Privileged Exec, Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
255
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
pppoe mtu
Syntax
pppoe mtu { maximumMtu | use-lower-layer | use-mtu-tag }
no pppoe mtu
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
256
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables you to control the deployment of larger packet sizes. The no version restores
the default behavior, which specifies a maximum MTU value.
•
maximumMtu—Maximum transfer unit parameter in bytes, in the range 66-65535 with
the default value 1494
•
use-lower-layer—Specifies use of the lower layer interface value minus any PPPoE
overhead
•
use-mtu-tag—Specifies use of the provided PPPoE mtu tag value
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
pppoe pads disable-ac-info
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] pppoe pads disable-ac-info
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Prevents the router from sending the AC-Name and AC-Cookie tags in the PPPoE Active
Discovery Session (PADS) packet. The pppoe pads disable-ac-info command affects
PADS packets sent on all PPPoE interfaces configured on the router after the command
is issued; it has no effect on previously created PPPoE interfaces. The no version restores
the default behavior, which is to send the AC-Name and AC-Cookie tags in the PADS
packet.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
257
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
pppoe profile
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
258
[ no ] pppoe profile [ bridgedEthernet | ip | ppp | pppoe | any ] profileName
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Assigns a profile to a static PPPoE major interface. The profile configuration is used to
dynamically configure an upper bridged Ethernet, IP, PPP, and/or PPPoE interface. The
no version removes the profile assignment from the interface.
•
bridgedEthernet—Specifies a bridged Ethernet encapsulation type to which the profile
applies
•
ip—Specifies an IP encapsulation type to which the profile applies
•
ppp—Specifies a PPP encapsulation type to which the profile applies
•
pppoe—Specifies a PPPoE encapsulation type to which the profile applies
•
any—Specifies any autoconfigured encapsulation that does not have a specific profile
assignment
•
profileName—Profile name of up to 80 characters
Interface Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
pppoe remote-circuit-id
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] pppoe remote-circuit-id
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables a static or dynamic PPPoE interface on the router to capture and process a
vendor-specific tag containing a remote circuit ID transmitted from a DSLAM device. The
router can then send this value to a RADIUS server or to an L2TP network server (LNS)
to uniquely identify subscriber locations. Optionally, the router can use the remote circuit
ID in place of either or both of the Calling-Station-Id [31] and NAS-Port-Id [87] RADIUS
attributes to uniquely identify subscriber locations. The no version restores the default
behavior, which is not to capture and process the remote circuit ID.
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
259
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
pppoe service-name-table
Syntax
pppoe service-name-table tableName
no pppoe service-name-table
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
From Interface Configuration or Subinterface Configuration mode, assigns a PPPoE
service name table to a PPPoE major interface for use by a static ATM or Ethernet
interface. The no version removes the PPPoE service name table assignment.
From Profile Configuration mode, assigns a PPPoE service name table to a profile for use
by the dynamic PPPoE interface column associated with the profile. The no version
removes the PPPoE service name table assignment.
Options
Mode
260
•
tableName—Name of the PPPoE service name table; string of up to 31 alphanumeric
characters
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
pppoe-service-name-table
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] pppoe-service-name-table tableName
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Creates a PPPoE service name table and accesses PPPoE Service Name Table
Configuration mode, which enables you to configure entries for the PPPoE service name
table. PPPoE clients use the entries in a PPPoE service name table to request that an
AC, such as an E Series router, support certain services. The no version removes the
specified PPPoE service name table from the router.
•
tableName—Name of the PPPoE service name table; string of up to 31 alphanumeric
characters
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
261
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
pppoe sessions
Syntax
pppoe sessions sessions
no pppoe sessions
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the number of subinterfaces permitted on a PPPoE interface. The command
affects only subinterfaces that are created after the command is entered. Previously
created interfaces remain, even if their number exceeds the new value of the parameter.
The no version restores the default value, 8000 (ERX routers) and 16,000 (E120 and
E320 routers). For ES2 10G ADV LM, the default value is 32,000 (E120 and E320 routers).
•
sessions—Number of subinterfaces permitted on the interface in the range 1–8000
(ERX routers) or 1–32,000 (E120 and E320 routers). On the ES2 10G ADV LM (E120
and E320 routers), you can have PPPoE subinterfaces in the range 1–32,000. The
default value is 8000 (ERX routers) or 16,000 (E120 and E320 routers). For ES2 10G
ADV LM, the default value is 32,000 (E120 and E320 routers).
NOTE: The number of subinterfaces permitted on the interface for E120
and E320 routers is in the range 1–32,000 irrespective of the type of line
module. However, if you specify a value greater than the number of
subinterfaces supported by a line module, the number of subinterfaces
created is the default maximum value for that line module. For example,
if you specify the number of subinterfaces for a ES2 4G LM as 32,000
interfaces, the number of subinterfaces created is 16,000, which is the
default maximum value for the ES2 4G LM.
Mode
262
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
pppoe subinterface
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
[ no ] pppoe subinterface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Creates a PPPoE subinterface on the specified interface. The no version removes the
interface.
•
•
Mode
interfaceType—One of the following interface types listed in “Interface Types and
Specifiers” on page 5:
•
atm
•
fastEthernet
•
gigabitEthernet
•
lag
•
serial—PPPoE is not currently supported on serial interfaces
•
tenGigabitEthernet
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
263
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
pppoe url
Syntax
pppoe url url
no pppoe url
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Causes the PPPoE application to send a string to the new client. The no version disables
the message.
The recipient of the message is determined by the mode from which the command is
issued. From Interface Configuration mode the PADM message is sent to the client as it
is configured (if connected). From Profile Configuration mode the message is sent to the
new client created when the profile is dynamically attached to an IP interface.
Options
Mode
264
•
url—URL string sent
Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
pre-authenticate
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] pre-authenticate
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Configures an AAA profile to support RADIUS preauthentication. During the
preauthentication process, the router sends an Access-Request message to a RADIUS
preauthentication server to obtain an AAA logical line identifier (LLID) for each subscriber.
In response, the preauthentication server returns the LLID in the RADIUS Calling-Station-Id
[31] attribute of an Access-Accept message. The no version removes preauthentication
support from the AAA profile.
AAA Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
265
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
preference
Syntax
preference tunnelPreference
no preference
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
266
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the preference value for an L2TP tunnel. The no version restores the default
value, 2000.
•
tunnelPreference—Tunnel preference, in the range 0–2000; 0 is the highest preference
Domain Map Tunnel Configuration, Tunnel Group Tunnel Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
prefix
Syntax
prefix startIpv6Prefix { assignedPrefixLength | endIpv6Prefix } [ [ preferred | valid ] { days
[ hours [ minutes [ seconds ] ] ] | infinite } ]
no prefix startIpv6Prefix [ force | preferred [ valid ] | valid ]
Release Information
Description
Command introduced in JunosE Release 10.1.0.
Specifies the prefix range from which IPv6 prefixes can be assigned to the DHCPv6 client.
Also, configures the duration of time for which the requesting router can use the delegated
prefix. If no value is specified for preferred or valid lifetime, the default lifetime of 1 day
is used for the delegated prefix. The no version removes the IPv6 prefix range from the
local address pool. You can also forcibly delete an IPv6 prefix range from which prefixes
have been allocated.
NOTE: If you attempt to configure a prefix range that overlaps with an existing
prefix range in the same pool, an error message is displayed and the
configuration fails. Also, an error message is displayed if you try to configure
a prefix range that overlaps with a prefix range in another IPv6 local address
pool on the same virtual router.
Options
•
startIpv6Prefix—Starting IPv6 prefix of the range of prefixes to be delegated to
requesting routers.
•
endIpv6Prefix—Ending IPv6 prefix of the range of prefixes to be delegated to requesting
routers.
•
assignedPrefixLength—Length of the IPv6 prefix to be assigned from this range of
prefixes to the requesting router.
•
preferred—Specifies use of the preferred period of time for the requesting router to
use the prefix delegated by the DHCPv6 server. If the preferred lifetime is not specified,
the prefix can be used by the requesting router for the default period of 1 day.
•
valid—Specifies use of the valid period of time for the requesting router to use the prefix
delegated by the DHCPv6 server. If the valid lifetime is not specified, the prefix can be
used by the requesting router for the default period of 1 day.
NOTE: Although you can configure the valid lifetime for a prefix, the
DHCPv6 server does not consider this value. The DHCPv6 server uses only
the preferred lifetime for a prefix to determine the amount of time for which
a prefix can be used by the requesting router.
•
days—Number of days for the preferred or valid lifetime; in the range 0-32768.
•
hours—Number of hours for the preferred or valid lifetime; in the range 0-24.
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
267
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Mode
268
•
minutes—Number of minutes for the preferred or valid lifetime; in the range 0-60.
•
seconds—Number of seconds for the preferred or valid lifetime; in the range 0-60.
•
infinite—Assigns a preferred or valid lifetime that does not expire for the delegated
prefix.
•
force—Forcibly deletes the IPv6 prefix range from the local address pool.
IPv6 Local Pool Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
pre-share
Syntax
pre-share key
no pre-share
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures an unencrypted (red) preshared key. The router uses this key to authenticate
IKE negotiations that arrive from any remote IP address specified for this transport profile
and that are destined for the local IP address specified. The no version removes the key.
NOTE: To have preshared key authentication take place, you must also
specify the IKE policy rule as preshared by issuing the authentication
command with the pre-share keyword in ISAKMP Policy Configuration mode.
Options
Mode
•
key—Key value in ASCII format
Local IPSec Transport Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
269
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
pre-share-masked
Syntax
Release Information
Description
pre-share-masked key
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies an encrypted (black) preshared key. The router uses this key to authenticate
IKE negotiations that arrive from any remote IP address specified for this transport profile
and that are destined for any local IP address specified for this transport profile. There
is no no version. To remove a key, use the no pre-share command.
NOTE: To have preshared key authentication take place, you must also
specify the IKE policy rule as preshared by issuing the authentication
command with the pre-share keyword in ISAKMP Policy Configuration mode.
Options
Mode
270
•
key—Encrypted key value; to obtain this value, enter the unencrypted key using the
pre-share command and then display the encrypted version of the key using the show
configuration command
Local IPSec Transport Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
priority burst
Syntax
priority priorityValue burst burstSize
no priority priorityValue burst
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Sets the burst size for each priority. The no version returns to the default value.
•
priorityValue–Hi-Green-IC, Hi-Green-SC, Hi-Yellow-IC, Hi-Yellow-SC, Lo-Green-IC,
Lo-Green-SC, Lo-Yellow-IC, Lo-Yellow-SC
•
burstSize—Number of packets, in the range 32–65535; 0 denotes no burst size: default
value is equal to half of the configured maximum rate
DoS Protection Group Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
271
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
priority over-subscription-factor
Syntax
priority priorityValue over-subscription-factor oversubscriptionValue
no priority priorityValue over-subscription-factor
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
272
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Sets the oversubscription value for each priority rate limiter. The oversubscription value
and the priority rate are used to calculate the minimum rate limits for port compression.
It allows an oversubscription of the priority rate because all protocols within a priority
are not generally used simultaneously. The no version returns to the default value.
•
priorityValue—Hi-Green-IC, Hi-Green-SC, Hi-Yellow-IC, Hi-Yellow-SC, Lo-Green-IC,
Lo-Green-SC, Lo-Yellow-IC, Lo-Yellow-SC
•
oversubscriptionValue—Percentage of packets in the range 100–1000; default value
is 500
DoS Protection Group Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
priority rate
Syntax
priority priorityValue rate rateValue
no priority priorityValue rate
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Sets the rate for each priority. The no version returns to the default value.
•
priorityValue—Hi-Green-IC, Hi-Green-SC, Hi-Yellow-IC, Hi-Yellow-SC, Lo-Green-IC,
Lo-Green-SC, Lo-Yellow-IC, Lo-Yellow-SC
•
rateValue—Packets per second, in the range 64–65535
DoS Protection Group Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
273
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
privilege
Syntax
privilege mode [ all ] level levelValue commandPrefix
no privilege mode [ all ] [ level levelValue ] commandPrefix
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Assigns a privilege level to the specified command that appears in the specified mode.
The no version sets the privilege level for the command to its default value and displays
the default privilege level in the show configuration output.
NOTE: You must access the CLI at privilege level 15 to view or use this
command. You cannot modify the privilege level of this command.
Options
Mode
274
•
mode—Mode in which the command appears; for example, User Exec mode, Global
Configuration mode, Router Configuration mode
•
all—Specifies that this command assigns the specified privilege level to all commands
in the specified mode and/or to all commands that match the specified command
prefix
•
levelValue—Level, in the range 0–15, at which you want the command to be accessible
•
commandPrefix—Command prefix that you want to change; can be a partial keyword,
the starting keyword(s) of a command, or a complete command
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
privilege-group alias
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] privilege-group alias
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Gives the privilege group name alias to the privilege group. The no version removes the
privilege group alias.
NOTE: You must access the CLI at privilege level 15 to view or use this
command. You cannot modify the privilege level of this command.
Mode
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
275
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
privilege-group membership
Syntax
privilege-group membership privilegeGroup privilegeGroupName [ add | remove ]
memberGroup memberGroupName
no privilege-group membership privilegeGroup
Release Information
Description
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Adds a member group to or removes a member group from a privilege group. The no
version restores one or all privilege groups to the default settings. When all privilege
groups are reset to default settings, the privilege group membership is hierarchical.
NOTE: You must access the CLI at privilege level 15 to view or use this
command. You cannot modify the privilege level of this command.
Options
Mode
276
•
privilegeGroupName—Privilege group name
•
memberGroupName—Member group name
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
privilege-group membership clear
Syntax
Release Information
Description
privilege-group membership clear privilegeGroup privilegeGroupName
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Clears a privilege group or all members from a privilege group. There is no no version.
NOTE: You must access the CLI at privilege level 15 to view or use this
command. You cannot modify the privilege level of this command.
Options
Mode
•
privilegeGroupName—Privilege group name
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
277
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
privilege level
Syntax
privilege level levelValue
no privilege level
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets the default login privilege level of the console line or one or more vty lines. The no
version restores the default login privilege level for the command.
NOTE: You must access the CLI at privilege level 15 to view or use this
command.
Options
Mode
278
•
levelValue—Level in the range 0–15 at which you want the command accessible
Line Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
privilege reset
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
privilege mode [ all ] reset commandPrefix
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Restores the privilege level of the command. After issuing this command, the show
configuration output does not display the default privilege setting of the command.
There is no no version.
•
mode—Mode in which the command appears; for example, User Exec mode, Global
Configuration mode, Router Configuration mode
•
all—Specifies that this command assigns the specified privilege level to all commands
in the specified mode and/or to all commands that match the specified command
prefix
•
reset—Restores the privilege level of the command to its default
•
commandPrefix—Command prefix for which you want to restore its default privilege
level; can be a partial keyword, the starting keyword(s) of a command, or a complete
command
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
279
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
profile
Syntax
To assign a profile name for a remote host:
[ no ] profile profileName
To create a profile or assign a profile to an interface:
profile [ bridgedEthernet | ip | l2tp | ppp | pppoe | vlan | any ] profileName
no profile [ bridgedEthernet | ip | l2tp | ppp | pppoe | vlan | any ]
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vlan keyword added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
IP Tunnel Destination Profile Configuration mode added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
When used from Global Configuration mode, creates a profile. Use profiles to configure
interfaces dynamically, which enables you to manage a large number of interfaces
effectively. The no version removes the profile.
When used from Interface Configuration mode and Subinterface Configuration mode,
assigns a profile to an interface. Use profiles to configure interfaces dynamically, which
enables you to manage a large number of interfaces effectively. The no version removes
the profile assigned to the interface.
When used in IP Tunnel Destination Profile Configuration mode, defines an IP profile with
parameters that are used to stack an upper IP interface over a dynamic GRE or DVMRP
tunnel. The no version removes the IP profile from the destination profile.
When used from L2TP Destination Profile Host Configuration mode, sets an attribute of
the current remote host. The no version removes the attribute from the remote host.
Options
Mode
280
•
bridgedEthernet—Specifies a bridged Ethernet encapsulation type to which the profile
applies
•
ip—Specifies an IP encapsulation type to which the profile applies
•
l2tp—Specifies an L2TP encapsulation type to which the profile applies
•
ppp—Specifies a PPP encapsulation type to which the profile applies
•
pppoe—Specifies a PPPoE encapsulation type to which the profile applies
•
vlan—Specifies a VLAN encapsulation type to which the profile applies
•
any—Specifies any autoconfigured encapsulation that does not have a specific profile
assignment
•
profileName—Profile name of up to 80 characters
Global Configuration, Interface Configuration, IP Tunnel Destination Profile Configuration,
L2TP Destination Profile Host Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
profile atm1483 bulk-config-name
Syntax
profile atm1483 bulk-config-name bulkConfigName profileName
no profile atm1483 bulk-config-name bulkConfigName
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Assigns the base profile configured for a dynamic ATM 1483 subinterface to the VC range
configured on a static ATM AAL5 interface with the atm bulk-config command. The no
version removes the profile assignment.
•
bulkConfigName—Name associated with the VC range on the static ATM AAL5 interface,
as specified in the atm bulk-configcommand
•
profileName—Base profile name associated with the dynamic ATM 1483 subinterface
Interface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
281
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
profile atm1483 bulk-config-name pvc
Syntax
profile atm1483 bulk-config-name bulkConfigName pvc vpi vci overrideProfileName
no profile atm1483 bulk-config-name bulkConfigName pvc vpi vci
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
282
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Assigns an overriding profile to a single ATM PVC that exists within a VC subrange
previously configured with the atm bulk-config command. The profile atm1483
bulk-config-name pvc command enables you to troubleshoot the specified PVC by
overriding the currently assigned base profile with one that has debugging attributes
enabled. After the overriding profile is assigned, it is used instead of the previously assigned
base profile to create any ATM 1483 dynamic subinterface columns over the specified
PVC. The no version removes the overriding profile assignment for the PVC and restores
the original base profile assignment.
•
bulkConfigName—Name associated with the VC range configured for use by a dynamic
ATM 1483 subinterface, as specified in the atm bulk-config command
•
vpi—Virtual path identifier of the PVC; must exist between the starting VPI value and
ending VPI value of a bulk-configured VC subrange
•
vci—Virtual circuit identifier of the PVC; must exist between the starting VCI value and
ending VCI value of a bulk-configured VC subrange
•
overrideProfileName—Name of the profile that overrides the previously assigned base
profile for the specified ATM PVC
Interface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
profile-reassign
Syntax
Release Information
Description
profile-reassign atm interfaceSpecifier { ppp | pppoe | any } profileName
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Reassigns the profile currently assigned to the specified encapsulation type for the
specified ATM 1483 subinterface. For troubleshooting purposes, the profile-reassign
command enables you to “ swap” the currently assigned profile for one that has PPP or
PPPoE packet–logging attributes enabled. There is no no version.
NOTE: Issuing the profile-reassign command causes the router to tear down
any dynamic interfaces that exist above the ATM 1483 subinterface. After
the profile is reassigned, the router restores the interfaces based on the
necessary client reconnections.
Options
Mode
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
ppp—Specifies a PPP encapsulation type to which the profile applies
•
pppoe—Specifies a PPPoE encapsulation type to which the profile applies
•
any—Specifies any autoconfigured encapsulation that does not have a specific profile
assignment; valid only if neither the ppp encapsulation type nor the pppoe
encapsulation type has an existing profile assignment
•
profileName—Profile name of up to 80 characters
Privileged Exec (at privilege level 5 or higher)
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
283
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
profile vlan bulk-config
Syntax
profile vlan bulk-config bulkConfigName profileName
no profile vlan bulk-config bulkConfigName
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
284
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.3.0.
Assigns the base profile configured for a dynamic VLAN subinterface to the VLAN range
configured on a static VLAN major interface with the vlan bulk-config command. The
no version removes the base profile assignment.
•
bulkConfigName—Name of the VLAN range; string of up to 80 characters
•
profileName—Profile name of up to 80 characters
Interface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
profile vlan override bulk-config
Syntax
To configure an override for a single-tagged VLAN ID:
profile vlan override bulk-config bulkConfigName vlan vlanIdValue overrideProfileName
To configure an override for a double-tagged S-VLAN ID:
profile vlan override bulk-config bulkConfigName svlan s-vlanIdValue
{ vlanIdValue | any } overrideProfileName
To remove the profile override assignment:
no profile vlan override bulk-config bulkConfigName { svlan s-vlanId | vlan }
{ vlanId | any }
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
bulk-config keyword and bulkConfigName variable added in JunosE Release 7.3.0.
Assigns an overriding profile to a single-tagged VLAN ID or double-tagged S-VLAN ID
that exists within a VLAN subrange previously configured with the vlan bulk-config
command. The profile vlan override bulk-config command enables you to assign a
special profile for the subscribers associated with a specific DSLAM. After the overriding
profile is assigned, it is used instead of the previously assigned base profile to create any
VLAN dynamic subinterface columns over the specified VLAN ID or double-tagged S-VLAN
ID. The no version removes the overriding profile assignment for the VLAN ID or
double-tagged S-VLAN ID and restores the original base profile assignment.
•
bulkConfigName—Name of the VLAN range; string of up to 80 characters
•
s-vlanIdValue—S-VLAN ID number, in the range 0–4095
•
vlanIdValue—VLAN ID number, in the range 0–4095
•
overrideProfileName—Name of the profile for which you want to assign an override
•
any—Specifies the VLAN ID as a wildcard
Interface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
285
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
protocol burst
Syntax
protocol protocolValue burst burstSize
no protocol protocolValue burst
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
286
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Sets the burst size for the protocol. The no version sets the value to the default packet
value, which is equal to half of the configured maximum rate.
•
protocolValue—Name of the protocol
•
burstSize—Number of packets, in the range 32–65535; default value is one half the
maximum rate
DoS Protection Group Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
protocol drop-probability
Syntax
protocol protocolValue drop-probability dropValue
no protocol protocolValue drop-probability
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Sets the drop probability for the protocol. It maps a protocol to a specific drop probability,
which is the percentage probability of an exceeded packet being dropped. The no version
sets the drop probability value to the drop probability specified in the associated
preconfigured group.
•
protocolValue—Name of the protocol
•
dropValue—Percentage, in the range 10–100; default value is 100
DoS Protection Group Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
287
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
protocol priority
Syntax
protocol protocolValue priority priorityValue
no protocol protocolValue priority
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
288
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Sets the priority of the protocol. The no version sets the priority value to the priority value
specified in the associated preconfigured group.
•
protocolValue—Name of the protocol
•
priorityValue—dataPath, Hi-Green, Hi-Yellow, Lo-Green, Lo-Yellow
DoS Protection Group Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
protocol rate
Syntax
protocol protocolValue rate rateValue
no protocol protocolValue rate
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Sets the maximum rate for the specified protocol. The rate limit applies to all packets
of the protocol for interfaces belonging to the DoS protection group. A particular protocol
can be up to the sum of the four rates configured, depending on the DoS group attached
to an interface. Use a maximum rate of 0 for protocols that are not used. The actual rate
never exceeds the maximum rate, but can be less than the configured maximum rate
due to the weighting of the protocols within a DoS protection group and the use of multiple
DoS protection groups. The no version sets the rate to the value of the associated
preconfigured protocol.
•
protocolValue—Name of the protocol
•
rateValue—Packets per second per line card, in the range 64–65335
DoS Protection Group Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
289
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
protocol shutdown
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
290
[ no ] protocol shutdown
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.3.0.
Disables the IS-IS protocol without removing the IS-IS configuration. The no version
reenables the IS-IS protocol.
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
protocol skip-priority-rate-limiter
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] protocol protocolValue skip-priority-rate-limiter
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Configures the protocol to skip or not skip the priority rate limiter. The specified protocol
is not subject to the priority rate limiter for the priority and DoS protection group selected.
The no version sets the value to the default, which is do not skip priority rate limiter.
•
protocolValue—Name of the protocol
DoS Protection Group Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
291
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
protocol weight
Syntax
protocol protocolValue weight weightValue
no protocol protocolValue weight
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
292
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Sets the weight for the protocol and affects all protocols in group. For each port
compression, weight determines the effective minimum rate that each protocol receives.
Within each port compression, the sum of the minimum rates for all protocols is equal
to or less than the priority rate. For each priority, there is a separate rate for each DoS
protection group. The no version sets the weight to the value specified in the associated
preconfigured group.
•
protocolValue—Name of the protocol
•
weightValue—Number relative to 100 in the range 100–500
DoS Protection Group Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: P Commands
pvc
Syntax
To create a control PVC from Interface Configuration mode:
pvc vcd vpi/vci ilmi
no pvc vcd
To create a data PVC from Subinterface Configuration mode and access ATM VC
Configuration mode:
pvc vcd vpi/vci
no pvc vcd
Release Information
Description
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
From Interface Configuration mode, creates a control PVC that supports ILMI services.
To create a control PVC, you must specify the VCD, VPI, VCI, and the ilmi encapsulation
type. The no version removes the specified control PVC from the router.
From Subinterface Configuration mode, creates a data PVC and accesses ATM VC
Configuration mode, from which you can configure and modify individual PVC attributes
one at a time. To create a data PVC, you must specify the VCD, VPI, and VCI. The no
version removes the specified data PVC from the router.
Options
Mode
•
vcd—Virtual circuit descriptor that is an identifier for the VC in other commands; number,
in the range 1–2147483647
•
vpi—Virtual path identifier for this PVC. The numeric range depends on the module
capabilities and current configuration.
•
vci—Virtual circuit identifier for this PVC. The numeric range depends on the module
capabilities and current configuration. For control PVCs, the recommended VCI value
is 16 for ilmi encapsulation and 5 for qsaal encapsulation. The VCI value cannot be 0.
•
ilmi—Configures Integrated Local Management Interface encapsulation for a control
PVC
Interface Configuration, Subinterface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
293
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
294
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 5
Q Commands
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
295
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
qos-adaptive-mode
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
296
[ no ] qos-adaptive-mode
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Enables ANCP to dynamically create QoS parameter instances associated with the ANCP
downstream rate application. ANCP also determines the value the system uses when
recalculating the QoS shaping rate. The values of the parameter instances track the
bandwidth of the local loop that is communicated by ANCP. The no version disables QoS
adaptive mode.
Layer 2 Control Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 5: Q Commands
qos-interface-parent
Syntax
In QoS Interface Set Configuration mode:
[ no ] qos-interface-parent interfaceSupersetName
In QoS Interface Superset Configuration mode:
[ no ] qos-interface-parent interface supersetInterfaceType interfaceSpecifier
In Interface Configuration mode:
[ no ] qos-interface-parent interfaceSetName
Release Information
Description
Command introduced in JunosE Release 9.2.0.
In QoS Interface Superset Configuration mode, assigns a parent interface for the interface
superset. The parent interface can be an Ethernet major interface, an ATM major interface,
or a LAG. The no version deletes the parent from the superset.
In QoS Interface Set Configuration mode, assigns a QoS interface superset as the parent
for the interface set. The no version deletes the parent from the set.
In Interface Configuration mode, assigns a QoS interface set as the parent for the member
interface. The no version deletes the parent from the interface.
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
•
interfaceSupersetName—Name of the QoS interface superset that is the parent of this
interface set
•
supersetInterfaceType—One of the following superset interface types: fastEthernet,
gigabitEthernet, tenGigabitEthernet, atm, or lag
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
“Interface Types and Specifiers” on page 5
•
interfaceSetName—Name of the QoS interface set that is the parent of the interface
Interface Configuration, QoS Interface Set Configuration; QoS Interface Superset
Configuration
•
Configuring Interface Sets for QoS
•
Configuring Interface Supersets for QoS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
297
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
qos-interface-set
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
298
[ no ] qos-interface-set interfaceSetName
Command introduced in JunosE Release 9.2.0.
Configures a QoS interface set and enters QoS Interface Set Configuration mode. The
no version deletes the interface set.
•
interfaceSetName—Name of the QoS interface set
Global Configuration
•
Configuring Interface Sets for QoS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 5: Q Commands
qos-interface-superset
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
[ no ] qos-interface-superset interfaceSupersetName
Command introduced in JunosE Release 9.2.0.
Configures a QoS interface superset and enters QoS Interface Superset Configuration
mode. The no version deletes the interface superset.
•
interfaceSupersetName—Name of the QoS interface superset
Global Configuration
•
Configuring Interface Supersets for QoS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
299
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
qos-mode-port
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
300
[ no ] qos-mode-port [ low-cdv | low-latency ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures an ATM port for per-port queuing. The no version restores the default
integrated mode, removing per-port queuing from the ATM port; in this state, shaping
done by the SAR is controlled by ATM.
•
low-cdv—HRR scheduler and SAR scheduler operate in concert. The SAR runs with
more buffering than in low-latency mode, shaping rates are driven by QoS profiles, VC
backpressure is disabled, and lenient port backpressure is enabled.
•
low-latency—Shaping done by the SAR is controlled by QoS. The HRR scheduler
controls the traffic rate. The SAR runs with minimal buffering, VC backpressure is
disabled, and aggressive port backpressure is enabled. This is the behavior enforced
if you do not specify an option.
Interface Configuration
•
Integrating the HRR Scheduler and SAR Scheduler
•
Configuring Default Integrated Mode for ATM Interface
•
Configuring Low-Latency Mode for Per-Port Queuing on ATM Interfaces
•
Configuring Low-CDV Mode for Per-Port Queuing on ATM Interfaces
•
Disabling Per-Port Queuing on ATM Interfaces
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 5: Q Commands
qos-parameter
Syntax
In Global Configuration, Interface Configuration, QoS Interface Set Configuration, and
QoS Interface Superset Configuration modes:
qos-parameter qosParameterInstanceName qosParameterInstanceValue
no qos-parameter
In Profile Configuration mode:
qos-parameter qosParameterInstanceName [ qosParameterInstanceValue |
add qosParameterAddValue [ initial-value qosParameterInitialValue ] ]
no qos-parameter qosParameterInstanceName [ add ]
Release Information
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
add and initial-value keywords added in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Profile Configuration mode added in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
QoS Interface Set Configuration and QoS Interface Superset Configuration modes added
in JunosE Release 9.2.0.
Description
In Global Configuration mode, creates a QoS parameter instance and assigns a value to
the parameter. A global parameter instance is typically used to provide a global default
for a parameter value. The no version deletes the parameter instance.
In Interface Configuration mode, creates a parameter instance, assigns a value to the
parameter, and attaches the parameter instance to the interface. The no version detaches
the parameter instance from the interface.
In Profile Configuration mode, creates a parameter instance command in a profile for
use with Service Manager. When the service is activated, the parameter instances are
created for the subscriber interface. The no version removes the parameter instance
command from the profile.
In QoS Interface Set Configuration mode, creates a parameter instance, assigns a value
to the parameter, and attaches the parameter instance to a QoS interface set. The no
version detaches the parameter instance from the interface set.
In QoS Interface Superset Configuration mode, creates a parameter instance, assigns a
value to the parameter, and attaches the parameter instance to a QoS interface superset.
The no version detaches the parameter instance from the interface superset.
Options
•
qosParameterInstanceName—Name of the QoS parameter instance
•
qosParameterInstanceValue—Number of the rate for the parameter instance; the
default value is the minimum value defined in the parameter definition
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
301
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Mode
Related
Documentation
302
•
qosParameterAddValue—Number of the rate that is added to an existing parameter
instance
•
qosParameterInitialValue—Number of the initial rate of a newly created parameter
instance
Global Configuration, Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, QoS Interface Set
Configuration, QoS Interface Superset Configuration
•
Creating Parameter Instances
•
Creating a QoS Parameter on an Interface Superset or Interface Set
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 5: Q Commands
qos-parameter-define
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
[ no ] qos-parameter-define qosParameterDefinitionName
[ application applicationName ] [ hierarchical ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies a QoS parameter name and accesses QoS Parameter Definition mode. The no
version deletes the QoS parameter definition.
•
qosParameterDefinitionName—Name of the parameter definition
•
applicationName—Name of the application that you want to associate with the
parameter definition:
•
Mode
Related
Documentation
•
ip-multicast—Specifies the IP multicast bandwidth adjustment application. You
must also specify the hierarchical keyword when you specify this application.
•
qos-byte-adjustment—Specifies the cell byte-adjustment application, which enables
you to adjust the shaping rate to account for different layer 2 encapsulations in ADSL
configurations. If you have configured the QoS shaping mode as cell, the system
adjusts the shaping rate to account for the ATM cell pad, header, and trailer.
•
qos-frame-byte-adjustment—Specifies the frame byte-adjustment application,
which enables you to shape traffic based on frames for VDSL configurations. If you
have configured the QoS shaping mode as frame, the system adjusts the shaping
rate based on bytes within frames.
•
qos-cell-mode—Specifies the QoS cell mode application, which enables you to
configure the operational shaping mode (frame or cell) for ATM, Gigabit Ethernet,
or 10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces.
•
qos-downstream-rate—Specifies the QoS downstream rate application, which
enables you to adjust the downstream rate of VLANs and ATM VCs based on
parameter instances that are created dynamically by ANCP or AAA. The values of
the parameter instances track the bandwidth of the local loop that are communicated
by ANCP.
hierarchical—Specifies that the parameter instance is hierarchical. Hierarchical
parameters have explicit instances that are associated with the logical interfaces of
instance-interface types, as well as implicit instances that are associated with the
logical interfaces of controlled-interface types. The system computes the values of
an implicit instance as the sum of the values of the explicit instances stacked above
the implicit instance.
Global Configuration
•
Configuring a Basic Parameter Definition for QoS Administrators
•
Configuring a Parameter Definition to Calculate Hierarchical Instances
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
303
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
304
•
Configuring a Parameter Definition for IP Multicast Bandwidth Adjustment
•
Configuring a Parameter Definition to Shape Ethernet Traffic Using Cell Mode
•
Configuring a Parameter Definition to Adjust Cell Shaping Rates for ADSL Traffic
•
Configuring a Parameter Definition to Adjust Frame Shaping Rates for VDSL Traffic
•
Configuring a Parameter Definition for QoS Downstream Rate
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 5: Q Commands
qos-port-type-profile
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
qos-port-type-profile typeOfInterface qos-profile qosProfileName
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
lag keyword added in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Associates a QoS profile with all the ports of a given interface type. There is no no version.
•
typeOfInterface—One of the following interface types to be associated with the QoS
port-type profile; atm, ethernet, lag, serial, server-port
•
qosProfileName—Name of the QoS profile
Global Configuration
•
Attaching a QoS Profile to an Interface
•
Enabling Default Subscriber Load Balancing for 802.3ad Link Aggregation Groups
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
305
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
qos-profile
Syntax
[ no ] qos-profile qosProfileName
Release Information
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Profile Configuration mode added in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
QoS Interface Set Configuration and QoS Interface Superset Configuration modes added
in JunosE Release 9.2.0.
Description
In Global Configuration mode, creates a QoS profile on the router and enters QoS Profile
Configuration mode. The no version deletes the QoS profile.
In Interface Configuration mode, attaches a QoS profile to an interface. The no version
detaches the QoS profile from the interface.
In Profile Configuration mode, adds a QoS profile command for use with Service Manager.
When the service is activated, the QoS profile is created and attached to the subscriber
interface. The no version removes the QoS profile from the profile.
In QoS Interface Set Configuration mode, attaches a QoS profile to the QoS interface
set. The no version detaches the QoS profile from the interface set.
In QoS Interface Superset Configuration mode, attaches a QoS profile to the QoS interface
superset. The no version detaches the QoS profile from the interface superset.
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
306
•
qosProfileName—Name of the QoS profile
Global Configuration, Interface Configuration, Profile Configuration, QoS Interface Set
Configuration, QoS Interface Superset Configuration
•
Configuring a QoS Profile
•
Attaching a QoS Profile to an Interface
•
Configuring Shadow Nodes
•
Configuring a Basic Parameter Definition for QoS Administrators
•
Creating Parameter Instances
•
Attaching a QoS Profile to an Interface Superset or an Interface Set
•
Creating a QoS Parameter on an Interface Superset or Interface Set
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 5: Q Commands
qos-shaping-mode
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
[ no ] qos-shaping-mode [ cell | frame ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies either cell-based or frame-based traffic shaping for ATM, Gigabit Ethernet, or
10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces. The shaping mode is configured for a major interface and
affects scheduling for all nodes and queues stacked above the interface. In cell shaping
mode, queues and nodes are scheduled as if they were ATM cells. All newly configured
ports use the shaping mode from port 0; frame is the default shaping mode for port 0.
If you do not specify an option, the command restores the default, frame. The no version
restores the default, frame.
•
cell—Shapes traffic based on the number of bytes in a cell, and accounts for ATM cell
encapsulation and padding overhead
•
frame—Shapes traffic based on the number of bytes in a frame, without considering
cell encapsulation and padding overhead; the default shaping mode for port 0
Interface Configuration
•
Configuring the QoS Shaping Mode for ATM Interfaces
•
Configuring the QoS Shaping Mode for Ethernet Interfaces
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
307
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
qos-shared-shaper-control
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
Related
Documentation
308
[ no ] qos-shared-shaper-control
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Enables the user-configurable variables in the QoS simple shared shaper algorithm and
enters QoS Shared Shaper Control Configuration mode. The no version disables the
user-configurable variables in the QoS simple shared shaper algorithm.
Global Configuration
•
Configuring Simple Shared Shaper Algorithm Variables
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 5: Q Commands
query-interval
Syntax
query-interval queryTime
no query-interval
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies how often the router sends PIM router query messages to remote neighbors.
The no version specifies the default time interval, 30 seconds.
NOTE: This command is typically used when you configure PIM remote
neighbors to run multicast services over BGP/MPLS VPNs. That functionality
is no longer supported.
Options
Mode
•
queryTime—Interval, in the range 0–210 seconds, at which the router sends PIM router
query messages from this interface
Interface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
309
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
queue
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
310
[ no ] { typeOfInterface | set | superset } queue traffic-class trafficClassName
[ queue-profile queueProfileName [ scheduler-profile schedProfileName ] |
scheduler-profile schedProfileName [ queue-profile queueProfileName ] ]
[ drop-profile dropProfileName ] [ statistics-profile statisticsProfileName ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
svlan keyword added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
set and superset keywords added in JunosE Release 9.2.0.
Specifies that a queue traffic class be configured for the selected interface type. The no
version removes this rule from the QoS profile.
•
typeOfInterface—Interface type for queue traffic classes to be configured; atm, atm-vp,
atm-vc, bridge, ethernet, fr-vc, ip, ipv6, ip-tunnel, l2tp-session, l2tp-tunnel, lsp, serial,
server-port, svlan, vlan
•
set—Configures a queue for an interface set
•
superset—Configures a queue for an interface superset
•
trafficClassName—Name of the traffic class
•
queueProfileName—Name of the queue profile
•
schedProfileName—Name of the scheduler profile
•
dropProfileName—Name of the drop profile
•
statisticsProfileName—Name of the statistics profile
QoS Profile Configuration
•
Configuring a QoS Profile
•
Configuring Shadow Nodes
•
Configuring a Basic Parameter Definition for QoS Administrators
•
Configuring Rate Statistics
•
Configuring Event Statistics
•
Attaching a QoS Profile to an Interface Superset or an Interface Set
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 5: Q Commands
queue-profile
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
[ no ] queue-profile queueProfileName
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures a queue profile. The no version removes the named queue profile.
•
queueProfileName—Name of the queue profile
Global Configuration
•
Configuring Queue Profiles to Manage Buffers and Thresholds
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
311
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
312
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 6
R Commands
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
313
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius accounting server
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
314
[ no ] radius accounting server ipAddress
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the IP address of a RADIUS accounting server and puts the E Series router into
RADIUS Configuration mode. The no version deletes the instance of the RADIUS server.
•
ipAddress—IP address of the server
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius acct-session-id-format
Syntax
radius acct-session-id-format { decimal | description }
no radius acct-session-id-format
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the RADIUS client’s use of a specific format for RADIUS attribute 44,
Acct-Session-Id. The no version negates the Acct-Session-Id format.
NOTE: For subscribers connected over the link aggregation group (LAG)
interface in DHCP standalone authenticate mode, the LAG interface ID is
used as the interface identifier.
Options
Mode
•
decimal—Configures the RADIUS client to use a decimal format
•
description—Configures the RADIUS client to use the generic format:
erx interfaceType interfaceSpecifier:hexNumber
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type;
see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
hexNumber—Hexadecimal number identifying the session
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
315
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius algorithm
Syntax
radius algorithm { direct | round-robin }
no radius algorithm
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
316
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the algorithm that the RADIUS client uses to contact the RADIUS server. The
no version restores the default value, direct.
•
direct—Contacts the first AAA server on the list for each user, the second AAA server
if the first one fails, and so on
•
round-robin—Contacts the first AAA server for the first user, the second AAA server for
the second user, and so on
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius authentication server
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] radius authentication server ipAddress
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the IP address of a RADIUS authentication server and puts the E Series router
into RADIUS Configuration mode. The no version deletes the instance of the RADIUS
server.
•
ipAddress—IP address of the server
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
317
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius calling-station-delimiter
Syntax
radius calling-station-delimiter delimiter
no radius calling-station-delimiter
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
318
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the delimiter for DSL PPP users for RADIUS attribute 31, Calling-Station-Id. The
no version removes the delimiter.
•
delimiter—Special character to set off items in the Calling-Station-Id’s definition (for
example, # or %)
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius calling-station-format
Syntax
radius calling-station-format { delimited | fixed-format [ stacked ] |
fixed-format-adapter-embedded [ stacked ] | fixed-format-adapter-new-field [ stacked
]}
no radius calling-station-format
Release Information
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
fixed-format-adapter-embedded and fixed-format-adapter-new-field keywords added
in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
stacked keyword added in JunosE Release 9.3.0.
Description
On a virtual router, specifies the format of RADIUS attribute 31, Calling-Station-Id, when
the PPP user is terminated at the non-LNS E Series router. Depending on the keyword
you use, the virtual router uses the specified format for each interface type, replacing
variables in the format with their actual values for your configuration. The no version
restores the default Calling-Station-Id format, delimited.
NOTE:
Options
•
•
Attribute 31, Calling-Station-Id, is used with Attribute 30, Called-Station-Id,
in a standard way when the router is the LNS and the LAC is a dial-up LAC
(not an E Series router). When the LNS receives the Calling-Station-Id and
Called-Station-Id AVPs, the router includes the values as they are, with no
format changes in the RADIUS messages.
•
For subscribers connected over the LAG interface in DHCP standalone
authenticate mode, the radius override calling-station-id remote-circuit-id
command enables RADIUS to use the PPPoE remote circuit ID for the
Calling-Station-Id attribute. By default, RADIUS uses a delimited format
for the interface description. You cannot use this command to change the
value of the Calling-Station-Id attribute.
delimited—Specifies that the RADIUS client uses the delimited format:
•
Format for ATM interfaces:
delimiter systemName delimiter interfaceDescription delimiter
VPI delimiter VCI delimiter
•
Format for Ethernet interfaces:
delimiter systemName delimiter interfaceDescription delimiter VLAN
Where interfaceDescription is one of the following items:
•
port name—The default setting
•
VP description—Appears if you use the atm vp-description command to assign a
text description to an individual VP on an ATM interface
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
319
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
•
•
•
320
VC description—Appears if you use the atm atm1483 description command to assign
a text description to VCs on an ATM 1483 subinterface and you use the atm1483
export-subinterface-description command to enable sending of VC interface
descriptors to AAA
fixed-format—Specifies that the RADIUS client uses a fixed format of up to 15 characters
consisting of all ASCII fields:
•
Format for ATM interfaces:
systemName (up to 4 bytes) slot (2 bytes) port (1 byte) VPI (3 bytes)
VCI (5 bytes)
•
Format for Ethernet interfaces:
systemName (up to 4 bytes) slot (2 bytes) port (1 byte) VLAN (8 bytes)
•
Format for serial interfaces:
systemName (up to 4 bytes) slot (2 bytes) port (1 byte) 0 (8 bytes)
•
In the case of PPP terminated from LNS, the Calling-Station-Id attribute value is
based on the received L2TP calling number AVP
fixed-format-adapter-embedded—Specifies that the RADIUS client uses a fixed format
of up to 15 characters consisting of all ASCII fields with a 1-byte slot field, 1-byte adapter
field, and 1-byte port field:
•
Format for ATM interfaces:
systemName (up to 4 bytes) slot (1 byte) adapter (1 byte) port (1 byte)
VPI (3 bytes) VCI (5 bytes)
•
Format for Ethernet interfaces:
systemName (up to 4 bytes) slot (1 byte) adapter (1 byte) port (1 byte)
VLAN (8 bytes)
•
Format for serial interfaces:
systemName (up to 4 bytes) slot (1 byte) adapter (1 byte) port (1 byte)
0 (8 bytes)
•
For E120 routers and E320 routers, adapter is the number of the bay in which the I/O
adapter (IOA) resides, either 0 (representing the right IOA bay on the E120 router
and the upper IOA bay on the E320 router) or 1 (representing the left IOA bay on the
E120 router or the lower IOA bay on the E320 router). For ERX7xx models, ERX14xx
models, and ERX310 routers, adapter is always shown as 0.
•
Slot numbers 0 through 16 are shown as ASCII characters in the 1-byte slot field
according to the following translation:
Slot
Number
ASCII
Character
Slot
Number
ASCII
Character
0
0
9
9
1
1
10
A
2
2
11
B
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
Slot
Number
ASCII
Character
Slot
Number
ASCII
Character
3
3
12
C
4
4
13
D
5
5
14
E
6
6
15
F
7
7
16
G
8
8
–
–
For example, slot 16 is shown as the ASCII character uppercase G.
•
fixed-format-adapter-new-field—Specifies that the RADIUS client uses a fixed format
of up to 17 characters consisting of all ASCII fields with a 2-byte slot field, 1-byte adapter
field, and 2-byte port field:
•
Format for ATM interfaces:
systemName (up to 4 bytes) slot (2 bytes) adapter (1 byte) port (2 bytes)
VPI (3 bytes) VCI (5 bytes)
•
Format for Ethernet interfaces:
systemName (up to 4 bytes) slot (2 bytes) adapter (1 byte) port (2 bytes) VLAN (8
bytes)
•
Format for serial interfaces:
systemName (up to 4 bytes) slot (2 bytes) adapter (1 byte) port (2 bytes)
0 (8 bytes)
•
For E120 routers and E320 routers, adapter is the number of the bay in which the IOA
resides, either 0 or 1. For ERX7xx models, ERX14xx models, and ERX310 routers,
adapter is always shown as 0.
•
Slot numbers 0 through 16 are shown as integers in the 2-byte slot field.
NOTE: You must use this field when you configure the format of the
Calling-Station-ID attribute on routers that have line modules that support
more than seven physical ports.
•
stacked—Includes a 4-byte stacked VLAN (S-VLAN ID) for Ethernet interfaces when
the RADIUS client uses the fixed-format, fixed-format-adapter-embedded, or
fixed-format-adapter-new-field format; by default, these formats do not include the
S-VLAN ID unless you specify the optional stacked keyword; If you include the stacked
keyword, the S-VLAN ID is displayed in decimal format in the range 0–4095
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
321
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
•
Format for Ethernet interfaces that use fixed-format:
systemName (up to 4 bytes) slot (2 bytes) port (1 byte) S-VLAN (4 bytes) VLAN (4
bytes)
•
Format for Ethernet interfaces that use fixed-format-adapter-embedded:
systemName (up to 4 bytes) slot (1 byte) adapter (1 byte) port (1 byte) S-VLAN (4
bytes) VLAN (4 bytes)
•
Format for Ethernet interfaces that use fixed-format-adapter-new-field:
systemName (up to 4 bytes) slot (2 bytes) adapter (1 byte) port (2 bytes) S-VLAN
(4 bytes) VLAN (4 bytes)
NOTE:
• The use of the stacked keyword is not supported for VLAN subinterfaces
based on agent-circuit-identifier information, otherwise known as ACI
VLANs. When you issue the radius calling-station-format fixed-format
stacked, radius calling-station-format fixed-format-adapter-embedded
stacked, or radius calling-station-format fixed-format-adapter-new-field
stacked command for an ACI VLAN, the values that appear in the 4-byte
S-VLAN ID and 4-byte VLAN ID fields are incorrect.
•
Mode
322
The S-VLAN ID field in the Calling-Station-Id [31] attribute is set to 0
(zero) under the following conditions:
•
You do not specify the optional stacked keyword.
•
You specify the optional stacked keyword but the Ethernet interface
does not have an S-VLAN ID.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius client
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
no radius client
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
This command has only a no version. See the no radius client command for a complete
description and syntax.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
323
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius connect-info-format
Syntax
radius connect-info-format { l2tp-connect-speed |
l2tp-connect-speed-rx-when-equal }
no radius connect-info-format
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
324
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the format and enables the generation of RADIUS attribute 77, Connect-Info,
on the LNS. The format uses the received L2TP connect-speed AVPs that the LAC sends
to the LNS. The no version restores the default, in which the LNS does not generate the
Connect-Info attribute.
•
l2tp-connect-speed—Specifies that the Connect-Info attribute include only the RX
speed when the RX speed is different from the TX speed and is greater than zero.
•
l2tp-connect-speed-rx-when-equal—Specifies that the Connect-Info attribute always
include the RX speed when the speed is greater than zero.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius disconnect client
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] radius disconnect client ipAddress
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures a RADIUS disconnect client and enters RADIUS Disconnect Configuration
mode. The no version removes the RADIUS disconnect client.
NOTE: This command is deprecated and may be removed completely in a
future release. The function provided by this command has been replaced
by the subscriber disconnect command and the RADIUS dynamic-request
server feature. The RADIUS Disconnect Configuration mode is also
deprecated.
Options
Mode
•
ipAddress—IP address of the RADIUS server that is acting as the disconnect client
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
325
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius dsl-port-type
Syntax
radius dsl-port-type { sdsl | adsl-cap | adsl-dmt | idsl | xdsl | virtual }
no radius dsl-port-type
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets RADIUS attribute 61, NAS-Port-Type, in RADIUS access request packets and
accounting start and stop packets for ATM interfaces. The no version restores the default
setting, xdsl.
NOTE:
Options
Mode
326
•
If the interface (port) is Ethernet, then it sets the attribute to Ethernet and
disregards the parameter set with this command. If the interface (port) is
DSL, then the attribute can have any value listed in the command and uses
the value configured.
•
For subscribers connected over the LAG interface in DHCP standalone
authenticate mode, RADIUS calculates the value of the Nas-Port-Type
attribute.
•
sdsl—Symmetric DSL
•
adsl-cap—Asymmetric DSL, carrierless amplitude phase modulation
•
adsl-dmt—Asymmetric DSL, discrete multitone
•
idsl—ISDN DSL
•
xdsl—DSL of unspecified type (default)
•
virtual—Virtual
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius dynamic-request server
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] radius dynamic-request server ipAddress
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the IP address of a RADIUS dynamic-request server and puts the E Series router
into RADIUS Configuration mode. The no version deletes the instance of the RADIUS
server.
NOTE: The radius dynamic-request server command replaces the
functionality of the radius disconnect client command.
The RADIUS Disconnect Configuration mode is deprecated. Use the radius
dynamic-request server command to enter RADIUS Configuration mode and
configure options formerly available in RADIUS Disconnect Configuration
mode.
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
•
ipAddress—IP address of the server
Global Configuration
•
Configuring RADIUS-Based Packet Mirroring
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
327
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius ethernet-port-type
Syntax
radius ethernet-port-type [ virtual | ethernet ]
no radius ethernet-port-type
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Indicates to RADIUS which Ethernet port type to use in RADIUS attribute 61,
NAS-Port-Type, for all Ethernet users on the E Series router. The no version restores the
default, ethernet.
NOTE: For subscribers connected over the link aggregation group (LAG)
interface in DHCP standalone authenticate mode, RADIUS calculates the
value of the Nas-Port-Type attribute.
Options
Mode
328
•
virtual—Sets RADIUS NAS-Port-Type to virtual
•
ethernet—Sets RADIUS NAS-Port-Type to Ethernet
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius icr-partition-accounting
Syntax
radius icr-partition-accounting { enable | disable }
no radius icr-partition-accounting
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced in JunosE Release 10.3.0.
Enables or disables sending of the ICR Partition-Accounting-On or
Partition-Accounting-Off messages to the RADIUS servers. Both Partition-Accounting
messages include the ICR-Partition-Id VSA and are sent to the RADIUS accounting server
configured on the virtual router where the ICR partition is configured or the virtual router
on which the ICR control interface is set up. The no version restores the default value,
disable.
•
enable—Configures the RADIUS client to enable the use of Partition-Accounting-On
and Partition-Accounting-Off messages. When this option is used, these messages
are sent to the accounting server configured on the virtual router.
•
disable— Configures the RADIUS client to disable the use of Partition-Accounting-On
and Partition-Accounting-Off messages; this is the default setting. When this option
is used, the Partition-Accounting messages are not sent to the accounting server
configured on the virtual router.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
329
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius ignore
Syntax
radius ignore attributeName { enable | disable }
no radius ignore attributeName
Release Information
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
pppoe-max-session keyword added in JunosE Release 9.3.0.
ipv6-egress-policy-name and ipv6-ingress-policy-name attributes added in JunosE
Release 13.0.0.
Description
Ignores the specified attribute in RADIUS Access-Accept messages. All attributes are
disabled by default except for Framed-Ip-Netmask and Max-Clients-Per-Interface
(pppoe-max-session). The no version restores the default.
Options
330
•
attributeName—One of the following RADIUS attributes:
•
atm-mbs—Mbs, VSA 26-17
•
atm-pcr—Pcr, VSA 26-15
•
atm-scr—Scr, VSA 26-16
•
atm-service-category—Service-Category, VSA 26-14
•
egress-policy-name—Egress-Policy-Name, VSA 26-11
•
ipv6-egress-policy-name—Ipv6-Egress-Policy-Name, VSA 26-107; when you ignore
this attribute, the policy manager will not apply the policy returned from the RADIUS
server to the subscriber interface; when you accept this attribute, the policy manager
applies the policy returned from the RADIUS server to the subscriber interface
•
framed-ip-netmask—Framed-Ip-Netmask, attribute 9; when you ignore this attribute,
the default subnet mask 255.255.255.255 is provided by AAA and used for Internet
Protocol Control Protocol (IPCP) negotiations; when you enable this attribute, the
router passes the IP address and the subnet mask specified by this attribute to the
CPE during IPCP negotiations; ignoring the attribute guards against any breaks in
the IPCP negotiation
•
ingress-policy-name—Ingress-Policy-Name, VSA 26-10
•
ipv6-ingress-policy-name—Ipv6-Ingress-Policy-Name, VSA 26-106; when you ignore
this attribute, the policy manager will not apply the policy returned from the RADIUS
server to the subscriber interface; when you accept this attribute, the policy manager
applies the policy returned from the RADIUS server to the subscriber interface
•
virtual-router—Virtual-Router, VSA 26-1
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
•
•
Mode
If you configure the default virtual router as the authentication virtual router for
the domain map using the ip-router-name command in Domain Map Configuration
Mode and the Virtual-Router RADIUS VSA attribute [26-1] is returned from the
RADIUS server in the Access-Accept message, the IPv4 virtual router context
returned from the RADIUS server overrides the IPv4 virtual router context configured
in the AAA domain map. If you configure a nondefault virtual router as the
authentication virtual router for the AAA domain map and the Virtual-Router
RADIUS VSA attribute [26-1] is returned from the RADIUS server in the
Access-Accept message, the IPv4 virtual router context in the AAA domain map
takes precedence over the IPv4 virtual router context returned from the RADIUS
server.
pppoe-max-session—Max-Clients-Per-Interface, VSA 26-143
•
enable—Specifies the feature; this is the default setting for framed-ip-netmask and
pppoe-max-session
•
disable—Disables the feature; this is the default setting for all attributes except
framed-ip-netmask and pppoe-max-session
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
331
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius include
Syntax
radius include attributeName
{ access-request | acct-on | acct-off | acct-start | acct-stop } { enable | disable }
no radius include attributeName
{ access-request | acct-on | acct-off | acct-start | acct-stop }
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
l2c-access-loop-parameters attribute added in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
l2cd attributes added in JunosE Release 9.0.0.
framed-interface-id and framed-ipv6-prefix attributes, and acct-stop support for
framed-ip-addr attribute added in JunosE Release 9.0.0.
downstream-calculated-qos-rate and upstream-calculated-qos-rate attributes added
in JunosE Release 9.1.0.
ipv6-accounting, delegated-ipv6-prefix, framed-ipv6-pool, framed-ipv6-route,
ipv6-local-interface, ipv6-nd-ra-prefix, ipv6-primary-dns, ipv6-secondary-dns, and
ipv6-virtual-router attributes added in JunosE Release 10.2.0.
icr-partition-id attribute added in JunosE Release 10.3.0.
framed-route attribute added in JunosE Release 11.3.0.
ipv6-egress-policy-name and ipv6-ingress-policy-name attributes added in JunosE
Release 13.0.0.
dhcp-option82-circuitid and dhcp-option82-remoteid attributes added in JunosE
Release 13.1.0.
qos-profile-name, ds-lite-tunnel-name, and pcp-server-name attributes added in
JunosE Release 13.2.0.
Configures the inclusion of RADIUS attributes in RADIUS messages. Not all attributes
are available in all message types. The listed attributes are included by default except
where noted. The no version restores the default.
•
attributeName—One of the following RADIUS attributes; not all attributes are available
in all message types.
Attributes available for Access-Request, Acct-Start, and Acct-Stop messages:
332
•
acct-multi-session-id—Includes RADIUS attribute 50, Acct-Multi-Session-Id
•
acct-tunnel-connection—Includes RADIUS attribute 68, Acct-Tunnel-Connection
•
ascend-num-in-multilink—Includes RADIUS attribute 188, Ascend-Num-In-Multilink
•
called-station-id—Includes RADIUS attribute 30, Called-Station-Id
•
calling-station-id—Includes RADIUS attribute 31, Calling-Station-Id
•
connect-info—Includes RADIUS attribute 77, Connect-Info
•
dhcp-options—Includes RADIUS attribute 26-55, DHCP-Options
•
dhcp-option82—Includes RADIUS attribute 26–159, DHCP-Option 82
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
•
dhcp-option82-circuitid—Includes RADIUS attribute 26–1, DHCP-Option 82
•
dhcp-option82-remoteid—Includes RADIUS attribute 26–2, DHCP-Option 82
•
dhcp-gi-address—Includes RADIUS attribute 26-57, DHCP-GI-Address
•
dhcp-mac-address—Includes RADIUS attribute 26-56, DHCP-MAC Address
•
downstream-calculated-qos-rate—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute
26-141, Downstream-Calculated-Qos-Rate
•
framed-interface-id—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 96,
Framed-Interface-Id, if an IPv6 interface ID is assigned to the subscriber
•
framed-ip-addr—Includes RADIUS attribute 8, Framed-IP-Address, if an IP address
is assigned to the subscriber
•
framed-ipv6-prefix—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 97,
Framed-Ipv6-Prefix, if at least one IPv6 prefix is assigned to the subscriber
•
icr-partition-id—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-150,
ICR-Partition-Id, which is a user-configured value of up to 128 characters
•
interface-description—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-63,
Interface-Desc; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages when
included in Acct-Stop messages
•
l2c-downstream-data—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-92,
L2C-Down-Stream-Data
•
l2c-upstream-data—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-93,
L2C-Up-Stream-Data
•
l2cd-acc-loop-cir-id—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-110,
Acc-Loop-Cir-Id; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages when
included in Acct-Stop messages
•
l2cd-acc-aggr-cir-id-bib—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-111,
Acc-Aggr-Cir-Id-Bin; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages
when included in Acct-Stop messages
•
l2cd-acc-aggr-cir-id-asc—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-112,
Acc-Aggr-Cir-Id-Asc; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages
when included in Acct-Stop messages
•
l2cd-act-data-rate-up—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-113,
Act-Data-Rate-Up; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages when
included in Acct-Stop messages
•
l2cd-act-data-rate-dn—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-114,
Act-Data-Rate-Dn; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages when
included in Acct-Stop messages
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
333
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
334
•
l2cd-min-data-rate-up—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-115,
Min-Data-Rate-Up; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages when
included in Acct-Stop messages
•
l2cd-min-data-rate-dn—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-116,
Min-Data-Rate-Dn; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages when
included in Acct-Stop messages
•
l2cd-att-data-rate-up—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-117,
Att-Data-Rate-Up; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages when
included in Acct-Stop messages
•
l2cd-att-data-rate-dn—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-118,
Att-Data-Rate-Dn; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages when
included in Acct-Stop messages
•
l2cd-max-data-rate-up—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-119,
Max-Data-Rate-Up; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages when
included in Acct-Stop messages
•
l2cd-max-data-rate-dn—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-120,
Max-Data-Rate-Dn; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages when
included in Acct-Stop messages
•
l2cd-min-lp-data-rate-up—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-121,
Min-LP-Data-Rate-Up; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages
when included in Acct-Stop messages
•
l2cd-min-lp-data-rate-dn—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-122,
Min-LP-Data-Rate-Dn; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages
when included in Acct-Stop messages
•
l2cd-max-interlv-delay-up—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-123,
Max-Interlv-Delay-Up; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages
when included in Acct-Stop messages
•
l2cd-act-interlv-delay-up—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-124,
Act-Interlv-Delay-Up; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages
when included in Acct-Stop messages
•
l2cd-max-interlv-delay-dn—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-125,
Max-Interlv-Delay-Dn; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages
when included in Acct-Stop messages
•
l2cd-act-interlv-delay-dn—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-126,
Act-Interlv-Delay-Dn; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages
when included in Acct-Stop messages
•
l2cd-dsl-line-state—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-127,
DSL-Line-State; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages when
included in Acct-Stop messages
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
•
l2cd-dsl-type—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-128, DSL-Type;
attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages when included in
Acct-Stop messages
•
mlppp-bundle-name—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-62,
MLPPP-Bundle-Name; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages
when included in Acct-Stop messages
•
nas-port—Includes RADIUS attribute 5, NAS-Port
•
nas-port-id—Includes RADIUS attribute 87, NAS-Port-Id
NOTE: For subscribers connected over the link aggregation group (LAG)
interface in DHCP standalone authenticate mode, RADIUS uses the LAG
interface ID for the Nas-Port-Id attribute.
•
nas-port-type—Includes RADIUS attribute 61, NAS-Port-Type
NOTE: For subscribers connected over the LAG interface in DHCP
standalone authenticate mode, RADIUS calculates the value of the
Nas-Port-Type attribute.
•
pppoe-description—Includes RADIUS attribute 26-24, Pppoe-Description
•
profile-service-description—Includes RADIUS attribute 26-53, Service-Description
•
tunnel-client-auth-id—Includes RADIUS attribute 90, Tunnel-Client-Auth-Id
•
tunnel-client-endpoint—Includes RADIUS attribute 66, Tunnel-Client-Endpoint
•
tunnel-interface-id—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-44,
Tunnel-Interface-ID
•
tunnel-medium-type—Includes RADIUS attribute 65, Tunnel-Medium-Type
•
tunnel-server-attributes—Excluded by default; includes all supported tunnel server
attributes; that is, the attributes of the tunnel client when PPP is terminated at the
LNS on the router
•
tunnel-server-auth-id—Includes RADIUS attribute 91, Tunnel-Server-Auth-Id
•
tunnel-server-endpoint—Includes RADIUS attribute 67, Tunnel-Server-Endpoint
•
tunnel-type—Includes RADIUS attribute 64, Tunnel-Type
•
upstream-calculated-qos-rate—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute
26-142, Upstream-Calculated-Qos-Rate
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
335
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Attributes available for Access-Request messages only:
•
access-loop-parameters—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-81,
L2c-Information
Attributes available for Acct-Start and Acct-Stop messages only:
336
•
acct-link-count—Includes RADIUS attribute 51, Acct-Link-Count
•
class—Includes RADIUS attribute 25, Class
•
ds-lite-tunnel-name —Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 144,
DS-Lite-Tunnel-Name; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages
when included in Acct-Stop messages
•
egress-policy-name—Includes RADIUS attribute 26-11, Egress-Policy-Name
•
framed-compression—Includes RADIUS attribute 13, Framed-Compression
•
framed-ip-netmask—Includes RADIUS attribute 9, Framed-IP-Netmask
•
framed-route—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 22, Framed-Route
•
ingress-policy-name—Includes RADIUS attribute 26-10, Ingress-Policy-Name
•
tunnel-assignment-id—Includes RADIUS attribute 82, Tunnel-Assignment-Id
•
tunnel-preference—Includes RADIUS attribute 83, Tunnel-Preference
•
ipv6-ingress-policy-name—Includes RADIUS attribute 26-106,
Ipv6-Ingress-Policy-Name; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages
when included in Acct-Stop messages
•
ipv6-egress-policy-name—Includes RADIUS attribute 26-107,
Ipv6-Egress-Policy-Name; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages
when included in Acct-Stop messages
•
pcp-server-name—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-165,
PCP-Server-Name; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages when
included in Acct-Stop messages
•
qos-profile-name—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-26,
QoS-Profile-Name; attribute automatically included in Interim-Acct messages when
included in Acct-Stop messages
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
NOTE:
• The QoS profile names configured through the SRC software and CLI
are not included in the RADIUS accounting messages. Only the profile
name received from the RADIUS server in the Access-Accept messages
is included in the RADIUS accounting messages.
•
The QoS profile name configured locally is not sent in the
authentication Access-Request messages.
•
The QoS profile name returned by the RADIUS server is sent in the
subsequent RADIUS accounting messages even after the QoS profile
name configured through RADIUS is overridden with the QoS profile
name configured through the CLI; this is a limitation.
Attributes available for Acct-Stop messages only:
•
•
delegated-ipv6-prefix—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 123,
Delegated-Ipv6-Prefix
•
The attribute value received from the RADIUS server in the Access-Accept message
is used in the accounting messages
•
When prefix delegation occurs, an immediate-update (if enabled) message, which
contains the delegated prefix information, is sent to the RADIUS server
•
When the prefix to be delegated to clients is obtained from the IPv6 local address
server and not the RADIUS server and the aaa dhcpv6-delegated-prefix
delegated-ipv6-prefix command is configured, the delegated prefix is sent to the
RADIUS server in this attribute in the immediate accounting, Acct-Stop, or
Interim-Acct messages
•
When the prefix to be delegated to clients is allocated from the IPv6 local address
server and the aaa dhcpv6-delegated-prefix delegated-ipv6-prefix command
is not configured, the delegated prefix is sent to the RADIUS server in the
Framed-Ipv6-Prefix attribute in the immediate accounting, Acct-Stop, or
Interim-Acct messages
•
For static interfaces, although the prefix configured using the CLI command is used
for DHCPv6 Prefix Delegation instead of the value returned by the RADIUS server,
the immediate accounting, Acct-Stop, or Interim-Acct messages contain the prefix
returned from the RADIUS server
•
If this attribute is not returned from the RADIUS server, the immediate accounting,
Acct-Stop, or Interim-Acct messages do not report this attribute
framed-ipv6-pool—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 100,
Framed-IPv6-Pool; the attribute value received from the RADIUS server in the
Access-Accept message is used in the accounting messages; if this attribute is
configured in the AAA domain map using the CLI and is not returned from RADIUS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
337
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
server, the Acct-Start, Acct-Stop, or Interim-Acct messages report the value
configured in the domain map
338
•
framed-ipv6-route—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 99,
Framed-IPv6-Route; the attribute value received from the RADIUS server in the
Access-Accept message is used in the accounting messages; when this attribute is
not returned from the RADIUS server in the Access-Accept message, the immediate
accounting, Acct-Stop, or Interim-Acct messages do not report this attribute
•
input-gigapkts—Includes RADIUS attribute 26-35, Acct-Input-Gigapackets
•
input-gigawords—Includes RADIUS attribute 52, Acct-Input-Gigawords
•
ipv6-accounting—Excluded by default; automatically included in Interim-Acct
messages when included in Acct-Stop messages; includes the following RADIUS
attributes:
•
IPv6-Acct-Input-Octets [26-151]
•
IPv6-Acct-Output-Octets [26-152]
•
IPv6-Acct-Input-Packets [26-153]
•
IPv6-Acct-Output-Packets [26-154]
•
IPv6-Acct-Input-Gigawords [26-155]
•
IPv6-Acct-Output-Gigawords [26-156]
•
ipv6-local-interface—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-46,
Ipv6-Local-Interface; the attribute value received from the RADIUS server in the
Access-Accept message is used in the accounting messages; if IPv6 local interface
is configured in the AAA domain map and is not returned from the RADIUS server,
the Acct-Start, Acct-Stop, or Interim-Acct messages report the value configured in
the domain map
•
ipv6-nd-ra-prefix—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-129,
Ipv6-NdRa-Prefix; the attribute value received from the RADIUS server in the
Access-Accept message is included in the accounting messages; for dynamic
interfaces, if the Ipv6-NdRa-Prefix attribute is configured in the profile and is not
returned from RADIUS server, this attribute is not included in the Acct-Start,
Acct-Stop, and Interim-Acct messages
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
NOTE: When you attempt to configure the Ipv6-NdRa-Prefix attribute
using the dynamic configuration manager (DCM) profile, the prefix is not
successfully configured and the subscriber does not come up. In this
scenario, the RADIUS server rejects the authentication request from the
subscriber and records an error message stating that address allocation
failed. However, if you attempt to configure the Ipv6-NdRa-Prefix
attribute using the RADIUS profile, the prefix is correctly configured and
the subscriber comes up successfully. This behavior is expected when
the DCM profile is used to configure the Ipv6-NdRa-Prefix attribute.
This scenario occurs when router advertisements are enabled in the DCM
profile and the RADIUS server returns only the Framed-Interface-Id
attribute. Because the AAA server requires one of the following attributes
to authenticate IPv6 subscribers, and none of these attributes are
returned from the RADIUS server, the logging in of subscribers fails:
•
Ipv6-NdRa-Prefix (VSA 26-129)
•
Framed-IPv6-Prefix (RADIUS IETF attribute 97)
•
Framed-IPv6-Route (RADIUS IETF attribute 99)
•
Framed-IPv6-Pool (RADIUS IETF attribute 100)
•
Delegated-IPv6-Prefix (RADIUS IETF attribute 123)
•
ipv6-primary-dns—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-47,
Ipv6-Primary-DNS; the attribute value received from the RADIUS server in the
Access-Accept message is used in the accounting messages; if the IPv6 primary
DNS server is configured in the AAA domain map and is not returned from the RADIUS
server, the Acct-Start, Acct-Stop, or Interim-Acct messages report the value
configured in the AAA domain map
•
ipv6-secondary-dns—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-48,
Ipv6-Secondary-DNS; the attribute value received from the RADIUS server in the
Access-Accept message is used in the accounting messages; if the IPv6 secondary
DNS server is configured in the AAA domain map and is not returned from the RADIUS
server, the Acct-Start, Acct-Stop, or Interim-Acct messages report the value
configured in the AAA domain map
•
ipv6-virtual-router—Excluded by default; includes RADIUS attribute 26-45,
Ipv6-Virtual-Router
•
The attribute value received from the RADIUS server in the Access-Accept message
is used in the accounting messages
•
If the IPv6 virtual router is configured in the AAA domain map and is not returned
from the RADIUS server, the Acct-Start, Acct-Stop, or Interim-Acct messages
report the value configured in the domain map
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
339
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
•
If IPv6 virtual router is not configured in the AAA domain map and is not returned
from the RADIUS server, it is not included in the Acct-Start message because the
value is not yet known
•
If the IPv6 virtual router context is configured from the profile, it is reported in the
immediate-update message for DHCPv6 prefix delegation
•
If you configure the default virtual router as the authentication virtual router for
the domain map using the ipv6-router-name command in Domain Map
Configuration Mode and the IPv6-Virtual-Router RADIUS VSA attribute [26-45]
is returned from the RADIUS server in the Access-Accept message, the IPv6 virtual
router context returned from the RADIUS server overrides the IPv6 virtual router
context configured in the AAA domain map. If you configure a nondefault virtual
router as the authentication virtual router for the AAA domain map and the
IPv6-Virtual-Router RADIUS VSA attribute [26-45] is returned from the RADIUS
server in the Access-Accept message, the IPv6 virtual router context in the AAA
domain map takes precedence over the IPv6 virtual router context returned from
the RADIUS server.
•
l2tp-ppp-disconnect-cause—Includes RADIUS attribute 26-51, Disconnect-Cause
•
output-gigapkts—Includes RADIUS attribute 26-36, Acct-Output-Gigapackets
•
output-gigawords—Includes RADIUS attribute 53, Acct-Output-Gigawords
Attributes available for Access-Request, Acct-Start, Acct-Stop, Acct-On, and Acct-Off
messages:
•
nas-identifier—Includes RADIUS attribute 32, NAS-Identifier
Attributes available for Access-Request, Acct-On, and Acct-Off messages:
•
acct-session-id—Includes RADIUS attribute 44, Acct-Session-Id; can be optionally
included in the change-of-authorization (CoA) message from the RADIUS server or
in the user login request if the packet mirroring operation is required; the
Acct-Session-Id VSA is used:
•
In the RADIUS-initiated CoA message to start the mirroring session when the user
is already logged in
•
As a trigger in user-initiated mirroring to identify the user whose traffic is to be
mirrored
Attributes available for Acct-Start, Acct-Stop, Acct-On, and Acct-Off messages:
•
event-timestamp—Includes RADIUS attribute 55, Event-Timestamp
Attributes available for Acct-On and Acct-Off messages only:
•
acct-authentic—Includes RADIUS attribute 45, Acct-Authentic
•
acct-delay-time—Includes RADIUS attribute 41, Acct-Delay-Time
Attributes available for Acct-Off messages only:
340
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
•
Mode
acct-terminate-cause—Includes RADIUS attribute 49, Acct-Terminate-Cause
•
access-request—Specifies RADIUS Access-Request messages
•
acct-on—Specifies RADIUS Acct-On messages
•
acct-off—Specifies RADIUS Acct-Off messages
•
acct-start—Specifies RADIUS Acct-Start messages
•
acct-stop—Specifies RADIUS Acct-Stop messages
•
enable—Enables attribute inclusion
•
disable—Disables attribute inclusion; the attribute is excluded
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
341
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius include dsl-forum-attributes
Syntax
radius include dsl-forum-attributes
{ access-request | acct-start | acct-stop } { enable | disable }
no radius include dsl-forum-attributes { access-request | acct-start | acct-stop }
Release Information
Description
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.3.0.
Enables the inclusion of a set of DSL Forum vendor-specific attributes (VSAs) in
Access-Request, Acct-Start, or Acct-Stop messages that the router sends to RADIUS.
If you specify the Acct-Stop message, the router also includes the DSL Forum VSAs in
outgoing RADIUS Interim-Acct messages. The no version restores the default behavior,
which excludes the DSL Forum VSAs from these outgoing RADIUS messages.
If you enable the inclusion of DSL Forum VSAs in RADIUS messages, the router includes
all of the following DSL Forum VSAs in the specified message type, provided that the
VSA is available in the information that the router receives from the DSLAM.
Options
342
Agent-Circuit-Id [26-1]
Maximum-Data-Rate-Downstream [26-136]
Agent-Remote-Id [26-2]
Minimum-Data-Rate-Upstream-Low-Power
[26-137]
Actual-Data-Rate-Upstream [26-129]
Minimum-Data-Rate-Downstream-Low-Power
[26-138]
Actual-Data-Rate-Downstream [26-130]
Maximum-Interleaving-Delay-Upstream [26-139]
Minimum-Data-Rate-Upstream [26-131]
Actual-Interleaving-Delay-Upstream [26-140]
Minimum-Data-Rate-Downstream [26-132]
Maximum-Interleaving-Delay-Downstream [26-141]
Attainable-Data-Rate-Upstream [26-133]
Actual-Interleaving-Delay-Downstream [26-142]
Attainable-Data-Rate-Downstream
[26-134]
Access-Loop-Encapsulation [26-144]
Maximum-Data-Rate-Upstream [26-135]
IWF-Session [26-254]
•
access-request—Specifies RADIUS Access-Request messages
•
acct-start—Specifies RADIUS Acct-Start messages
•
acct-stop—Specifies RADIUS Acct-Stop messages and Interim-Acct messages
•
enable—Causes the router to include the DSL Forum VSAs, if available, in the specified
outgoing RADIUS message
•
disable—Causes the router to exclude the DSL Forum VSAs from the specified outgoing
RADIUS message; this is the default behavior
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
Mode
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
343
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius nas-identifier
Syntax
radius nas-identifier identifierValue
no radius nas-identifier
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
344
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the RADIUS client’s value for RADIUS attribute 32, NAS-Identifier. The no
version deletes the NAS-Identifier.
•
identifierValue—Number, in the range 1–64 characters; used in the NAS-Identifier
attribute for authentication and accounting requests
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius nas-port-format
Syntax
radius nas-port-format { 0ssssppp | ssss0ppp }
no radius nas-port-format
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the RADIUS client’s use of a specific format for RADIUS attribute 5, NAS-Port.
The NAS-Port format attribute is set only for ATM and Ethernet interfaces. The format
is a 4-octet integer in which only the bits representing slot and port are changed. The
remaining bits are not changed (8 bits VPI and 16 bits VCI; or 12 bits S-VLAN and 12 bits
VLAN). The no version removes the format.
NOTE: For subscribers connected over the link aggregation group (LAG)
interface in DHCP standalone authenticate mode, RADIUS derives a unique
value from the subscriber’s profileHandle and uses the value for the Nas-Port
attribute. You cannot use this command to change the value of the Nas-Port
attribute.
Options
Mode
•
0ssssppp—Sets the RADIUS client to use the 0ssssppp format where s is slot and p is
port
•
ssss0ppp—Sets the RADIUS client to use the ssss0ppp format where s is slot and p is
port
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
345
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius nas-port-format extended
Syntax
For ATM interfaces:
radius nas-port-format extended atm [ field-widths [ slot slotWidth ]
[ adapter adapterWidth ] [ port portWidth ] [ vpi vpiWidth ] [ vci vciWidth ] ]
no radius nas-port-format extended atm
For Gigabit and 10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces:
radius nas-port-format extended ethernet [ field-widths [ slot slotWidth ]
[ adapter adapterWidth ] [ port portWidth ] [ svlan svlanWidth ] [ vlan vlanWidth ] ]
no radius nas-port-format extended ethernet
Release Information
Description
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the RADIUS client’s use of an extended format for RADIUS attribute 5,
NAS-Port, on ATM, Gigabit Ethernet, and 10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces on the E120
router and the E320 router. If you do not set the extended format for E120 or E320 routers,
the RADIUS client uses the default format set through the radius nas-port-format
command, which does not accommodate the number of bits required by the ATM interface
specifier slot/adapter/port/vpi/vci or the Gigabit Ethernet and 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface
specifier [ slot/adapter/port ] [ .vlanSubinterface ] on E120 and E320 routers. Issuing this
command enables you to encode the interface information in the attribute by specifying
the number of bits available for each field in the interface specifier. The no version removes
the format.
NOTE:
Options
346
•
You must use this command with the extended keyword when you configure
the NAS-Port format attribute on routers that have line modules that
support more than seven physical ports.
•
If you do not specify a value for a field, the number of bits is set to 0. The
total number of bits for all fields cannot exceed 32. When the total number
of bits is less than 32, the NAS-Port attribute is right-justified and the extra
bits are set to 0.
•
field-widths—Configures the width of the fields in the NAS-Port attribute
•
slotWidth—Number of bits for the slot field; default value is 5
•
adapterWidth—Number of bits for the adapter field; default value is 0
•
portWidth—Number of bits for the port field; default value is 3
•
vpiWidth—Number of bits for the VPI subinterface field on ATM interfaces; default
value is 8
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
•
vciWidth—Number of bits for the VCI subinterface field on ATM interfaces; default
value is 16
•
svlanWidth—Number of bits for the S-VLAN subinterface field on Gigabit Ethernet and
10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces; default value is 12
NOTE: You must include S-VLAN IDs in the NAS-Port attribute by issuing
the radius vlan nas-port-format stacked command for setting valid S-VLAN
widths.
•
Mode
vlanWidth—Number of bits for the VLAN subinterface field on Gigabit Ethernet and
10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces; default value is 12
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
347
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius override calling-station-id remote-circuit-id
Syntax
radius override calling-station-id remote-circuit-id
no radius override calling-station-id
Release Information
Description
Mode
348
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures RADIUS to override the standard use of the Calling-Station-Id [31] RADIUS
attribute and instead use the PPPoE remote circuit ID transmitted from a DSLAM device.
The no version restores the default Calling-Station-Id value, which is the telephone
number from which the call originated.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius override nas-info
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] radius override nas-info
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the RADIUS client for a virtual router context to override the standard use of
the NAS-IP-Address [4] and NAS-Identifier [32] attributes when the client performs AAA
broadcast accounting. Normally, AAA accounting packets include the NAS-IP-Address
and NAS-Identifier attributes of the virtual router that generates the accounting
information. However, this command specifies that the broadcast accounting packets
instead include the authenticating virtual router’s NAS-IP-Address and NAS-Identifier
attributes. The no version restores the standard use of the two attributes in AAA
accounting information.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
349
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius override nas-ip-addr tunnel-client-endpoint
Syntax
radius override nas-ip-addr tunnel-client-endpoint
no radius override nas-ip-addr
Release Information
Description
Mode
350
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the RADIUS client (LNS) to override the standard use of the NAS-IP-Address
[4] RADIUS attribute and instead use the tunnel-client-endpoint (LAC) IP address. The
no version restores the default address.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius override nas-port-id remote-circuit-id
Syntax
radius override nas-port-id remote-circuit-id
no radius override nas-port-id
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures RADIUS to override the standard use of the NAS-Port-Id [87] RADIUS attribute
and instead use the PPPoE remote circuit ID transmitted from a DSLAM device. The no
version restores the default NAS-Port-Id value, which is the physical interface of the
network access server (NAS) that is authenticating the user.
NOTE: For subscribers connected over the link aggregation group (LAG)
interface in DHCP standalone authenticate mode, RADIUS uses the LAG
interface ID for the Nas-Port-Id attribute.
Mode
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
351
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius per-profile-attr-list
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
352
[ no ] radius per-profile-attr-list profileName
Command introduced in JunosE Release 12.1.0.
Creates a new RADIUS per-profile attribute list and puts the E Series router into
RADIUS-Profile Configuration mode. The no version removes the configured RADIUS
per-profile attribute list. By default, no attribute list is configured.
•
profileName—Name of the RADIUS per-profile; string of up to 32 characters
Global Configuration
•
RADIUS Per-Profile Attribute List Configuration Overview
•
radius include on page 332
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius per-profile-attr-list (For Global Configuration)
Syntax
radius per-profile-attr-list profileName request-type { access-request | acct-start |
acct-stop } { enable | disable } attributes [ attributeName ]*
[ no ] radius per-profile-attr-list profileName
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
Command introduced in JunosE Release 12.1.0.
Allows the user to configure a RADIUS per-profile list with attributes. The no version
removes the configured RADIUS per-profile attribute list. By default, no attribute list is
configured.
•
profileName—Name of the RADIUS per-profile; string of up to 32 characters
•
access-request—Configures RADIUS to include the attribute in Access-Request packets
•
acct-start—Configures RADIUS to include the attribute in Acct-Start packets
•
acct-stop—Configures RADIUS to include the attribute in Acct-Stop packets and
Acct-Update message
•
enable—Includes the attribute in the request packets
•
disable—Excludes the attribute in the request packets
•
attributeName—The following RADIUS attributes can be specified:
•
calling-station-id
•
override-nas-ip-addr
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
Global Configuration
•
RADIUS Per-Profile Attribute List Configuration Overview
•
radius include on page 332
•
radius override nas-ip-addr tunnel-client-endpoint on page 350
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
353
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius-perprofilelist-name
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
354
[ no | default ] radius-perprofilelist-name [ perProfileName ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 12.1.0.
Allows the user to attach RADIUS per-profile name in an AAA profile. The no version
restores the default value. By default, the profile name is not configured.
•
perProfileName—Name of RADIUS per-profile; string of up to 32 characters
AAA Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius pppoe nas-port-format unique
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] radius pppoe nas-port-format unique
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Allows the E Series RADIUS client to use a unique value for the NAS-Port attribute for
subscribers on PPPoE interfaces. The router derives the unique value from the subscriber’s
profileHandle. The no version restores the default value, determined by the interface.
NOTE: For subscribers connected over the link aggregation group (LAG)
interface in DHCP standalone authenticate mode, RADIUS derives a unique
value from the subscriber’s profileHandle and uses the value for the Nas-Port
attribute. You cannot use this command to change the value of the Nas-Port
attribute.
Mode
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
355
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius pre-authentication server
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
356
[ no ] radius pre-authentication server ipAddress
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Specifies the IP address of a RADIUS preauthentication server and accesses RADIUS
Configuration mode. The no version deletes the instance of the RADIUS preauthentication
server.
•
ipAddress—IP address of the server
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius relay server
Syntax
radius relay { authentication | accounting } server
no radius relay [ { authentication | accounting } server ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures a RADIUS relay authentication or accounting server, and enters RADIUS Relay
Configuration mode. The no version deletes all RADIUS relay servers or the specific
authentication or accounting server.
•
authentication—Configure the RADIUS relay authentication server
•
accounting—Configure the RADIUS relay accounting server
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
357
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius relay udp-checksum
Syntax
radius relay udp-checksum { enable | disable }
no radius relay udp-checksum
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
358
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables or disables UDP checksum for RADIUS relay packets on virtual routers that you
configure for B-RAS. The no version restores the default value, enable.
•
enable—Enables UDP checksum
•
disable—Disables UDP checksum
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius remote-circuit-id-delimiter
Syntax
radius remote-circuit-id-delimiter delimiter
no radius remote-circuit-id-delimiter
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the delimiter character that sets off components in the PPPoE remote circuit
ID value sent from a DSLAM and captured on the router. The no version restores the
default delimiter character, #.
•
delimiter—Special character (for example, ! or %) to set off components in the PPPoE
remote circuit ID value captured from a DSLAM; the default delimiter character is #
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
359
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius remote-circuit-id-format
Syntax
radius remote-circuit-id-format { [ nas-identifier ] { agent-circuit-id | agent-remote-id |
agent-circuit-id agent-remote-id } | dsl-forum-1 }
no radius remote-circuit-id format
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
360
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
dsl-forum-1 keyword added in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Specifies the format of the PPPoE remote circuit ID value sent from a DSLAM and captured
on the router. You can format the PPPoE remote circuit ID value to include either or both
of the agent-circuit-ID (suboption 1) and agent-remote-id (suboption 2) suboptions of
the DHCP relay agent information option (option 82) or the PPPoE intermediate agent
tags, with or without the NAS-Identifier [32] RADIUS attribute. The no version restores
the default format, agent-circuit-id.
•
nas-identifier—Formats the PPPoE remote circuit ID value to include the NAS-Identifier
[32] RADIUS attribute with either or both of the agent-circuit-id and agent-remote-id
suboptions. If you include the nas-identifier keyword, you must also include either or
both of the agent-circuit-id and agent-remote-id keywords.
•
agent-circuit-id—Formats the PPPoE remote circuit ID value to include only the
agent-circuit-id suboption; this is the default format
•
agent-remote-id—Formats the PPPoE remote circuit ID value to include only the
agent-remote-id suboption
•
agent-circuit-id agent-remote-id—Formats the PPPoE remote circuit ID value to include
both the agent-circuit-id and agent-remote-id suboptions
•
dsl-forum-1—Formats the PPPoE remote circuit ID value to append the agent-circuit-id
suboption value to an interface specifier that is consistent with the recommended
format in the DSL Forum Technical Report (TR)-101—Migration to Ethernet-Based DSL
Aggregation (April 2006).
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius rollover-on-reject
Syntax
radius rollover-on-reject { enable | disable }
no radius rollover-on-reject
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
On a virtual router, specifies whether the router should roll over to the next RADIUS server
when the router receives an access-reject message for the user it is authenticating. The
no version restores the default value, disable.
•
enable—Specifies the feature
•
disable—Disables the feature; this is the default setting
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
361
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius route-download server
Syntax
[ no ] radius route-download server ipAddress
Release Information
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Description
Options
Mode
362
Specifies the IP address of a RADIUS server that downloads routes and puts the E Series
router into RADIUS Configuration mode. The no version deletes the instance of the
RADIUS route-download server.
•
ipAddress—IP address of the RADIUS server
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius trap acct-server-not-responding
Syntax
radius trap acct-server-not-responding { enable | disable }
no radius trap acct-server-not-responding
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables or disables SNMP traps when a RADIUS accounting server fails to respond to a
RADIUS accounting request. The no version restores the default, disable.
•
enable—Specifies the feature
•
disable—Disables the feature; this is the default setting
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
363
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius trap acct-server-responding
Syntax
radius trap acct-server-responding { enable | disable }
no radius trap acct-server-responding
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
364
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables or disables SNMP traps when a RADIUS accounting server returns to service
after being marked as unavailable. The no version restores the default, disable.
•
enable—Specifies the feature
•
disable—Disables the feature; this is the default setting
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius trap auth-server-not-responding
Syntax
radius trap auth-server-not-responding { enable | disable }
no radius trap auth-server-not-responding
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables or disables SNMP traps when a RADIUS authentication server fails to respond
to a RADIUS Access-Request message. The no version restores the default, disable.
•
enable—Specifies the feature
•
disable—Disables the feature; this is the default setting
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
365
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius trap auth-server-responding
Syntax
radius trap auth-server-responding { enable | disable }
no radius trap auth-server-responding
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
366
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables or disables SNMP traps when a RADIUS authentication server returns to service
after being marked as unavailable. The no version restores the default, disable.
•
enable—Specifies the feature
•
disable—Disables the feature; this is the default setting
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius trap no-acct-server-responding
Syntax
radius trap no-acct-server-responding { enable | disable }
no radius trap no-acct-server-responding
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables or disables SNMP traps when all the configured RADIUS accounting servers per
VR fail to respond to a RADIUS accounting request. The no version restores the default,
disable.
•
enable—Specifies the feature
•
disable—Disables the feature; this is the default setting
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
367
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius trap no-auth-server-responding
Syntax
radius trap no-auth-server-responding { enable | disable }
no radius trap no-auth-server-responding
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
368
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables or disables SNMP traps when all the configured RADIUS authentication servers
per VR fail to respond to a RADIUS Access-Request message. The no version restores
the default, disable.
•
enable—Specifies the feature
•
disable—Disables the feature; this is the default setting
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius tunnel-accounting
Syntax
radius tunnel-accounting { enable | disable }
no radius tunnel-accounting
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables or disables tunnel accounting. The no version restores the default value, disable.
•
enable—Specifies the feature
•
disable—Disables the feature; this is the default setting
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
369
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius udp-checksum
Syntax
radius udp-checksum { enable | disable }
no radius udp-checksum
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
370
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables or disables UDP checksum for RADIUS packets on virtual routers that you
configure for B-RAS. The no version restores the default value, enable.
•
enable—Specifies the feature; this is the default setting
•
disable—Disables the feature
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
radius update-source-addr
Syntax
radius update-source-addr sourceAddr
no radius update-source-addr
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies an alternate source IP address for the router to use rather than the default
router ID. The no version deletes the alternate address, and the router uses the router ID.
•
sourceAddr—Source address of the RADIUS client
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
371
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
radius vlan nas-port-format stacked
Syntax
radius vlan nas-port-format stacked
no radius vlan nas-port-format
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the RADIUS NAS-Port attribute to include the S-VLAN ID, in addition to the
VLAN ID, for subscribers on Ethernet interfaces. The no version restores the default
situation, which does not include the S-VLAN ID.
NOTE: For subscribers connected over the link aggregation group (LAG)
interface in DHCP standalone authenticate mode, RADIUS derives a unique
value from the subscriber’s profileHandle and uses the value for the Nas-Port
attribute. You cannot use this command to change the value of the Nas-Port
attribute.
Mode
372
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
range
Syntax
range minimumParameterValue maximumParameterValue
no range
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Assigns a range of minimum and maximum values to a specific QoS parameter definition.
QoS clients can specify only values within this range when creating QoS parameter
instances. The no version removes the range from the QoS parameter definition.
•
minimumParameterValue—Minimum parameter value, in the range 0–2147483647
•
maximumParameterValue—Maximum parameter value, in the range 0–2147483647
QoS Parameter Definition
•
Configuring a Basic Parameter Definition for QoS Administrators
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
373
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
rate-limit-profile
Syntax
To create or modify a rate-limit profile:
[ no ] profileType rate-limit-profile profileName [ rateLimitType ]
To specify a rate-limit profile in a policy in classifier-group mode:
[ no ] [ suspend ] rate-limit-profile profileName
To create a hierarchical rate-limit profile:
[ no ] rate-limit-profile profileName [ two-rate | one-rate ] hierarchical
To specify a rate-limit for an external parent group:
rate-limit-profile profileName
no rate-limit-profile
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
hierarchical keyword added in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Parent Group Configuration mode added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
From Global Configuration mode, creates a rate-limit profile and enters Rate Limit Profile
Configuration mode. The no version deletes the rate-limit profile.
From Classifier Group Configuration mode, creates a rate-limit profile rule in a policy list.
The no version removes a rate-limit profile from a policy list; the suspend version suspends
the rule; the no suspend resumes a suspended rule.
NOTE: The Classifier Group Configuration mode version of the
rate-limit-profile command replaces the Policy List Configuration mode
version, which may be removed completely in a future release.
From Parent Group Configuration mode, creates a parent group in a hierarchy.
The hierarchical keyword creates a hierarchical rate limit. The no version removes a
hierarchical rate-limit profile.
Options
Mode
374
•
profileType—ip, ipv6, l2tp, or mpls; for backward compatibility, if you do not specify a
profile type, the router creates an IP profile
•
profileName—Name of the rate-limit profile
•
rateLimitType—One-rate or two-rate
Classifier Group Configuration, Global Configuration, Parent Group Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
Related
Documentation
•
Policy Rule Precedence
•
Creating a One-Rate Rate-Limit Profile
•
Creating a Two-Rate Rate-Limit Profile
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
375
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
rate-period
Syntax
rate-period ratePeriod
no rate-period
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
376
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the length of time during which statistics are logged. The no version deletes
the rate period and results in no statistics being gathered.
•
ratePeriod—Number of seconds in the range 1–43200
Statistics Profile Configuration
•
Configuring Rate Statistics
•
Configuring Event Statistics
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
rd
Syntax
Release Information
Description
rd distinguisher
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the unique two-part route distinguisher for a VRF. You must specify a route
distinguisher for a VRF. Otherwise, the VRF will not operate. After you have configured
the route distinguisher, you can change it only by removing and recreating the VRF.
There is no no version.
Options
Mode
•
distinguisher—Unique two-part identifier in the format number1:number2
•
number1—AS number or an IP address
•
number2—Unique integer; 32 bits if number1 is an AS number; 16 bits if number1 is an
IP address
VRF Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
377
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
reaction-factor
Syntax
reaction-factor reactionFactor
no reaction-factor
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
378
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Specifies the reaction factor for all simple shared shapers on the router. The reaction
factor determines how the shared shaper reacts to changes in the measured rate. The
no version removes the specified reaction factor from all simple shared shapers on the
router.
•
reaction-factor—Percentage in the range 0–1000; default value is 200
QoS Shared Shaper Control Configuration
•
Configuring Simple Shared Shaper Algorithm Variables
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
receive-interface
Syntax
receive-interface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier
no receive-interface
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the interface on which the RTR probe expects to receive responses. You must
set this attribute when multiple RTR entries are configured to use the same target address.
Specifying a receiving interface enables the router to map incoming RTR responses to
the proper RTR entry, even when multiple RTR entries have the same target address.
The no version restores the default value, which is to receive a response on any interface.
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
RTR Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
379
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
receive version
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
380
[ no ] receive version [ 1 ] [ 2 ] [ off ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Restricts the RIP version that the router can receive on a RIP remote-neighbor interface.
The no version sets the remote-neighbor interface back to the default value, receiving
both RIP version 1 and version 2.
•
1—Specifies RIP version 1 only
•
2—Specifies RIP version 2 only
•
off—Turns reception off
Remote Neighbor Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
receive-window
Syntax
receive-window receiveWindowSize
no receive-window
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the L2TP receive window size (RWS) for a tunnel on the LAC (in Domain Map
Tunnel Configuration and Tunnel Group Tunnel Configuration modes) or on the LNS (in
L2TP Destination Profile Host Configuration mode). The RWS is the number of packets
that the peer can transmit without receiving an acknowledgment from the router. The
no version reverts to the systemwide RWS setting configured with the l2tp tunnel
default-receive-window command.
•
receiveWindowSize—Tunnel receive window size, in packets; currently, the only
supported value is 4
Domain Map Tunnel Configuration, L2TP Destination Profile Host Configuration, Tunnel
Group Tunnel Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
381
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
redistribute
Syntax
The options available vary depending on the routing protocol context; that is, on whether
you are configuring BGP, DVMRP, IS-IS, OSPF, or RIP.
For BGP:
redistribute { fromProtocol | [ ospf match internal [ external [ 1 | 2 ] ] |
ospf match external [ 1 | 2 ] [ internal ] ] } [ metric absoluteValue |
route-map mapTag | weight wtValue ]*
no redistribute { fromProtocol | [ ospf match internal [ external [ 1 | 2 ] ] |
ospf match external [ 1 | 2 ] [ internal ] ] } [ metric [ absoluteValue ] |
route-map [ mapTag ] | weight [ wtValue ] ]*
For DVMRP:
[ no ] redistribute fromProtocol [ route-map mapTag ]
For IS-IS:
redistribute { fromProtocol | static ip |
[ ospf match internal [ external [ 1 | 2 ] ] |
ospf match external [ 1 | 2 ] [ internal ] ] } [ level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 |
metric absoluteValue | metric-type { external | internal } |
route-map mapTag ]*
no redistribute { fromProtocol | static ip |
[ ospf match internal [ external [ 1 | 2 ] ] |
ospf match external [ 1 | 2 ] [ internal ] ] } [ level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 |
metric [ absoluteValue ] | metric-type [ external | internal ] | route-map [ mapTag ] ]*
For OSPFv2:
redistribute { fromProtocol | ospf match internal }
[ metric-type { 1 | 2 } | metric absoluteValue | route-map mapTag | tag tagValue ]*
no redistribute { fromProtocol | ospf match internal }
[ metric-type [ 1 | 2 ] | metric [ absoluteValue ] | route-map [ mapTag ] |
tag [ tagValue ] ]*
redistribute ospf
{ match internal external [ 1 | 2 ] | match external [ 1 | 2 ] [ internal ] }
[ metric absoluteValue | route-map mapTag | tag tagValue ]*
no redistribute ospf
{ match internal external [ 1 | 2 ] | match external [ 1 | 2 ] [ internal ] }
[ metric [ absoluteValue ] | route-map [ mapTag ] | tag [ tagValue ] ]*
For OSPFv3:
redistribute { fromProtocol | ospf match internal } | metric-type { 1 | 2 }
382
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
[ metric absoluteValue | tag tagValue | route-map mapTag ]*
no redistribute { fromProtocol | ospf match internal } | metric-type [ 1 | 2 ]
[ metric [ absoluteValue ] | tag [ tagValue ] | route-map [ mapTag ] ]*
[ no ] redistribute ospf
{ match internal external [ 1 | 2 ] | match external [ 1 | 2 ] [ internal ] }
[ metric [ absoluteValue ] | route-map [ mapTag ] | tag [ tagValue ] ]*
For RIP:
redistribute { fromProtocol | ospf match internal [ external [ 1 | 2 ] ] |
ospf match external [ 1 | 2 ] [ internal ] } [ metric absoluteValue |
route-map mapTag ]*
no redistribute { fromProtocol | ospf match internal } [ external [ 1 | 2 ] ] |
ospf match external [ 1 | 2 ] [ internal ] } [ metric [ absoluteValue ] |
route-map [ mapTag ] ]*
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Redistributes routes from one routing domain into another routing domain. For DVMRP,
only routes that appear in the RPF table can be redistributed. The no version ends
redistribution of information.
•
•
fromProtocol—Source protocol from which routes are being redistributed; default value
is no source protocol defined
•
access—Redistributes access-server routes (framed routes sourced by AAA)
•
access-internal—Redistributes internal host routes to directly connected clients
•
bgp—Routes sourced from BGP protocol
•
connected—Routes that are established automatically when IP is enabled on an
interface (non-multicast routing protocols). For routing protocols such as OSPF and
IS-IS, these routes are redistributed as external to the AS. When you specify the
connected keyword, only those connected networks that are configured on an
interface that is not configured to run IS-IS will be redistributed. For DVMRP, specifying
this keyword redistributes routes that are established automatically in the RPF table
when another multicast routing protocol, such as PIM, is enabled on an interface.
•
dvmrp—Routes sourced from DVMRP
•
isis—Routes sourced from IS-IS
•
ospf—Routes sourced from OSPF
•
rip—Routes sourced from RIP
•
static—Redistributes static routes
static ip—Redistributes static routes for IS-IS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
383
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
•
ospf match—Determines what type(s) of routes to redistribute from OSPF; all OSPF
routes are redistributed if you do not specify a type
•
internal—Redistributes OSPF internal routes
•
external 1—Redistributes OSPF external routes of metric-type 1
•
external 2—Redistributes OSPF external routes of metric-type 2
•
absoluteValue—Metric that is applied to all routes from the source protocol, in the
range 0–4294967295; in BGP this value is the MED, which defaults to the IGP metric
of the redistributed route
•
mapTag—String of up to 32 alphanumeric characters that specifies a route map applied
to all routes from the source protocol; all routes are redistributed if you do not specify
a route map
•
wtValue—Administrative weight (relative importance) for routes redistributed into the
protocol; a number, in the range 0–65535
•
level-1—Specifies the redistribution of routes into only IS-IS level 1
•
level-1-2—Specifies the redistribution of routes into both IS-IS level 1 and level 2
•
level-2—Specifies the redistribution of routes into only IS-IS level 2; this is the default
behavior
•
metric-type—Specifies the OSPF or IS-IS metric type for all routes from the source
protocol
For routes redistributed into IS-IS:
•
metric-type external—Only the metric of the route itself is considered for comparison
•
metric-type internal—Both the metric of the route and the cost to the router that
advertised the route are considered for comparison; this is the IS-IS default
For routes redistributed into OSPF:
Mode
384
•
metric-type 1—Cost of the external routes is equal to the sum of all internal costs
and the external cost
•
metric-type 2—Cost of the external routes is equal to the external cost alone; this is
the OSPF default
•
tagValue—Tag that is applied to all routes from the source protocol, in the range
0–4294967295
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
redistribute isis
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no] redistribute isis from { level-1 into level-2 | level-2 into level-1 }
route-map mapTag
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Redistributes IPv6 routes from one IS-IS routing level into the other. The no version ends
the redistribution.
•
level-1—Specifies the redistribution of routes from or into IS-IS level 1
•
level-2—Specifies the redistribution of routes from or into IS-IS level 2
•
mapTag—String of up to 32 alphanumeric characters specifying the route map applied
to all routes from the source protocol; if you do not specify a route map, all routes are
redistributed
Address Family Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
385
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
redistribute isis ip
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
386
[ no ] redistribute isis ip { level-1 into level-2 | level-2 into level-1 }
{ distribute-list accessListName | route-map mapTag }
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Redistributes routes from one IS-IS routing level into the other. You must specify either
an IP access list or a route map to define the IS-IS routes to be redistributed. The no
version ends the redistribution.
•
level-1—Specifies the redistribution of routes from or into IS-IS level 1
•
level-2—Specifies the redistribution of routes from or into IS-IS level 2
•
accessListName—String of up to 32 alphanumeric characters specifying the IP access
list used to filter routes between levels
•
mapTag—String of up to 32 alphanumeric characters specifying the route map applied
to all routes from the source protocol; if you do not specify a route map, all routes are
redistributed
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
red-mark
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
[ no ] red-mark colorMarkValue
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Applies ToS mark value to red packets, which can be from policy actions, earlier policies,
or rate-limit hierarchies. The no version deletes the ToS mark value.
•
colorMarkValue—Value of the ToS mark to be applied, in the range 0–255
Color Mark Profile Configuration
•
Hierarchical Rate Limits Overview
•
Policy Rule Precedence
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
387
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
redundancy
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
388
redundancy
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables redundancy configuration mode. There is no no version.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
redundancy force-switchover
Syntax
Release Information
Description
redundancy force-switchover { slotNumber | srp }
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Forces the router to switch from the primary line module in the specified slot or the primary
SRP module to the spare line module or SRP module. This command overrides the
redundancy lockout command. With the srp option, the command is equivalent to the
srp switch command. There is no no version.
NOTE: This command replaces the redundancy force-failover command,
which has been deprecated.
Options
Mode
•
slotNumber—Number of the slot in which the primary line module resides
•
srp—Indicates that the router should switch from the active to the standby SRP module
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
389
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
redundancy lockout
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
390
[ no ] redundancy lockout slotNumber
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Prevents the router from switching automatically to a spare line module if the primary
module fails on a slot. The no version reverts to the default situation, in which the router
switches automatically to a spare line module if the primary module fails on a slot. The
redundancy force-switchover command overrides this command.
•
slotNumber—Number of the slot in which the primary line module resides
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
redundancy revert
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] redundancy revert slotNumber
[ startTime [ [ startMonth startDay | startDay startMonth ] startYear ] ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Forces the router to revert to the primary line module in the specified slot. If you specify
a time or time and date, reversion occurs when the primary line module becomes available
after that time. Otherwise, reversion occurs immediately. Issuing this command causes
reversion once; after reboot, the router returns to the settings configured in the software.
The no version has no effect.
•
slotNumber—Number of the slot in which the primary line module resides
•
startTime—Time, in 24-hour format (00:00:00), at which the router reverts to this line
module
•
startMonth—Name of the month in which the router reverts to this line module
•
startDay—Day of the month on which the router reverts to this line module
•
startYear—Four-digit year in which the router reverts to this line module
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
391
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
redundancy revertive
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
392
[ no ] redundancy revertive [ timeOfDay ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables the router to revert from spare line modules to available primary line modules
automatically. The no version reverts to the default situation, in which there is no
automatic reversion from spare to primary line modules.
•
timeOfDay—Time, in 24-hour format (00:00:00), at which the router reverts to the
available primary line modules every day
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
redundant-port
Syntax
To specify a member interface with optional failover timeout and packet sampling
settings:
[ no ] redundant-port interfaceType interfaceSpecifier [ [ failover timeout
failoverTime ] [ packet-sampling [ delay delayTime ] ] ]
To specify a member interface with optional auto-reversion, transmitter, and failover
timeout settings:
[ no ] redundant-port interfaceType interfaceSpecifier [ [ auto-revert ] [ transmitter { on
| off } ] [ failover timeout failoverTime ] ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Specifies a member link of a LAG bundle as redundant. The no version disables the
redundant status of the member link or disables the specified redundancy setting for the
member link.
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
failoverTime—Time between the current link event leading to failover or reversion and
the previous link failover or reversion, in the range 100-10000 milliseconds (ms). The
default value is 1000 milliseconds.
•
packet-sampling—Enables packet sampling to determine a failed port. By default,
packet sampling is disabled.
•
delayTime—Minimum time difference between redundant and active port samples, in
the range 100–10000 milliseconds (ms). The default value is 0 millisecond.
•
auto-revert—Specifies that the failed port automatically resumes as active. By default,
auto revert is disabled.
•
transmitter—Enable or disable the transmitter when in redundant mode
•
on—Enabling the transmitter provides for a quick LAG failover in the event one of
the non-redundant links in the LAG fail. This is particularly true when LACP has been
enabled on the LAG, because it can take several seconds for LACP to converge on
a link
•
off—Disabling the transmitter enables the remote end of the redundant link to also
be in the operational Down state, which might be a requirement for third-party
equipment when supporting redundancy over LAG
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
393
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
redundant-port force-failover
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
394
redundant-port interfaceType interfaceSpecifier [ force-failover ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Specifies a member link of a LAG bundle to fail over when more than one active member
link exists. There is no no version.
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
force-failover—Forces the specified port to fail over
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
reference-bandwidth
Syntax
reference-bandwidth refBandwidth
no reference-bandwidth
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Configures a reference bandwidth on which the default routing metric for an IS-IS interface
is based in the absence of a configured metric. The default metric is calculated as the
reference bandwidth divided by the interface’s bandwidth. The no version removes the
reference bandwidth.
•
refBandwidth—Number of bits per second, in the range 1000–1000000000000
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
395
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
reference-rate
Syntax
reference-rate refRate
no reference-rate
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
396
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Specifies the reference rate for the policy parameter. The no version sets the reference
rate to the default value.
•
refRate—Value of reference rate, in the range 0–4294967295, default value is 65536
Policy Parameter Configuration
•
Policy Rule Precedence
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
refresh-period
Syntax
refresh-period period
no refresh-period
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the timeout period in milliseconds between generation of RSVP refresh
messages. The no version restores the default value, 30000 milliseconds.
•
period—Interval from 0–4294967295
RSVP Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
397
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
relearn
Syntax
relearn { permit | deny }
no relearn
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Modifies the relearning subscriber policy for the subscriber (client) interfaces that belong
to a bridge group or to a VPLS instance. A bridge group or a VPLS instance learns the
addresses of network nodes by examining the MAC source address of every incoming
packet and creating an entry in the forwarding table that consists of the address and
associated interface where the packet was received. The relearn command defines
whether subscriber interfaces that belong to a bridge group or to a VPLS instance can
relearn a MAC address entry on a different interface from the one initially associated with
this entry in the forwarding table. The no version restores the default value, permit
relearning.
You cannot change the default subscriber policy values for trunk (server) interfaces that
belong to a bridge group or to a VPLS instance. You also cannot change the default
subscriber policy values for a VPLS virtual core interface, which acts as a trunk interface.
The VPLS virtual core interface represents all the MPLS tunnels from the router to the
remote VPLS edge (VE) devices.
Options
Mode
398
•
permit—Enables the subscriber interfaces that belong to a bridge group or to a VPLS
instance to relearn a MAC address entry on a different interface from the one initially
associated with this entry in the forwarding table
•
deny—Prevents the subscriber interfaces that belong to a bridge group or to a VPLS
instance from relearning a MAC address entry on a different interface from the one
initially associated with this entry in the forwarding table; with this option, the interface
waits until the entry expires from the forwarding table to relearn it on the new interface
Subscriber Policy Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
reload
Syntax
Release Information
Description
reload [ reason | force [ reason ] | in inTime [ reason ] |
at atTime [ month day | day month ] [ reason ] | cancel | standby-srp ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Reloads the operating system in the designated interval or at the designated time. There
is no no version.
NOTE: Reloading the standby SRP module causes high availability to be
temporarily disabled until the standby SRP module reloads and
resynchronizes with the active SRP module.
Options
Mode
•
reason—Reason for the reload (1–255 characters long)
•
force—Prompts for confirmation to reboot if the router is in certain states, such as
during the synchronization of SRP modules, that could lead to a loss of configuration
data or an NVS corruption.
•
inTime—Interval in minutes or hours and minutes ([ hh: ] mm) at the end of which the
operating system is reloaded. If the router is in a state at that time that could lead to
a loss of configuration data or an NVS corruption, the reload is automatically delayed
for one minute, up to five times. If the router cannot reload on its sixth attempt, the
scheduled reload fails.
•
atTime—Time (hh:mm using a 24-hour clock) at which the software is reloaded. If you
specify the month and day, the reload takes place at the specified time and date. If
you do not specify the month and day, the reload takes place at the specified time on
the current day (if the specified time is later than the current time) or on the next day
(if the specified time is earlier than the current time). Specifying 00:00 schedules the
reload for midnight. If the router is in a state at that time that could lead to a loss of
configuration data or an NVS corruption, the reload is automatically delayed for one
minute, up to five times. If the router cannot reload on its sixth attempt, the scheduled
reload fails.
•
month—Name of the month (any number of characters in a unique string)
•
day—Number of the day of the month, in the range 1–31
•
cancel—Cancels a scheduled reload
•
standby-srp—Reloads the standby SRP module without having to look up its slot
number to use with the reload slot command
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
399
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
reload slot
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
reload slot slotNumber [ subsystem ] [ force ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Reboot the module in the selected slot. You can reboot the subsystems on the SRP
modules on the E120 router or the E320 router separately. There is no no version.
•
slotNumber—Number of a selected slot in the router; for ERX7xx models, a number, in
the range 0–6; for ERX14xx models, a number, in the range 0–13; for the ERX310 router,
a number, in the range 0–2; for E120 and E320 routers, a number, in the range 0–16
•
subsystem—Type of subsystem on E120 and E320 routers; use when the specified
slotNumber is a slot that contains an SRP module
•
Mode
400
•
srp—Indicates the system controller (SC) on one or both SRP modules; specify this
keyword to reboot only the portion of the SC on the individual SRP module
•
fabric—Indicates the portion of the switch fabric on the SRP modules; specify this
keyword to reboot only an individual fabric slice
force—Prompts for confirmation to reboot if the router is in certain states, such as
during the synchronization of SRP modules, that could lead to a loss of configuration
data or an NVS corruption.
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
remote host
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] remote host { hostname | default }
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Defines an L2TP host profile. Accesses the L2TP Destination Profile Host Configuration
mode. The no version removes an L2TP host profile.
•
hostname—Name the LAC must supply in the hostname AVP of the receive SCCRQ;
can be up to 64 characters in length (no spaces)
•
default—Allows the LAC to use any hostname in the hostname AVP
L2TP Destination Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
401
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
remote-neighbor
Syntax
For OSPF:
[ no ] remote-neighbor ipAddress area { areaId | areaIdInt }
For PIM:
[ no ] remote-neighbor [ ipAddress | ipv6Address ] sparse-mode
For RIP:
[ no ] remote-neighbor ipAddress
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures an OSPF, PIM, or RIP remote neighbor. The no version removes the remote
neighbor and any attributes configured for the neighbor.
NOTE: For PIM, this command is typically used when you configure PIM
remote neighbors to run multicast services over BGP/MPLS VPNs. That
functionality is no longer supported.
Options
Mode
402
•
ipAddress—IPv4 address identifying the remote neighbor
•
areaId—OSPF area ID in IP address format
•
areaIdInt—OSPF area ID as a decimal value, in the range 0–4294967295
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address identifying the remote neighbor
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
rename
Syntax
Release Information
Description
rename [ sourcePath]sourceFilename [ destinationPath]destinationFilename
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
hostName and deviceName variables added in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Renames a local file. There is no no version.
NOTE: You cannot change the extension of a file, for example, from .mac to
.scr. See Renaming Files in the JunosE System Basics Configuration Guide for
detailed information on file type usage with the rename command.
Options
•
sourcePath—Path to the source in the format:
hostName: | deviceName: | /incoming/subdirectory/ | /outgoing/subdirectory/
•
hostName:—Name of the network host
•
deviceName:—Name of the device specifying a flash card slot
•
disk0—Specifies flash card slot 0 on the primary SRP module; if no device is specified
for the primary SRP module, then disk0 is used
•
disk1—Specifies flash card slot 1 on the primary SRP module; source and destination
file types must be .dmp; supported only on the E120 router and the E320 router
•
standby—Specifies flash card slot 0 on the standby SRP module for backward
compatibility
•
standby-disk0—Specifies flash card slot 0 on the standby SRP module
•
standby-disk1—Specifies flash card slot 1 on the standby SRP module; source and
destination file types must be .dmp; supported only on E120 and E320 routers
•
incoming—Specifies the router’s incoming FTP directory
•
subdirectory—Name of a subdirectory on the router’s FTP server. If the subdirectory
does not exist, the router creates it.
•
outgoing—Specifies the router’s outgoing FTP directory
•
sourceFileName—File to rename
•
destinationPath—Path to the destination in the format:
networkPath | /incoming/subdirectory | /outgoing/subdirectory
•
networkPath—Path to the network host
•
incoming—Specifies the incoming router’s FTP directory
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
403
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
•
Mode
404
•
subdirectory—Name of a subdirectory on the router’s FTP server. If the subdirectory
does not exist, the router creates it.
•
outgoing—Specifies the router’s outgoing FTP directory
destinationFileName—New filename
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
request-data-size
Syntax
request-data-size requestSizeValue
no request-data-size
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets the request payload data size. The no version restores the default value.
•
requestSizeValue—Size of the data in bytes in the request packet’s payload; default
value is 1 byte
RTR Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
405
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
request-type
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
406
[ no | default ] request-type { access-request | acct-start | acct-stop }
Command introduced in JunosE Release 12.1.0.
Configures the RADIUS request message type. The no version restores the default value.
By default, the access request type is configured.
•
access-request—Configures RADIUS to include the attribute in Access-Request packets
•
acct-start—Configures RADIUS to include the attribute in Acct-Start packets
•
acct-stop—Configures RADIUS to include the attribute in Acct-Stop packets
RADIUS Per-Profile List Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
reserve
Syntax
reserve ipAddress macAddress
no reserve ipAddress
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
For DHCP local server clients, reserves an IP address for a specific MAC address. The no
version removes the reservation.
•
ipAddress—IP address to reserve
•
macAddress—MAC address for which the IP address is reserved.
DHCP Local Pool Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
407
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
reserve-bandwidth
Syntax
reserve-bandwidth { 90 | 80 | 50 }
no reserve-bandwidth
Release Information
Description
Command introduced in JunosE Release 11.2.0.
Directs the router to reserve a percentage of the total bandwidth for forwarding on a
shared server port. The remaining bandwidth is used for tunnel processing. The default
bandwidth percentage reserved for forwarding is 90. The no version reserves the default
percentage of the total bandwidth, 90.
NOTE: This command is supported only for the ES2 10G ADV LM when
configured in shared server mode. It is not supported on other line modules
that support tunnel server configuration.
Options
Mode
408
•
90—Sets the percentage of reservable bandwidth on a shared server port for forwarding
to 90. The remaining 10 percent is used for tunnel processing. This is the default option.
•
80—Sets the percentage of reservable bandwidth on a shared server port for forwarding
to 80. The remaining 20 percent is used for tunnel processing.
•
50—Sets the percentage of reservable bandwidth on a shared server port for forwarding
to 50. The remaining 50 percent is used for tunnel processing.
Tunnel Server Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
resource
Syntax
resource resourceValue
no resource
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the total number of triggers that the virtual router allows. The no version returns
the resource level to its default (50).
•
resourceValue—Total number of triggers , in the range 1–1000, that the virtual router
allows.
SNMP Server Event Manager Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
409
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
resource if-type
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] resource if-type { atm-active-sub-if | atm-sub-if | atm-vc | ip | ppp-link }
{ slot slot | system }
threshold { falling fallingValue | hold-down-time holdDownTime | rising
risingValue }
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies threshold values for specific interface types on a slot or systemwide basis. The
no version sets the threshold parameter to its default value (for rising, 90% of the
maximum value of the resource; for falling, 1% of the maximum value of the resource;
for hold-down time, 300 seconds).
CAUTION: Do not specify a falling value larger than the specified rising value;
do not specify a rising value smaller than the specified falling value.
Options
Mode
410
•
atm-active-sub-if—Configures active ATM subinterfaces
•
atm-sub-if—Configures both active and inactive ATM subinterfaces
•
atm-vc—Configures ATM virtual circuits
•
ip—Configures IP interfaces
•
ppp-link—Configures PPP link interfaces
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot in the range 0–2 (ERX310 model), 0–6 (ERX7xx
models), 0–13 (ERX14xx models), 0–5 (E120 router), and 0-16 (E320 router)
•
For ERX7xx models, a number in the range 0–6; for ERX14xx models, a number in the
range 0–13; for the ERX310 router, a number in the range 1–2; for the E120 router, a
number in the range 0–5; for the E320 router, a number in the range 0–16
•
fallingValue—Falling threshold for the resource, in the range 0–4294967295
•
holdDownTime—Hold-down time for the resource, in the range 0–4294967295 seconds
•
risingValue—Rising threshold for the resource, in the range 0–4294967295
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
resource threshold
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] resource threshold disable traps
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Disables the issuance of traps when the resource reaches a preset threshold. The no
version reenables traps for resource threshold conditions.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
411
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
restricted
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
412
[ no ] restricted interface restrictedInterfaceType interfaceSpecifier [ atmVpi | s-vlanIdValue
]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 9.2.0.
Configures an interface superset as restricted to a particular ATM-VPI or S-VLAN ID. The
no version deletes the restriction for the interface superset.
•
restrictedInterfaceType—One of the following restricted interface types: atm-vp,
fastEthernet, gigabitEthernet, svlan, tenGigabitEthernet
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
“Interface Types and Specifiers” on page 5
•
atmVpi—Virtual path identifier of this PVC; number in the range 0–255
•
s-vlanIdValue—S-VLAN ID number in the range 0–4095
QoS Interface Superset Configuration
•
Configuring Interface Supersets for QoS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
retransmit
Syntax
retransmit retries
no retransmit
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the maximum number of times a router retransmits a RADIUS packet to an
authentication or accounting server. The no version restores the default value.
•
retries—Number of retries, in the range 0–100; default value is 3
RADIUS Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
413
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
retransmit-interval
Syntax
retransmit-interval retransInterval
no retransmit-interval
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
414
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the time between LSA retransmissions for the OSPF remote-neighbor interface
when an acknowledgment for the LSA is not received. The no version restores the default
value.
•
retransInterval—Number of seconds, in the range 0–3600; default value is 5
Remote Neighbor Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
rib-out disable
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no | default ] rib-out disable
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Disables storage of routes to the Adj-RIBs-Out tables (disables rib-out) for all BGP peers.
Storage is disabled by default. The no version enables the route storage. The default
version removes the explicit global configuration for all peers and reestablishes inheritance
of the feature configuration.
NOTE: If you enable or disable rib-out globally and this action changes the
current configuration, all sessions are automatically bounced.
Mode
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
415
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
root proxy url
Syntax
root proxy url name
no root proxy url
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
416
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies your network’s HTTP proxy server, which can submit HTTP requests on the
E Series router’s behalf to retrieve the root CA certificate during online digital certificate
configuration. The no version removes the URL from the configuration.
•
name—Name of proxy server in the format http://server_ipaddress; 1 to 200 characters
IPSec CA Identity Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
route interface
Syntax
route interface tunnel lspName [ vc-id ] vcidValue [ groupID groupIdValue ]
[ control-word | no-control-word ] [ sequencing | no-sequencing ]
[ relay-format { ethernet | frame-relay | ppp | vlan | ethernet-raw-mode} ]
no route interface
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
control-word, no-control-word, no-sequencing, and vlan keywords added in JunosE
Release 7.1.0.
frame-relay keyword added in JunosE Release 9.1.0.
ethernet-raw-mode keyword added in JunosE Release 10.0.0.
Routes layer 2 traffic on a specified MPLS tunnel. You must issue this command in the
virtual router where the remote address can be reached; that is, in the virtual router
providing core connections. You cannot enter the command in a VRF. The no version
negates this command. See also the mpls-relay command.
NOTE: This command is supported for configuration on an ATM port (ATM
Adaptation Layer 5 [AAL5] over an ATM major interface). Before you can
specify VPI/VCI ranges and cell concatenation parameters on the ATM port
to enable transmission of multiple ATM virtual circuits over a single
pseudowire, you must associate the ATM port with the corresponding
pseudowire using the mpls-relay or router interface tunnel command. For
more information about the support for multiple VCs over a single pseudowire,
see Multiple ATM Virtual Circuits over a Single Pseudowire Overview in the
JunosE BGP and MPLS Configuration Guide
Options
•
lspName—Name of the MPLS LSP
•
vcidValue—Integer, in the range 1–4294967295, that identifies the virtual connection;
the two ends across the MPLS core must match inside each VC type
NOTE: The VLAN ID, DLCI, or ATM VPI/VCI are not related to the VC ID and
can be different on each end of the connection.
•
groupIdValue—Integer, in the range 0–4294967295, that identifies a group of virtual
connections
•
control-word—Indicates that the local preference is to use the control word for the
layer 2 packets encapsulated in MPLS packets sent to the remote PE router. The default
preference is determined by the interface stack on which the MPLS interface is stacked.
•
no-control-word—Indicates that the local preference is to not use the control word for
the layer 2 packets encapsulated in MPLS packets sent to the remote PE router. The
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
417
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
default preference is determined by the interface stack on which the MPLS interface
is stacked.
418
•
sequencing—Specifies that the local preference is to include nonzero sequence numbers
with the control word, enabling the remote PE to detect out-of-order packets; has no
effect if no control word is sent in the packets. The router always accepts zero sequence
numbers and checks the order of nonzero sequence numbers of MPLS packets received
from the remote PE; any out-of-order packets are dropped, regardless of whether
sequencing is configured.
•
no-sequencing—Specifies that the sequencing number in the control word is set to
zero, instructing the remote PE router not to attempt to detect out-of-order packets;
has no effect if no control word is sent in the packets
•
relay-format ethernet—Specifies that the router uses Ethernet signaling and
encapsulation, which causes the VLAN interface to appear as an Ethernet interface to
the other side of the connection; enables a VLAN interface on one side of an MPLS
tunnel to communicate with an Ethernet or a bridged Ethernet interface on the other
side of an MPLS tunnel. The VLAN tag is not included in the MPLS encapsulation. This
option is not available on serial or POS interfaces for HDLC layer 2 circuits. It is available
only on VLAN interfaces.
•
relay-format frame-relay—Specifies that the router uses legacy (pre-RFC 4619) Frame
Relay pseudowire type value for signaling and encapsulation. Enables a router running
JunosE Software that supports the pseudowire type value defined in RFC 4619,
Encapsulation methods for transport of Frame Relay over MPLS Networks, to
interoperate with a router that uses the legacy (pre-RFC 4619) pseudowire type value.
This option is available on serial or POS interfaces for Frame Relay layer 2 circuits. It
is not supported on E120 and E320 routers.
•
relay-format ppp—Specifies that the router uses VC-type PPP signaling and PPP
encapsulation instead of VC-type HDLC signaling and HDLC encapsulation. The router
uses VC-type HDLC signaling and HDLC encapsulation by default. This option is
available only on serial and POS interfaces for HDLC layer 2 circuits.
•
relay-format vlan—Specifies that the router uses VLAN signaling and encapsulation.
This option is not available on serial or POS interfaces for HDLC layer 2 circuits. It is
available for VLAN interfaces.
•
relay-format ethernet-raw-mode—Specifies that the router uses Ethernet raw mode
encapsulation for packets entering and leaving pseudowires. This service corresponds
to PW type 0x0005 "Ethernet" [IANA]. When configured on an S-VLAN subinterface,
enables the provider edge (PE) device to strip the S-VLAN tags from all packets entering
the Martini circuit (MPLS packet switched network). It is supported on ES2 4G, ES2
10G, and ES2 10G Uplink LMs on E120 and E320 routers. You can enable the raw mode
configuration only for MPLS shim interfaces stacked on SVLAN interfaces.
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
NOTE: The relay-format keyword determines the pseudowire PW Type value
that is used in LDP protocol messages. For a complete list of pseudowire
Type values, see http://www.iana.org/assignments/pwe3-parameters.
If you do not specify the relay-format keyword in the mpls-relay or route
interface command, the pseudowire Type value is chosen based on the type
of the interface. For Ethernet interfaces, the pseudowire Type value is chosen
as Ethernet (0x0005). For VLAN interfaces, the pseudowire Type value is
chosen as Ethernet Tagged Mode (0x0004)
Mode
Related
Documentation
Interface Configuration
•
Configuring Ethernet/VLAN Layer 2 Services
•
Configuring Frame Relay Layer 2 Services
•
Configuring HDLC Layer 2 Services
•
Ethernet Raw Mode Encapsulation for Martini Layer 2 Transport Overview
•
Configuring S-VLAN Tunnels for Layer 2 Services
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
419
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
route-map
Syntax
Specifying a route map for DVMRP or RIP:
[ no ] route-map mapTag [ interfaceType interfaceSpecifier ]
Defining a route map:
[ no ] route-map mapTag [ permit | deny ] [ sequence ]
Defining a route map for data MDTs:
route-map routeMapName
no route-map
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
420
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
IP PIM Data MDT Configuration mode added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Specifies a route map for DVMRP, RIP, or data MDTs, or defines the conditions for applying
routing policies to filter or modify routes redistributed into or propagated by a routing
protocol. The no version deletes the route map.
•
mapTag—String of up to 32 alphanumeric characters.
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
mapTag—String of up to 32 alphanumeric characters. The redistribute Router
Configuration command uses this string to reference this route map. Multiple route
maps may share the same map tag.
•
permit—If the match criteria are met for this route map and permit is specified, the
route is redistributed as controlled by the set actions.
•
deny—If the match criteria are met for the route map and deny is specified, the route
is not redistributed, and no further route maps sharing the same map tag are examined.
•
sequence—Number, in the range 0–65535, that indicates the position a new route map
is to have in the list of route maps already configured with the same map tag. If given
with the no version of this command, it specifies the position of the route map that
should be deleted.
Address Family Configuration (RIP), Global Configuration, IP PIM Data MDT Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
route-target
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] route-target { import | export | both } extendedCommunity
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Creates or adds to a list of VPN extended communities used to determine which routes
are imported by a VRF. The no version removes a route target from the specified list.
A route is installed in the VRF’s forwarding table when both of the following conditions
are met:
Options
Mode
•
An update message with a route-target export list advertises a route.
•
That list contains at least one route target that matches a route target in the
route-target import list associated with a VRF.
•
import—Adds the route target to the current VRF’s import list; the VRF accepts only
routes that have at least one route target that matches a route target in the import list
•
export—Adds the route target to the current VRF’s export list; all routes advertised
from this VRF are associated with the export list; at least one route target in the export
list must match a route target in the import list of a VRF receiving the route for the
route to be installed in the VRF’s forwarding table
•
both—Adds the route target to both the import list and export list of the current VRF
•
extendedCommunity—Two-part number of the format number1:number2 that identifies
an extended community of VPNs where:
•
number1—AS number or IP address
•
number2—Unique integer; 32 bits if number1 is an AS number; 16 bits if number1 is an
IP address
VRF Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
421
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
router bgp
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
422
[ no ] router bgp autonomousSystem
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the BGP routing process. Allows you to set up a distributed routing core that
automatically guarantees the loop-free exchange of routing information between ASs.
All subsequent BGP configuration commands are placed within the context of this router
and AS; you can have only a single BGP instance per virtual router. The no version removes
the BGP routing process.
•
autonomousSystem—Number, in the range 1–4294967295; the AS number that
identifies the router to other BGP routers
Global Configuration
•
BGP Signaling for L2VPNs Overview
•
Configuring BGP Signaling for VPLS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
router dvmrp
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] router dvmrp
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Creates and enables DVMRP on a virtual router; accesses DVMRP router configuration
mode. The no version deletes DVMRP from a virtual router.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
423
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
router-id
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
424
[ no ] router-id ipAddress
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies an IP address that the router uses as a router ID for OSPF. The no version forces
OSPF to use the previous OSPF router ID.
•
ipAddress—IP address that the router uses as a router ID for OSPF.
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
router igmp
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] router igmp
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Creates and enables IGMP on a virtual router; accesses IGMP router configuration mode.
The no version disables IGMP on a virtual router.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
425
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
router isis
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
426
[ no ] router isis [ tag ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables the IS-IS routing protocol and specifies an IS-IS process for IP. The no version
disables IS-IS routing.
•
tag—Meaningful name for a routing process; name must be unique among all IP router
processes for a given router; if not specified, a null tag is assumed, and the process is
referenced with a null tag
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
router mld
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] router mld
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Creates and enables MLD on a virtual router; accesses MLD router configuration mode.
The no version disables MLD on a virtual router.
NOTE: This command is identical to the ipv6 router mld command.
Mode
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
427
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
router-name
Syntax
router-name vrName
no router-name [ vrName ]
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Maps a virtual router to a user domain name. The no version deletes the router name
parameter, and the router defaults to the default virtual router.
NOTE: This command is deprecated and might be removed completely in a
future release. The functionality provided by this command has been replaced
by the auth-router-name and ip-router-name commands.
Options
Mode
428
•
vrName—Name of the virtual router to map to the user domain name
Domain Map Configuration, Tunnel Group Tunnel Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
router ospf
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
[ no ] router ospf processId [ vrf vrfName ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures an OSPF routing process. The no version disables an OSPF routing process.
•
processId—Number, in the range 1–65535, that identifies the OSPF process
•
vrfName—Name of the VRF; string of 1–32 alphanumeric characters; available only in
virtual router context, not VRF context
Global Configuration
•
Configuring Routing in the Core Network for VPLS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
429
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
router pim
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
430
[ no ] router pim
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Creates and enables PIM on a virtual router; accesses PIM router configuration mode.
The no version deletes PIM from a virtual router.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
router rip
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] router rip
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables RIP routing protocol configuration. The no version deletes the RIP process and
removes the configuration from the router.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
431
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
rtr
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] rtr rtrIndex
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets the number of the RTR operation to be configured and accesses the RTR
Configuration mode. The no version removes all configuration information for a specified
RTR operation.
NOTE: The no rtr command has a different function than the no rtr rtrIndex
command.
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
432
•
rtrIndex—Number of the operation to be configured, in the range 1–4294967295; there
is no default
Global Configuration
•
no rtr on page 86
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
rtr reaction-configuration
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
no rtr reaction-configuration rtrIndex
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
This command has only a no version. See the no rtr reaction-configuration command
for a complete description and syntax.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
433
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
rtr reaction-configuration action-type
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
434
rtr reaction-configuration rtrIndex [ action-type actionType ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets certain actions to occur based on events under control of the RTR. The default is
that traps of enabled events are taken. There is no no version. See the no rtr
reaction-configuration command.
•
rtrIndex—Number of the operation to be configured, in the range 1–4294967295
•
actionType—One of the following types:
•
none—No action; selecting this option clears all traps for the given operation
•
trapOnly—Trap only action; this is the default; enabled events trigger the trap
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
rtr reaction-configuration operation-failure
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
rtr reaction-configuration rtrIndex operation-failure [ operationFailureValue ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables operation-failure reaction. When the type of RTR entry is echo, you can also
configure a value that triggers the operation-failure trap. When the type of RTR entry is
pathEcho, you cannot configure the operation-failure trap. There is no no version. See
the no rtr reaction-configuration command.
•
rtrIndex—Number of the operation to be configured, in the range 1–4294967295
•
operationFailureValue—Number, in the range 0–15; default value is 1
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
435
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
rtr reaction-configuration path-change
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
436
rtr reaction-configuration rtrIndex path-change
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables path change reaction. When the type of RTR entry is echo, you cannot configure
the path-change trap. There is no no version. See the no rtr reaction-configuration
command.
•
rtrIndex—Number of the operation to be configured, in the range 1–4294967295; no
default
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
rtr reaction-configuration test-completion
Syntax
rtr reaction-configuration rtrIndex test-completion
Release Information
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Description
Options
Mode
Enables test completion reaction. There is no no version. See the no rtr
reaction-configuration command.
•
rtrIndex—Number of the operation to be configured, in the range 1–4294967295
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
437
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
rtr reaction-configuration test-failure
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
438
rtr reaction-configuration rtrIndex test-failure [ testFailureValue ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables test failure reaction to occur. When the type of RTR entry is echo, you can also
configure a value that triggers the test-failure trap. There is no no version. See the no rtr
reaction-configuration command.
•
rtrIndex—Number of the operation to be configured, in the range 1–4294967295; no
default
•
testFailureValue—Number, in the range 0–15; default value is 1
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
rtr reset
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] rtr reset
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Shuts down all RTR operations and clears the RTR configuration for the given virtual
router. The no version negates the reset operation.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
439
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
rtr schedule
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
440
[ no ] rtr schedule rtrIndex
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the RTR time parameters for an RTR operation. The no version stops the
operation by putting it in the pending state. The no version also resets the restart-time
attribute and the life attribute.
•
rtrIndex—Number of the operation to be configured, in the range 1–4294967295; no
default
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
rtr schedule life
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
rtr schedule rtrIndex life lifeValue
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the length of the RTR probe. There is no no version.
•
rtrIndex—Number of the operation to be configured, in the range 1–4294967295; no
default
•
lifeValue—Number of operations or maximum TTL in the range 1–2147483647; value
that depends on the type of the RTR entry
•
If the type of the RTR entry is echo, lifeValue relates to the number of operations
sent until a test finishes. The default value is 90. If you use 60 operations * 60
seconds, the frequency between each operation that a test completes is 3,600
seconds (one hour).
•
If the type of the RTR entry is pathEcho, lifeValue relates to the maximum number
of hops used by the traceRoute trap. The default value is 30. If you use 30 (as the
maximum hops) * 3 (operations per hop) * 60 seconds frequency between each
operation, a test is completed within 3,600 seconds. If a destination is reached in
fewer than 30 hops, the test is completed earlier.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
441
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
rtr schedule restart-time
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
442
rtr schedule rtrIndex restart-time restartValue
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the interval at which the RTR probe restarts, in seconds. There is no no version.
•
rtrIndex—Number of the operation to be configured, in the range 1–4294967295; no
default
•
restartValue—Interval in seconds until test restarts, in the range 0–2147483647; default
value is 0, which specifies no restart after the test finishes
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: R Commands
rtr schedule start-time
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
rtr schedule rtrIndex start-time { now | pending }
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures an entry’s start. There is no no version.
•
rtrIndex—Number of the operation to be configured, in the range 1–4294967295; no
default
•
now—RTR immediately begins to collect information.
•
pending—RTR does not begin to collect information. This is the default.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
443
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
run
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
444
run execCommand
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Allows you to issue an Exec mode command from any configuration command mode.
This command functions the same as the do command. There is no no version.
•
execCommand—CLI command that you can issue from User Exec or Privileged Exec
mode
All configuration command modes
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 7
S Commands
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
445
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
sample
Syntax
sample value-id mibId
no sample
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
446
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the MIB object that you want to sample for the trigger that you are configuring.
The no version removes the MIB object from the trigger.
•
mibId—Object ID for the MIB object that you want to sample, for example,
1.3.6.1.2.1.60.1.2.1.1.7
SNMP Server Event Manager Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
samples-of-history-kept
Syntax
samples-of-history-kept samples
no samples-of-history-kept
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets the number of entries kept in the history table for each RTR operation. The no version
restores the default value.
•
samples—Number of entries for each RTR index in the history table; default value is 16
for a pathEcho type and 1 for an echo type
RTR Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
447
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
schedule macro
Syntax
schedule macro { interval { frequency freqInMinutes | time-of-day dayTime [day-of-week
dayOfWeek | day-of-month dayOfMonth ] } | at atTime [ month day | day month ] }
fileName macroName [ macroArg ]*
no schedule macro [ fileName [ macroName ] ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
448
Command introduced in JunosE Release 9.3.0.
Schedules a macro to run once at a specific time, after a periodic interval, or at a periodic
time, such as time of day, day of the week or day of the month. In Global Configuration
mode, the setting persists on reboot, but in Privileged Exec mode, it does not persist on
reboot. Both methods support high availability. The no version unschedules the macro
time to run.
•
interval—Schedule a macro to run at a specified time once, after a periodic interval, or
at a periodic time of the day, day of the week, or day of the month
•
fileName—Name of the file on which to schedule a time to run
•
freqInMinutes—Interval start time start in minutes in which to schedule a macro to run
•
dayTime—Interval time of day for a macro to run
•
dayOfWeek—Interval day of the week for a macro to run
•
dayOfMonth—Interval day of the month for a macro to run
•
atTime—Time at which to start a macro to run
•
macroName—Name of the interval macro file
•
macroArg—Name of the macro
Global Configuration, Privileged Exec
•
Scheduling Macros in the JunosE System Basics Configuration Guide
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
scheduler-profile
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
[ no ] scheduler-profile schedulerProfileName
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures a scheduler profile. The router supports up to 1000 scheduler profiles. The
no version deletes the scheduler profile.
•
schedulerProfileName—Name of the scheduler profile
Global Configuration
•
Configuring a Scheduler Hierarchy
•
Configuring a Scheduler Profile for a Scheduler Node or Queue
•
Configuring a Basic Parameter Definition for QoS Administrators
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
449
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
scramble
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
450
[ no ] scramble
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables cell scrambling on a T3 Frame interface. The no version disables cell scrambling
on the interface. If you issue this command, be sure to issue the dsu mode and dsu
bandwidth commands. Otherwise, the interface may drop packets unexpectedly.
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
sdh
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] sdh
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies that the interface supports SDH. The no version restores SONET operation on
this interface.
Controller Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
451
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
secret
Syntax
secret [ encryptionType ] secretText
no secret
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Adds a secret to a user entry in the local user database. The new secret replaces an
existing secret or password. The no version deletes the secret (or password) from the
user entry in the local user database.
•
•
Mode
452
encryptionType—one of the following:
•
0—Unencrypted secret (the default)
•
5—MD5-encrypted secret
secretText—Character string that specifies the secret. The string can contain any
alphanumeric character, including spaces, up to 64 characters. Secrets are case
sensitive.
Local User Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
secure ip classifier-list
Syntax
secure ip classifier-list classifierName { { classifier-auth-id { 0 } } | { [ traffic-class
trafficClassName ]
[ color { green | yellow | red } ] [ user-packet-class userPacketClassValue ]
[ source-route-class routeClassValue ] [ destination-route-class routeClassValue ]
[ local { true | false } ] [ not ] { protocol }
[ not ] { sourceAddress sourceMask | host sourceHostAddress | any }
[ sourceQualifier ]
[ not ] { destinationAddress destinationMask | host destinationHostAddress | any }
[ destinationQualifier ] [ tcpQualifier ] [ ip-flags ipFlags ]
[ ip-frag-offset { eq 0 | eq 1 | gt 1 } ]
[ precedence precNum | dsField dsFieldNum | tos tosNum ] } }
no secure ip classifier-list classifierName [ classifierNumber ] [ classifier-auth-id { 0 } ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Creates or modifies a secure classifier control list. Use the not keyword to deny traffic
for a specific protocol, source address, or destination address. Use the any keyword to
allow traffic to any source or destination address. The no version removes the classifier
control list.
•
classifierName—Name of the classifier control list entry
•
classifierAuthId—Number of the authentication ID to match (0)
•
trafficClassName—Name of the traffic class to match
•
green—Matches packet color to green, indicating a low drop preference
•
yellow—Matches packet color to yellow, indicating a medium drop preference
•
red—Matches packet color to red, indicating a high drop preference
•
userPacketClassValue—User packet value to match; in the range 0–15
•
routeClassValue—Value of the route-class; in the range 0–255
•
local—Specifies traffic destined for this interface
•
true—Matches packets that are locally destined
•
false—Matches packets that are not locally destined
•
not—Matches any except the immediately following protocol or address
•
protocol—Protocol name (IGMP, IP, TCP, or UDP) or number (in the range 0–255) to
match
•
sourceAddress—Source address to match
•
sourceMask—Wild-card mask to apply to the source address
•
host—Matches source or destination address as a host
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
453
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
•
sourceHostAddress—Source host address to match
•
any—Matches any source or destination address
•
sourceQualifier—For UDP or TCP protocols, one of the following protocol-specific
classifier parameters. See Creating or Modifying Classifier Control Lists for IP Policy Lists
in the JunosE Policy Management Configuration Guide, for details.
portOperator—One of the following Boolean operator keywords: lt (less than), gt
(greater than), eq (equal to), ne (not equal), or range (range of port numbers)
•
range—Single port number or a range of port numbers
•
destinationAddress—Destination address to match
•
destinationMask—Wild-card mask to apply to the destination address
•
destinationHostAddress—Destination host address to match
•
destinationQualifier—One of the following protocol-specific classifier parameters for
destination TCP or UDP ports, ICMP code and type, or IGMP type. The portOperator
and port range are used with TCP and UDP. The icmpType, icmpCode, and igmpType
parameters are used with ICMP and IGMP.
•
portOperator—one of the following Boolean operator keywords: lt (less than), gt
(greater than), eq (equal to), or ne (not equal), or range (range of port numbers)
(TCP and UDP only)
•
range—Single port number or a range of port numbers
•
icmpType—ICMP message type (ICMP only)
•
icmpCode—ICMP message code (ICMP only)
•
igmpType—IGMP message type (IGMP only)
•
tcpQualifier—TCP flags classification parameters
•
tcpFlag—For TCP only; a logic equation that specifies flag bit values; ! means logical
NOT and & means logical AND; use any of the following flag names:
•
454
•
•
ack—0x10
•
fin—0x01
•
push—0x08
•
rst—0x04
•
syn—0x02
•
urgent—0x20
ipFlags—Logic equation that specifies flag bit values; ! means logical NOT and & means
logical AND; use any of the following flag names:
•
dont-fragment—0x02
•
more-fragments—0x01
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
•
Mode
Related
Documentation
reserved—0x04
ip-frag-offset—Matches the specified IP fragmentation offset; use any of the following:
•
eq 0—Equals 0
•
eq 1—Equals 1
•
gt 1—Greater than 1
•
precNum—Upper three bits of the ToS byte; in the range 0–7
•
dsFieldNum—Upper six bits of the ToS byte; in the range 0–63
•
tosNum—Whole eight bits of the ToS byte; in the range 0–255
•
classifierNumber—Index of the classifier control list entry to be deleted
Global Configuration
•
Configuring CLI-Based Packet Mirroring
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
455
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
secure ipv6 classifier-list
Syntax
secure ipv6 classifier-list classifierName { { classifier-auth-id { 0 } } | { [ traffic-class
trafficClassName ]
[ color { green | yellow | red } ] [ user-packet-class userPacketClassValue ecopy.]
[ source-route-class routeClassValue ] [ destination-route-class routeClassValue ]
[ local { true | false } ] [ not ] { protocol }
[ not ] { sourceAddress sourceMask | host sourceHostAddress | any }
[ sourceQualifier ]
[ not ] { destinationAddress destinationMask | host destinationHostAddress | any }
[ destinationQualifier ] [ tcpQualifier ] [ ipv6-flags ipv6Flags ]
[ precedence precNum | dsField dsFieldNum | tos tcNum ] } }
no secure ipv6 classifier-list classifierName [ classifierNumber ] [ classifier-auth-id { 0 }
]
Release Information
Description
Options
456
Command introduced in JunosE Release 10.1.0.
Creates or modifies a secure classifier control list. Use the not keyword to deny traffic
for a specific protocol, source address, or destination address. Use the any keyword to
allow traffic to any source or destination address. The no version removes the classifier
control list.
•
classifierName—Name of the classifier control list entry
•
classifierAuthId—Number of the authentication ID to match (0)
•
trafficClassName—Name of the traffic class to match
•
green—Matches packet color to green, indicating a low drop preference
•
yellow—Matches packet color to yellow, indicating a medium drop preference
•
red—Matches packet color to red, indicating a high drop preference
•
userPacketClassValue—User packet value to match; in the range 0–15
•
routeClassValue—Value of the route-class; in the range 0–255
•
local—Specifies traffic destined for this interface
•
true—Matches packets that are locally destined
•
false—Matches packets that are not locally destined
•
not—Matches any except the immediately following protocol or address
•
protocol—Protocol name (IGMP, IP, TCP, or UDP) or number (in the range 0–255) to
match
•
sourceAddress—Source address to match
•
sourceMask—Wild-card mask to apply to the source address
•
host—Matches source or destination address as a host
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
sourceHostAddress—Source host address to match
•
any—Matches any source or destination address
•
sourceQualifier—For UDP or TCP protocols, one of the following protocol-specific
classifier parameters. See Creating or Modifying Classifier Control Lists for IP Policy Lists
in the JunosE Policy Management Configuration Guide, for details.
•
portOperator—One of the following Boolean operator keywords: lt (less than), gt
(greater than), eq (equal to), ne (not equal), or range (range of port numbers)
•
range—Single port number or a range of port numbers
•
destinationAddress—Destination address to match
•
destinationMask—Wild-card mask to apply to the destination address
•
destinationHostAddress—Destination host address to match
•
destinationQualifier—One of the following protocol-specific classifier parameters for
destination TCP or UDP ports, ICMP code and type, or IGMP type. The portOperator
and port range are used with TCP and UDP. The icmpType, icmpCode, and igmpType
parameters are used with ICMP and IGMP.
•
portOperator—one of the following Boolean operator keywords: lt (less than), gt
(greater than), eq (equal to), or ne (not equal), or range (range of port numbers)
(TCP and UDP only)
•
range—Single port number or a range of port numbers
•
icmpType—ICMP message type (ICMP only)
•
icmpCode—ICMP message code (ICMP only)
•
igmpType—IGMP message type (IGMP only)
•
tcpQualifier—TCP flags classification parameters
•
tcpFlag—For TCP only; a logic equation that specifies flag bit values; ! means logical
NOT and & means logical AND; use any of the following flag names:
•
•
ack—0x10
•
fin—0x01
•
push—0x08
•
rst—0x04
•
syn—0x02
•
urgent—0x20
ipFlags—Logic equation that specifies flag bit values; ! means logical NOT and & means
logical AND; use any of the following flag names:
•
dont-fragment—0x02
•
more-fragments—0x01
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
457
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
•
•
Mode
Related
Documentation
458
reserved—0x04
ip-frag-offset—Matches the specified IP fragmentation offset; use any of the following:
•
eq 0—Equals 0
•
eq 1—Equals 1
•
gt 1—Greater than 1
•
precNum—Upper three bits of the ToS byte; in the range 0–7
•
dsFieldNum—Upper six bits of the ToS byte; in the range 0–63
•
tosNum—Whole eight bits of the ToS byte; in the range 0–255
•
classifierNumber—Index of the classifier control list entry to be deleted
Global Configuration
•
Configuring CLI-Based Packet Mirroring
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
secure ip policy-list
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
[ no ] secure ip policy-list policyName
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Creates or modifies a secure IP policy list. Enters Policy List Configuration mode, enabling
you to specify the parameters of the secure IP policy list. If you enter Policy List
Configuration mode and then type exit without specifying any parameters, the router
creates a policy list with a mirror disable rule. Attaching this policy list to an interface
results in no packet mirroring. The no version removes the specified policy list.
•
policyName—Name of the secure IP policy list
Global Configuration
•
Configuring CLI-Based Packet Mirroring
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
459
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
secure ipv6 policy-list
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
460
[ no ] secure ipv6 policy-list policyName
Command introduced in JunosE Release 10.1.0.
Creates or modifies a secure IPv6 policy list. Enters Policy List Configuration mode,
enabling you to specify the parameters of the secure IPv6 policy list. If you enter Policy
List Configuration mode and then type exit without specifying any parameters, the router
creates a policy list with a mirror disable rule. Attaching this policy list to an interface
results in no packet mirroring. The no version removes the specified policy list.
•
policyName—Name of the secure IPv6 policy list
Global Configuration
•
Configuring CLI-Based Packet Mirroring
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
secure l2tp policy-list
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
[ no ] secure l2tp policy-list policyName
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Creates or modifies a secure L2TP policy list. Enters Policy List Configuration mode,
enabling you to specify the parameters of the secure L2TP policy list. If you enter Policy
List Configuration mode and then type exit without specifying any parameters, the router
creates a policy list with a mirror disable rule. Attaching this policy list to an interface
results in no packet mirroring. The no version removes the specified policy list.
•
policyName—Name of the secure L2TP policy list
Global Configuration
•
Configuring CLI-Based Packet Mirroring
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
461
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
send
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
462
send { * | absoluteLineNumber | console consoleLineNumber | vty vtyLineNumber }
[ message ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sends a message to one or more terminals. If you begin the message on the same line
as the command, the first character is a delimiter; you must end the message with the
same delimiter. If you begin the message on another line, you must enter Ctrl+z to end
the message. There is no no version.
•
*—Sends the message to all terminals
•
absoluteLineNumber—Line number of a terminal to which the message is sent
•
consoleLineNumber—Line number of a console to which the message is sent
•
vtyLineNumber—Line number of a vty to which the message is sent
•
message—Text of message to send; a string of up to 1023 alphanumeric characters
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
send-more-specific-routes-disable
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] send-more-specific-routes-disable
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies that RIP does not send a more-specific route if it has a less-specific route with
any metric. The no version restores the default condition, wherein RIP always sends a
more-specific route even if a less-specific route with a metric is available.
Address Family Configuration, Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
463
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
send version
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
464
[ no ] send version [ 1 | 2 | off ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Restricts the RIP version that the router can send on a remote-neighbor interface. The
no version sets the remote-neighbor interface back to the default value, sending only
RIP version 1.
•
1—Specifies RIP version 1 only
•
2—Specifies RIP version 2 only
•
off —Turns reception off
Remote Neighbor Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
serial description
Syntax
serial description name
no serial description
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Assigns a text description or an alias to a serial HDLC interface. Use the show interfaces
serial command to display the text description. The no version removes the description
or alias.
•
name—Text string or alias of up to 80 characters for the serial interface
Interface Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
465
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
server-address
Syntax
server-address address
no server-address [ address ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
466
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets the DHCP server address that is sent to DHCP clients. The no version removes server
address.
•
address—DHCP server address
DHCP Local Pool Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
server-name
Syntax
server-name serverName
no server-name
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the hostname expected from the L2TP LNS when you set up a tunnel. The no
version removes the server name.
•
serverName—Hostname; can be up to 64 characters in length (no spaces)
Domain Map Tunnel Configuration, Tunnel Group Tunnel Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
467
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
service
Syntax
service { empty-service-name action actionValue | serviceName [ action actionValue ] |
unknown-service-name action actionValue }
no service { empty-service-name | serviceName | unknown-service-name }
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
468
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
unknown-service-name keyword added in JunosE Release 10.1.0.
Enables you to configure entries for the PPPoE service name table. PPPoE clients use
the entries in a PPPoE service name table to request that an AC, such as an E Series
router, support certain services. You can add three types of entries to a PPPoE service
name table: an empty service name, a custom service name (serviceName), and an
unknown service name. For empty service name and unknown service name entries, use
the action keyword to specify that the AC either drop or terminate all PADI requests
from the PPPoE client. For custom entries, the action keyword is optional. The default
action for a custom entry is terminate. The no version removes the specified service entry
from the PPPoE service name table.
•
empty-service-name—Specifies an empty service name entry of zero length, indicating
that any service is acceptable.
•
actionValue—One of the following actions for the empty service name entry, custom
service name entry, or the unknown service name entry:
•
drop—Directs the AC to ignore all PADI requests and not respond with a PPPoE Active
Discovery Offer (PADO) packet
•
terminate—Directs the AC to respond to a PADI request by sending a PADO packet;
this is the default action
•
serviceName—Name of a nonempty service name entry that specifies a custom value,
such as an ISP name or class of service; string of up to 31 alphanumeric characters
•
unknown-service-name—Specifies a service that has not been configured in the service
name table. The default action for this service depends on the service name table
configuration. If all the services in the table are configured to drop, the default action
for the unknown service name entry is terminate. If all the services are configured to
terminate, the default action for the unknown service name entry is drop. If both
terminate and drop are configured, all unknown service name entries are dropped by
default.
PPPoE Service Name Table Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
service check-config
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] service check-config [ auto | fileName fileName | running-configuration |
running-configuration recover | auto-recover ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 9.3.0.
auto-recover keyword added in JunosE Release 10.3.0.
Detects corruption of running configuration on both primary and standby SRP due to
fatal duplicate key error. In addition, the command detects corruption of CNF files on the
primary SRP for invalid CFG types and invalid information. If the Cyclic Redundancy Check
(CRC) value is set for a configuration file, this command calculates and validates the
CRC value to ensure that there are no data errors. If the configuration file has errors, the
command creates a system log identifying the error.
The no version restores the default action, manual detection.
NOTE: You cannot monitor CNF files on the standby SRP.
Options
•
auto—Checks the running configuration at regular intervals; cannot be used for CNF
files. When auto mode is enabled, if you check the running configuration for corruption
manually, a warning message appears. If you confirm you want to check the running
configuration in manual mode or ignore the warning message, then manual mode is
enabled.
•
fileName—Name of an existing configuration file (.cnf) that needs to be validated for
corruption
•
running–configuration—Specifies that the running configuration needs to be validated
for corruption; displays a list of corrupt files in the running configuration and the files
that are recoverable on the primary SRP and the standby SRP.
•
running-configuration recover—Recovers the corrupted configuration files in the running
configuration
NOTE: You can recover only the files that the service check-config
running-configuration command output lists as recoverable.
•
auto-recover—Specifies that the running configuration needs to be validated for
corruption and the corrupted files need to be recovered; enables auto-recovery of files
in the running configuration that are corrupted due to a fatal duplicate key error or the
existence of values such as 0XFF and 0x00 in sectors of a Flash
NOTE: You cannot auto-recover CNF files on the primary and standby
SRPs.
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
469
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Mode
470
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
service config-monitor-periodicity
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
service config-monitor-periodicity time
Command introduced in JunosE Release 9.3.0.
Sets the time of the monitoring task for detecting corruption of a running configuration
on both the primary and the standby SRP. There is no no version.
•
time—Periodicity value of the monitor task in seconds
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
471
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
service ctrl-x-reboot
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
472
[ no ] service ctrl-x-reboot
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables the Ctrl+x key combination to reboot the router at all times, except that the key
combination has no effect if you are accessing the router through a Telnet session. The
no version restores the default condition, disabled.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
service-description
Syntax
service-description serviceDescription
no service-description
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Provides a description that is associated with the AAA profile. The description can be
used for RADIUS authentication and accounting. The no version negates the command.
•
serviceDescription—Description of the service; maximum of 64 characters
AAA Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
473
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
service dhcp-external
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
474
[ no ] service dhcp-external
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables the DHCP external server. The no version disables the DHCP external server and
does not save the previous settings.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
service dhcp-local
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] service dhcp-local [ equal-access | standalone [ authenticate ] ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables the DHCP local server. In standalone mode, the authenticate keyword enables
AAA-based authentication for incoming DHCP clients. The no version disables the DHCP
local server and does not save the previous settings.
•
equal-access—Enables the DHCP local server to work with the SRC (formerly SDX or
SSC) or HTTP local server for non-PPP equal access, the default option
•
standalone—Configures the router as a DHCP local server
•
authenticate—Enables AAA-based authentication of incoming DHCP clients
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
475
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
service dhcpv6-local
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
476
[ no ] service dhcpv6-local [ standalone [ authenticate ] ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
standalone and authenticate keywords added in JunosE Release 12.2.0.
Enables the DHCPv6 local server. In standalone mode, the authenticate keyword enables
AAA-based authentication for incoming DHCPv6 clients. The no version disables the
DHCPv6 local server and does not save the previous settings.
•
standalone—Configures the router as a DHCPv6 local server
•
authenticate—Enables AAA-based authentication of incoming DHCPv6 clients
Global Configuration
•
Authentication and Accounting of IPv6 Subscribers Using the DHCPv6 Local Server
Overview
•
Interoperation of Authentication of IPv6 Clients and Display of Active Subscriber
Information
•
Configuring AAA Authentication for DHCPv6 Local Server Standalone Mode
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
service-management install
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] service-management install fileName.mac
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Installs the specified Service Manager definition. The no version removes the specified
definition.
•
fileName—Name of the service definition macro file, including the .mac extension
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
477
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
service-management owner-session
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] service-management owner-session ownerName ownerId
service-session serviceName [ service-session-profile profileName ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Activates subscriber service sessions based on the specified owner and owner-generated
ID. The no version gracefully removes the specified service session for the specified owner
session.
Privileged Exec mode creates a dynamic subscriber service session that is deleted after
a router reboot. Global Configuration mode creates a persistent service session.
Options
Mode
478
•
ownerName—Name of the owner for the owner session; AAA for RADIUS-based
subscribers
•
ownerId—Unique ID that is generated by the owner; Acct-Session-ID for AAA subscriber
sessions
•
serviceName—Name of the service session to use
•
profileName—Name of the service session profile to use for the service session
Global Configuration, Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
service-management service-session-profile
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] service-management service-session-profile profileName
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Creates a new Service Manager service session profile or specifies the name of an existing
service session profile, then enters Service Session Profile Configuration mode. The no
version removes the service session profile.
•
profileName—Name of the service session profile
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
479
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
service-management subscriber-session
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] service-management subscriber-session subscriberName
interface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Privileged Exec mode added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Activates a subscriber session for the specified subscriber. The no version gracefully
removes the subscriber session and all service sessions associated with this subscriber
session.
Privileged Exec mode creates a dynamic subscriber session that is deleted after a router
reboot. Global Configuration mode creates a persistent subscriber session.
NOTE: Always activate at least one service session for a subscriber session.
The ability to create a subscriber session without a service session (by
omitting the service-session keyword) is not currently supported.
Options
Mode
480
•
subscriberName—Name of the subscriber for this subscriber session
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
Global Configuration, Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
service-management subscriber-session force
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
no service-management subscriber-session subscriberSessionId force
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
This command has only a no version. See the no service-management subscriber-session
force command for a complete description and syntax.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
481
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
service-management subscriber-session service-session
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] service-management subscriber-session subscriberName
interface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier service-session serviceName |
[ service-session-profile profileName ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Privileged Exec mode added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Activates a subscriber session and service session for the specified subscriber. The no
version gracefully removes all service sessions or the specified service session.
Privileged Exec mode creates a dynamic subscriber session that is deleted after a router
reboot. Global Configuration mode creates a persistent subscriber session.
Options
Mode
482
•
subscriberName—Name of the subscriber for this subscriber session
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
serviceName—Name of the service session to use for this subscriber session
•
profileName—Name of the service session profile to use for this service session
Global Configuration, Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
service manual-commit
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] service manual-commit
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Stops the router from automatically saving configuration changes to nonvolatile storage.
Places the router into Manual Commit mode; this mode has no effect on the CLI prompt.
Causes an immediate save of configuration data not yet committed to nonvolatile storage.
If you issue this command while high availability is initializing, the CLI notifies you of the
state and requests that you try again later. The no version returns the E Series router to
Automatic Commit mode (with no effect on the CLI prompt).
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
483
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
service password-encryption
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] service password-encryption
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Directs the router to encrypt passwords that are saved in the configuration file. The
command should be used as a simple cipher to prevent unauthorized users from viewing
passwords. The no version removes the encryption assignment.
Use of this command prevents casual observers from viewing passwords, for example,
in data obtained from show config displays. The command is not intended to provide
protection from serious analysis. This command does not apply to passwords set with
enable secret, enable password, or password (Line Configuration mode). This command
does apply to authentication key passwords and BGP neighbor passwords.
Mode
484
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
service show-config
Syntax
service show-config format { 1 | 2 }
no service show-config format
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Formats show configuration command output. The no version reverts the show
configuration command format to its default (format 1).
•
1—Format of the original show configuration command output
•
2—Format enhancement to the show configuration command that can significantly
reduce the amount of time it takes to generate and display output for configurations
that contain three or more virtual routers and a large number of interfaces
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
485
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
service timestamps
Syntax
service timestamps log datetime [ show-timezone [ localtime ] ]
no service timestamps [ log ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
486
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Formats timestamps associated with log messages. The no version removes timestamps
from log messages.
•
log—Indicates that a timestamp will appear on log messages
•
datetime—Displays the date and time
•
show-timezone—Displays the time zone
•
localtime—Displays the timestamp in local time
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
service unattended-password-recovery
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] service unattended-password-recovery
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Allows you to delete all passwords and secrets from the console without being physically
present at the router. When executed, this command changes the behavior of the erase
secrets command, which will not take any parameters and will not be available through
a vty session. The no version reverts erase secrets to factory default settings.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
487
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
session-out-of-resource-result-code-override
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
488
[ no ] session-out-of-resource-result-code-override
Command introduced in JunosE Release 9.2.0.
Overrides out-of-resource result codes 4 [Call failed due to lack of appropriate facilities
being available (temporary condition)] and 5 [Call failed due to lack of appropriate
facilities being available (permanent condition)] with code 2 (Call disconnected for the
reason indicated in error code) on a router configured as an LNS. The no version halts
the overriding of codes 4 and 5.
L2TP Destination Profile Host Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
session-timeout
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] session-timeout timeOutValue
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Defines the ANCP session timeout value (in seconds). The no version reverts the session
timeout to its default setting (25 seconds).
•
timeOutValue—Session timeout in seconds, in the range 1–25; default value is 25
seconds
L2C Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
489
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
sessions-limit-group
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] sessions-limit-group groupName
Command introduced before JunosE Release 12.2.0.
Defines a session limit group. The no version removes the session limit group.
NOTE: Under each destination profile, you can define a maximum of 4096
session limit groups.
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
490
•
groupName—Name of the group
L2TP Destination Profile Configuration, L2TP Destination Profile Host Configuration
•
Configuring Groups for LNS Sessions
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set
Syntax
set object
{ context-name contextName [ wildcard ] | id mibId | value objectValue }
no set [ object { context-name | id | value } ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Performs an SNMP set operation under certain event conditions. The no version removes
the set operation.
•
contextName—Context name of the MIB object SNMP agent
•
wildcard—Specifies the context name as a wildcard
•
mibId—MIB object ID that you want to set; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.60.1.2.1.1.7
•
objectValue—Value to which you want to set the configured MIB object
SNMP Event Manager Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
491
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set admission-bandwidth
Syntax
set admission-bandwidth { bandwidthValue | adaptive }
no set admission-bandwidth
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
492
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
adaptive keyword added in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Sets a specific multicast bandwidth for admission control or defines the bandwidth as
adaptive (automatically sensed). The no version removes the set clause from a route
map.
•
bandwidthValue—Number in the range 0–4294967259 kilobits per second used for
admission control
•
adaptive—Defines the admission bandwidth as being automatically sensed
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set as-path prepend
Syntax
set as-path prepend { list listName | asPathNumber [ asPathNumber ]* }
no set as-path prepend
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Prepends one or more AS numbers or a list of AS numbers to the AS path for BGP routes.
The no version removes the set clause from a route map.
•
listName—Name of a list of AS path numbers; string of up to 32 characters
•
asPathNumber—Number, in the range 1–65535, that appends the string following the
keyword prepend to the AS path of the route that is matched by the route map. Applies
to outbound BGP route maps.
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
493
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set automatic-tag
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
494
[ no ] set automatic-tag
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Automatically computes the tag value. The no version removes the set clause from a
route map.
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set comm-list delete
Syntax
set comm-list { communityList | regularExpression } delete
no set comm-list
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Removes communities specified by the community list from the community attribute of
routes matching the route map. The no version removes the set clause from a route map.
•
communityList—Community list identifier; a string of up to 32 characters
•
regularExpression—Regular expression that matches the community
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
495
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set community
Syntax
set community { list communityListName [ additive ] | none }
set community { communityNumber | knownCommunity | asCommunNumber }
[ communityNumber | knownCommunity | asCommunNumber ]* [ additive ]
no set community
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets the BGP community attribute to one or more community numbers or a list of
community numbers. The no version removes the set clause from a route map.
•
communityListName—Name of a community; a string of up to 32 characters
•
additive—Adds the community number to the community list
•
none—Removes the community attribute
•
communityNumber—Number, in the range 1– 4294967295, that specifies the community
number
•
knownCommunity—Any of the following well-known communities; the Internet
community is not an option:
•
•
Mode
496
•
local-as—Prevents advertisement outside of the local AS
•
no-advertise—Prevents advertisement to any peer
•
no export—Prevents advertisement beyond the BGP confederation boundary
asCommunNumber—AS community number in the format AA:NN:
•
AA—Number, in the range 1–65535, that identifies an AS
•
NN—Number, in the range 1–65535, that uniquely identifies a community within an
AS
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set dampening
Syntax
set dampening halfLife reuse suppress maxSuppressTime [ halfLifeUnreachable ]
no set dampening
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables route flap dampening and optionally specifies dampening parameters for routes
passing through the route map. The no version removes the set clause from a route map.
•
halfLife—Half-life period in minutes, in the range 1–45; default value is 10. When a BGP
route has been assigned a penalty, the penalty is decreased by half after each half-life
period. Each time a route flaps, the router configured for route flap dampening assigns
the route a penalty. Penalties are cumulative. BGP stores the penalty for all reachable
and unreachable routes that have experienced recent flaps.
•
reuse—Reuse limit in the range 1–20000; default value is 750. As the penalty for a
flapping route decreases and falls below this reuse limit, the route is unsuppressed.
That is, the route is added back to the BGP table and used for forwarding.
•
suppress—Suppress limit in the range 1–20000; default value is 2000; a route is
suppressed when its penalty exceeds this limit
•
maxSuppressTime—Maximum suppression time in minutes, in the range 1–255; default
value is 60; maximum amount of time a route can be suppressed
•
halfLifeUnreachable—Alternate half-life period in minutes for unreachable routes; a
number in the range 1–45; default value is 20. If you do not specify this value, the router
uses the same half-life period for both reachable and unreachable routes.
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
497
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set dhcp relay
Syntax
To create the DHCP relay independent of any DHCP servers and to explicitly delete the
DHCP server
[ no ] set dhcp relay
To create and disable the DHCP relay for a specific DHCP server
set dhcp relay { dhcpServerAddress [ proxy ] | agent [ circuit-ID-only |
remote-ID-only ] |inhibit-access-route-creation | discard-access-routes
{ all | interfaceType interfaceSpecifier | | unknown } }
no set dhcp relay { dhcpServerAddress | agent | inhibit-access-route-creation }
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Command used without any keywords introduced in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
unknown keyword added in JunosE Release 9.2.0.
When used without any optional keywords, creates and enables DHCP relay in the current
virtual router independent of any DHCP servers.
When used with optional keywords, adds a new DHCP/BOOTP server and specifies that
the E Series router is either a DHCP relay or DHCP relay proxy between the DHCP client
and DHCP server. Optionally, configures the DHCP relay agent, including specifying the
DHCP relay agent information (option 82) that is included in all packets forwarded to
the DHCP server.
If you issue the set dhcp relay command when a local server has been configured, the
local server is deactivated.
The no version used without other keywords deletes the DHCP relay agent and its
configuration from the virtual route. The no version used with optional keywords removes
the specified server or disables the specified relay agent configuration.
NOTE: The set dhcp relay agent command, when used to configure option
82 suboptions, is a legacy command, which JunosE Software continues to
support to provide backward-compatibility for existing scripts. We recommend
that you use the dhcp relay agent sub-option command for new option 82
suboption configurations.
Options
498
•
dhcpServerAddress—IP address of the DHCP server
•
proxy—Specifies that the router is a DHCP relay proxy between the DHCP client and
DHCP server; if omitted, the router functions as a DHCP server
•
agent—Adds the agent information suboptions (circuit-ID and remote-ID) to every
packet the router relays from a DHCP client to a DHCP server
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
Mode
•
circuit-ID-only—Specifies circuit ID suboption (suboption 1) only
•
remote-ID-only—Specifies remote-ID suboption (suboption 2) only
•
inhibit-access-route-creation—Specifies that host routes are not installed; enforces
consistent state of route/client database
•
In relay mode, removes all installed host routes from IP; deletes all host routes data
in the routing table and NVS; stops accumulating host route information
•
In relay proxy mode, removes all installed host routes from IP; deletes all NVS client
data and stops installing host routes for newly bound clients in IP; preserves the
routing table client data and continues preservation of newly bound clients in the
routing table
•
discard-access-routes—Removes existing access routes from the routing table and
from NVS
•
all—Removes all existing access routes
•
interfaceType—Interface type whose access routes should be discarded; see Interface
Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
unknown—Removes existing host routes from unknown (nonexistent)
interfaces—dynamic interfaces for which DHCP relay retains route information after
these interfaces have been deleted
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
499
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set dhcp relay agent sub-option
Syntax
set dhcp relay agent sub-option { circuit-id | remote-id | vendor-specific
{ layer2-circuit-id | user-packet-class } }
no set dhcp relay agent sub-option { circuit-id | remote-id | vendor-specific
[ layer2-circuit-id | user-packet-class ] }
Release Information
Description
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Configures DHCP relay and DHCP relay proxy to add values into the DHCP relay agent
information option (option 82) of the packets sent to a DHCP server. The no version
restores the default configuration, in which the specified values are not relayed to the
DHCP server.
NOTE: We recommend that you use this command for new option 82
suboption configurations. However, JunosE Software continues to support
the set dhcp relay agent command, with option 82 suboptions, to provide
backward-compatibility for existing scripts.
Options
Mode
500
•
circuit-id—Specifies the Agent Circuit ID suboption (suboption 1)
•
remote-id—Specifies the Agent Remote ID suboption (suboption 2)
•
vendor-specific—Specifies the Vendor-Specific suboption (suboption 9)
•
layer2-circuit-id—Specifies the SVLAN ID or VLAN ID or both for Ethernet interfaces or
the VPI/VCI for ATM 1483 interfaces
•
user-packet-class—Specifies the user packet class, whose value is configured by the
JunosE Software layer 2 policy application
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set dhcp relay assign-giaddr-source-ip
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] set dhcp relay assign-giaddr-source-ip
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures DHCP relay and DHCP relay proxy to assign the gateway IP address (giaddr)
to the source IP address of traffic they send to DHCP servers. The no version restores the
default, in which the DHCP relay and DHCP relay proxy do not assign the giaddr to the
source IP address.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
501
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set dhcp relay broadcast-flag-replies
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] set dhcp relay broadcast-flag-replies
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Configures DHCP relay and DHCP relay proxy to use the setting of the broadcast flag in
the DHCP request packet to control how DHCP Offer reply packets and ACK and NAK
reply packets are transmitted to DHCP clients during the discovery process. If the
broadcast flag is set in the request packet, DHCP relay and DHCP relay proxy broadcast
DHCP reply packets to clients. If the broadcast flag is not set in the request packet, DHCP
relay and DHCP relay proxy use the layer 2 unicast transmission method to send DHCP
reply packets using the client’s layer 2 (MAC) address and layer 3 (IP) unicast address.
The no version causes the router not to use the broadcast flag setting and restores the
default behavior, which broadcasts DHCP Offer reply packets and ACK and NAK reply
packets to all clients during the discovery process.
NOTE: The set dhcp relay broadcast-flag-replies command and the set dhcp
relay layer2-unicast-replies command are mutually exclusive. If you attempt
to issue the set dhcp relay broadcast-flag-replies command when the set
dhcp relay layer2-unicast-replies command is already in effect, the operation
fails and the router displays an error.
Mode
502
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set dhcp relay giaddr-selects-interface
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] set dhcp relay giaddr-selects-interface
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Configures DHCP relay to use information in the giaddr in the DHCP ACK packets that
are generated by the server and destined for the DHCP client. The DHCP server uses this
information to determine the primary interface that is used to optionally build dynamic
subscriber interfaces.
The no version restores the default that builds dynamic subscriber interfaces on the IP
interface on which DHCP client discover packets are received.
Mode
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
503
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set dhcp relay layer2-unicast-replies
Syntax
Release Information
Description
[ no ] set dhcp relay layer2-unicast-replies
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Configures DHCP relay and DHCP relay proxy to use the optional layer 2 unicast and layer
3 broadcast transmission method to transmit DHCP Offer reply packets and ACK reply
packets to DHCP clients during the discovery process. The no version restores the default
method that broadcasts DHCP Offer reply packets and ACK reply packets to all DHCP
clients during the discovery process.
NOTE: The set dhcp relay layer2-unicast-replies command and the set dhcp
relay broadcast-flag-replies command are mutually exclusive. If you attempt
to issue the set dhcp relay layer2-unicast-replies command when the set
dhcp relay broadcast-flag-replies command is already in effect, the operation
fails and the router displays an error.
Mode
504
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set dhcp relay max-client-packet-rate
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] set dhcp relay max-client-packet-rate [ packetsPerSecond ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 11.2.0.
Configures DHCP relay to limit the maximum number of client packets that DHCP relay
processes per second. The no version returns to the default, in which DHCP relay processes
4096 packets per second.
•
packetsPerSecond—Number of client packets that are processed per second in the
range 0–4096.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
505
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set dhcp relay options
Syntax
set dhcp relay options { hostname | vrname | exclude-subinterface-id }
no set dhcp relay options [ hostname | vrname | exclude-subinterface-id ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
506
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures the relay agent option 82 information that the router adds to DHCP packets
before it relays the packets to the DHCP server. You can add either the E Series hostname
or the virtual router name to the front of the Circuit-Id field. You cannot add both hostname
and virtual router name. The last option specified is the one in use. You can also strip the
subinterface ID from the Interface-Id field. The no version returns to the default, in which
no information is added to the Circuit-Id field and/or the subinterface ID is not stripped
from the interface string.
•
hostname—Adds the router’s hostname to the front of the Circuit-Id field; the hostname
is separated from the circuit information by a colon
•
vrname—Adds the router’s virtual router name to the front of the Circuit-Id field; the
virtual router name is separated from the circuit information by a colon
•
exclude-subinterface-id—Strips the subinterface ID from the Interface-Id field
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set dhcp relay override
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] set dhcp relay override { agent-option | giaddr }
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures DHCP relay to override the relay agent option 82 or giaddr values in packets
destined for a DHCP server. The no version returns to the default, in which the option 82
or giaddr value is not overridden.
•
agent-option—Overrides the option 82 information
•
giaddr—Overrides giaddr
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
507
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set dhcp relay preserve-trusted-client-option
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
508
[ no ] set dhcp relay preserve-trusted-client-option
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures DHCP relay and DHCP relay proxy to prevent option 82 information from being
stripped from packets destined for a trusted client. The no version restores the default,
in which the option 82 information is stripped from the packets.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set dhcp relay proxy send-first-offer
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] set dhcp relay proxy send-first-offer
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Configures the DHCP relay proxy to immediately send the first DHCP offer it receives
from any DHCP server to the DHCP client. The no version restores the default value, in
which DHCP relay proxy sends the single most appropriate address offer it receives from
multiple DHCP servers.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
509
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set dhcp relay proxy timeout
Syntax
set dhcp relay proxy timeout hours
no set dhcp relay proxy timeout
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
510
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets the time that the DHCP relay proxy waits for a renewal message from the DHCP
client after a reboot or switchover occurs. The no version restores the default value.
•
hours—Number of hours for the timeout, in the range 1–168 (1 hour to 7 days); default
value is 72 hours
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set dhcp relay trust-all
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
[ no ] set dhcp relay trust-all
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Enables the DHCP relay trust-all method. When the trust-all method is enabled, the
DHCP relay processes packets that are destined for a DHCP server as if they are from
trusted sources. The no version restores the default, which disables the trust-all method.
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
511
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set dhcp vendor-option
Syntax
To set the default action to take when the option 60 string does not match a configured
vendor-option string:
[ no ] set dhcp vendor-option default [ drop | local-server | proxy-client |
relay address | relay-server-list ]
To set the action to take when the option 60 string matches a configured vendor-option
string:
[ no ] set dhcp vendor-option { equals | starts-with } string [ local-server | relay address
]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
512
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Configures vendor-option strings that control DHCP client traffic. Creates DHCP
vendor-option servers by configuring DHCP relay to match DHCP option 60 strings and
to specify the action the router takes when it receives DHCP option 60 strings. The no
version disables the setting.
•
drop—Discards packets
•
local-server—Forwards packets to the DHCP local server
•
proxy-client—Forwards packets to the DHCP proxy client server
•
address—IP address of the vendor-option server to which packets are forwarded
•
relay-server-list—Forwards packets to all non-vendor option DHCP servers. The
relay-server-list consists of all non-vendor option servers. Non-vendor option servers
are those servers that are configured with the set dhcp relay command but not with
the set dhcp vendor-option command.
•
equals—Configures a string that must be matched exactly for option 60 processing
•
starts-with—Configures the string that is matched from left-to-right for option 60
processing
•
string—Option 60 string to match; up to 254 hexadecimal characters
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set distance
Syntax
set distance distance
no set distance
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures an administrative distance to apply to routes that match the route map. The
no version removes the set clause from a route map.
NOTE: Setting a distance in a route map is useful only when it is set on a
route being installed into the routing table. Distance is used to establish
preference between routes to the same prefix to identify the best route to
that prefix. Setting distance in any other circumstance has no effect.
Options
Mode
•
distance—Administrative distance in the range 0–255
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
513
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set extcommunity
Syntax
set extcommunity
{ rt extCommValue [ extCommValue ]* [ additive ] } | { soo extCommValue }
no set extcommunity
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
514
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets the BGP extended communities attribute. The no version removes the set clause
from a route map.
•
rt—Specifies a route-target extended community, which consists of one or more routers
that can receive a set of routes advertised by BGP that carry the extended-community
attribute
•
soo—Specifies a site-of-origin extended community, which consists of one or more
routers that inject into BGP a set of routes that carry the extended-community attribute
•
extCommValue—Number identifying the extended community in one of the following
formats:
•
AS:nn—Autonomous system number, in the range 1–65535, followed by an integer
in the range 1–4294967295; for example, 320:72358
•
AS:nn—Autonomous system number, in the range 1–4294967295 followed by an
integer in the range 1–65535; for example, 84511:45
•
ipAddress:nn—Dotted decimal IP address followed by an integer in the range 1–65535;
for example, 10.10.21.5:1256
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
•
additive—Adds the specified extended communities to any previously configured for
the attribute; if omitted, the specified extended communities replace any previously
configured for the attribute
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set ip interface-profile
Syntax
set ip interface-profile profileName
no set ip interface-profile
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies a dynamic IP interface profile that is used in the route map. The no version
removes the interface profile from the route map.
•
profileName—Name of the dynamic profile
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
515
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set ip next-hop
Syntax
set ip next-hop { ipAddress | interface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier |
peerAddress }
no set ip next-hop [ ipAddress | peerAddress]
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Indicates where to send packets that pass a match clause of a route map for policy
routing. The no version removes the set clause from a route map.
NOTE: Beginning with JunosE Release 7.1.0, this command is not supported
for route maps used by the table-map command.
Options
Mode
516
•
ipAddress—IP address of next hop to which packets are sent; does not need to be an
adjacent router
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
peerAddress—On outbound route maps, disables the next hop-calculation by setting
the next hop to the IP address of the BGP speaker; on inbound route maps, overrides
any third-party next-hop configuration by setting the next hop to the IP address of the
peer
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set ip service-profile
Syntax
set ip service-profile profileName
no set ip service-profile
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the name of a subscriber’s service profile that is used in the route map. The no
version removes the service profile from the route map.
•
profileName—Name of service profile
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
517
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set ip source-prefix
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
518
[ no ] set ip source-prefix ipAddress ipMask { deny | primary }
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies a source address range that will be inserted into a specific interface and the
action to take with the range. The no version removes the source address range from the
route map.
•
ipAddress—IP address for the range
•
ipMask—IP address mask for the range
•
deny—Drops the addresses that appear in the source address range
•
primary—Associates the source prefix with the primary IP interface
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set ipv6 next-hop
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
[ no ] set ipv6 next-hop ipv6Address [ localAddress ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Indicates where to send packets that pass a match clause of a route map for IPv6 policy
routing. The no version removes the set clause from a route map.
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of next hop to which you want to send packets; does not
need to be an adjacent router
•
localAddress—IP address of the specific interface
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
519
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set level
Syntax
set level atLevel
no set level
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
520
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies where to import routes when all of a route map’s match criteria are met. The
no version removes the set clause from a route map.
•
atLevel—Specifies one of the following levels:
•
level-1—Imports routes into a level 1 area
•
level-1-2—Imports routes into a level 1 and a level 2 area
•
level-2—Imports routes into a level 2 subdomain
•
stub-area—Imports routes into an OSPF NSSA area
•
backbone—Imports routes into an OSPF backbone area
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set local-preference
Syntax
set local-preference value
no set local-preference
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies a preference value for the AS path. The no version removes the set clause from
a route map.
•
value—Preference number, in the range 0–4294967295
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
521
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set metric
Syntax
set metric [ +relValue | -relValue | absValue ]
no set metric
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Modifies the metric value (for BGP, the MED) for a route that matches the route map by
applying a relative or absolute metric. The no version removes the set clause from a route
map.
NOTE: You cannot have an absolute and a relative metric within the same
route map sequence. Issuing either command overrides any previously
configured metric in the route map.
Options
Mode
522
•
+—Specifies that the value is added to the metric for routes matching the route map;
immediately precedes the metric value with no intervening space
•
–—Specifies that the value is subtracted from the metric for routes matching the route
map; immediately precedes the metric value with no intervening space
•
relValue—Number, in the range 0–4294967295
•
absValue—Number, in the range 0–4294967295
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set metric-type
Syntax
set metric-type atMetric
no set metric-type
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol. The no version removes the set
clause from a route map.
•
atMetric—Specifies the metric type from the following choices:
For BGP:
•
external—Reverts to the normal BGP rules for propagating the MED; this is the BGP
default
•
internal—Sets the MED of a received route that is being propagated to an external
peer equal to the IGP cost of the indirect next hop
For IS-IS:
•
external—Only the metric of the route itself is considered for comparison
•
internal—Both the metric of the route and the cost to the router that advertised the
route are considered for comparison; this is the IS-IS default
For OSPF:
Mode
•
1—Cost of the external routes is equal to the sum of all internal costs and the external
cost
•
2—Cost of the external routes is equal to the external cost alone; this is the OSPF
default
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
523
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set mpls-label
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
524
[ no ] set mpls-label
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures BGP to advertise prefixes that match the route map as labeled prefixes. The
no version removes the configuration.
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set origin
Syntax
set origin atOrigin
no set origin
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets the BGP origin of an advertised route. The no version removes the set clause from
a route map.
•
atOrigin—Specifies the origin from the following choices:
•
egp—Remote exterior gateway protocol
•
igp—Local interior gateway protocol
•
incomplete—Origin unknown
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
525
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set-overload-bit
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
526
[ no ] set-overload-bit [ on-startup seconds | on-startup wait-for-bgp
[ bgpSeconds ] ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets the overload bit, indicating to other IS-IS routers not to use this router as an
intermediate hop in their SPF calculations. The no version restores the default value,
clearing the overload bit.
•
on-startup—Sets the overload bit only after a system reload; prevents other routers
from routing through this router before it is fully operational
•
seconds—Period after the reload during which the overload bit is set, in the range
5–86400 seconds; the overload bit is cleared when the period expires
•
wait-for-bgp—Specifies that the overload bit is not cleared until BGP has completed
convergence
•
bgpSeconds—Maximum period to wait for BGP to converge, in the range 5–86400
seconds with a default value of 600 seconds; the overload bit is cleared when the
period expires
Router Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set priority
Syntax
set priority priorityValue
no set priority
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Configures a priority value for the <S, G>data stream. Dynamic multicast admission
control enables only prioritized groups to join the interface after the configured priority
limit is reached on the physical port. The system records the priority when a new <S, G>
entry is created. The no version removes the priority value.
•
priorityValue—Priority value for the <S, G> data stream; the default is 0
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
527
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set qos-bandwidth
Syntax
set qos-bandwidth { bandwidthValue | adaptive }
no set qos-bandwidth
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
528
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
adaptive keyword added in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Sets a multicast bandwidth for QoS adjustment or defines the bandwidth as adaptive
(automatically sensed). The no version removes the set clause from a route map.
•
bandwidthValue—Number, in the range 0–4294967259 kilobits per second, used for
QoS adjustment
•
adaptive—Defines the QoS bandwidth as being automatically sensed
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set route-class
Syntax
set route-class routeClass
no set route-class
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets the route class attribute for a route map. The no version deletes the route class
attribute.
•
routeClass—Value in the range 0–255
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
529
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set route-type
Syntax
set route-type { internal | internal-intra | internal-inter | external }
no set route-type
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
530
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets routes of the specified type. The no version removes the set clause from a route
map.
•
internal—Internal route (including OSPF intra-area and interarea)
•
internal-intra—Intra-area route
•
internal-inter—Interarea route
•
external—External route (BGP and OSPF type 1/2)
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set tag
Syntax
set tag tagValue
no set tag
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets the tag value of the destination routing protocol. The no version removes the set
clause from a route map.
•
tagValue—Preference number, in the range 0–4294967295
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
531
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
set threshold
Syntax
set threshold thresholdValue
no set threshold
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
532
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Configures a threshold value for multicast VPN applications. The no version removes the
threshold value.
•
thresholdValue—Threshold value for multicast VPN applications
Global Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
set weight
Syntax
[ no ] set weight value
no set weight
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table. Overrides the weights assigned by using
the neighbor weight and neighbor filter-list commands. The no version removes the set
clause from a route map.
•
value—Weight value in the range 0–4294967295
Route Map Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
533
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
shadow-node
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
534
[ no ] typeOfInterface shadow-node [ group trafficClassGroup | scheduler-profile
schedulerProfileName ]*
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Specifies that a shadow node be configured for each interface of the given interface type.
The no version removes this rule from the QoS profile.
•
typeOfInterface—Interface types for shadow nodes to be configured: atm, atm-vc,
atm-vp, bridge, ethernet, fr-vc, ip, ip-tunnel, ipv6, l2tp-session, l2tp-tunnel, lsp, serial,
server-port, svlan, vlan
•
trafficClassGroup—Name of the traffic-class group
•
schedulerProfileName—Name of the scheduler profile
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
QoS Profile Configuration
•
Configuring Shadow Nodes
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
shaping-rate
Syntax
shaping-rate shapingRate [ operator operandValue ]* [ bps | kbps ]
[ burst burstSize [ milliseconds | bytes ] ]
shaping-rate operandValue [ operator operandValue ]* [ bps | kbps ]
no shaping-rate
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
milliseconds and bytes keywords added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
bps and kbps keywords added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Sets the shaping rate and burst size. The no version deletes the shaping rate.
•
shapingRate—Constant shaping rate in bits per second or kilobits per second; in the
range 1–1000000000 bps/Kbps. You can set the shaping rate to vary from 1 bps to
1000 Gbps (which is denoted by entering 1000000000 Kbps in the CLI for this
command).
•
operator—Mathematical function
•
operandValue—Input for the operator; can be a QoS parameter definition name or an
integer
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
•
bps—Specifies shaping rate in bits per second
•
kbps—Specifies shaping rate in kilobits per second
NOTE: The lower and higher limits for the shaping rate range apply to both
the bps and kbps keywords available with this command. For example, if
you want to set the shaping rate to 1 mbps, you can either enter 1000 as
the value for the shapingRate argument and suffix it with the kbps keyword,
or enter 1000000 as the value for the shapingRate argument and suffix it
with the bps keyword. Both the methods of configurations result in the
same shaping rate value to be set.
Mode
•
burstSize—Number, in the range 0–522240 (0–510 KB); 0 enables the router to select
an applicable default value
•
milliseconds—Specifies burst size in milliseconds
•
bytes—Specifies burst size in bytes
Scheduler Profile Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
535
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Related
Documentation
536
•
Configuring Rate Shaping for a Scheduler Node or Queue
•
Configuring Port Shaping
•
Configuring a Basic Parameter Definition for QoS Administrators
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
shared-shaping-constituent
Syntax
shared-shaping-constituent [ priority [ priorityValue ] | weight [ weightValue ] ]
no shared-shaping-constituent
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Sets the attributes of implicit and explicit shared-shaping constituents and specifies
explicit shared-shaping constituents. Constituents default to priority with a priority value
of 8. Priority constituents are ordered before weighted constituents. The no version
deletes the attributes or explicit constituent.
•
priorityValue—Value, in the range 1–8, that specifies the order in which the constituent
can claim bandwidth from among all priority constituents; a lower value correlates to
a higher claim; 8 is the default value
•
weightValue—Value, in the range 1–31, that specifies the order in which the constituent
can claim bandwidth from among all weighted constituents; a lower value correlates
to a higher claim; 8 is the default value
Scheduler Profile Configuration
•
Configuring Implicit Constituents for Simple or Compound Shared Shaping
•
Configuring Explicit Constituents for Simple or Compound Shared Shaping
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
537
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
shared-shaping-rate
Syntax
shared-shaping-rate sharedShapingRate [ operator operandValue ]* [ bps | kbps ]
[ burst burstSize [ milliseconds | bytes ] ] { simple | compound | auto }
[ explicit-constituents ]
shared-shaping-rate operandValue [ operator operandValue ]* [ bps | kbps ]
[ burst burstSize [ milliseconds | bytes ] ] { simple | compound | auto }
[ explicit-constituents ]
no shared-shaping-rate
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
operator and operandValue variables added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
milliseconds and bytes keywords added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
bps and kbps keywords added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Sets the shared-shaping rate and burst size for the logical interface. This command must
appear in the scheduler profile for either the best-effort queue or the best-effort scheduler
node. The no version deletes the shared-shaping rate.
•
sharedShapingRate—Constant shared-shaping rate in bits per second or kilobits per
second; in the range 1–1000000000 bps/Kbps. You can set the shaping rate to vary
from 1 bps to 1000 Gbps (which is denoted by entering 1000000000 Kbps in the CLI
for this command).
•
operator—Mathematical function
•
operandValue—Input for the operator; can be a QoS parameter definition name or an
integer
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
•
bps—Specifies shared-shaping rate in bits per second
•
kbps—Specifies shared-shaping rate in kilobits per second
NOTE: The lower and higher limits for the shaping rate range apply to both
the bps and kbps keywords available with this command. For example, if
you want to set the shaping rate to 1 mbps, you can either enter 1000 as
the value for the shapingRate argument and suffix it with the kbps keyword,
or enter 1000000 as the value for the shapingRate argument and suffix it
with the bps keyword. Both the methods of configurations result in the
same shaping rate value to be set.
538
•
burstSize—Number, in the range 0–522240 (0–510 KB); 0 enables the router to select
an applicable default value
•
milliseconds—Specifies burst size in milliseconds
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
Mode
Related
Documentation
•
bytes—Specifies burst size in bytes
•
simple—Specifies the simple form of shared shaping, which does not manage voice
and video traffic, but shapes data queue rates to the value of the shared rate minus
the combined voice and video traffic rate
•
auto—Specifies that the router automatically selects the type of shared shaping
depending on the module; compound is selected only for line modules that support it,
and simple is selected for all other line modules; this is the default mode
•
compound—Specifies the compound form of shared shaping, which actively shapes
voice and video traffic so that the shared rate cannot be exceeded, and shapes data
queue rates to the value of the shared rate minus the combined voice and video traffic
rate; requires special hardware
•
explicit-constituents—Overrides automatic selection of compound shared-shaping
constituents and enables you to explicitly specify constituents and bandwidth
allocation; generates an error message and has no effect when applied to modules
that do not support compound shared shaping
Scheduler Profile Configuration
•
Configuring Simple Shared Shaping
•
Configuring Implicit Constituents for Simple or Compound Shared Shaping
•
Configuring Explicit Constituents for Simple or Compound Shared Shaping
•
Configuring a Basic Parameter Definition for QoS Administrators
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
539
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show aaa accounting
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
540
show aaa accounting [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays AAA accounting configuration information, including the destinations where
broadcast and duplicate accounting records are sent.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show aaa accounting default
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show aaa accounting { subscriberType } default [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the AAA accounting method used for the particular type of subscriber.
•
•
Mode
subscriberType—Specifies the type of subscriber:
•
atm1483—ATM 1483 subscribers
•
ip—IP subscriber management interfaces
•
ipsec—IPSec subscribers
•
ppp—PPP subscribers
•
radius-relay—RADIUS relay subscriber
•
tunnel—Tunnel subscribers
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
541
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show aaa accounting interval
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
542
show aaa accounting interval [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about the user and service accounting interval.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show aaa accounting vr-group
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show aaa accounting vr-group [ vrGroupName ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the name of a particular virtual router group or the names of all virtual router
groups configured on the router. Virtual router groups contain a list of virtual routers to
which AAA broadcast accounting information can be sent.
•
vrGroupName—Name of a specific virtual router group; a string of up to 32 characters;
if omitted, names of all virtual router groups are displayed
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
543
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show aaa authentication default
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show aaa authentication { subscriberType } default [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the AAA authentication method list used for the particular type of subscriber.
•
•
Mode
544
subscriberType—Specifies the type of subscriber:
•
atm1483—ATM 1483 subscribers
•
ip—IP subscriber management interfaces
•
ipsec—IPSec subscribers
•
ppp—PPP subscribers
•
radius-relay—RADIUS relay subscriber
•
tunnel—Tunnel subscribers
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show aaa delimiters
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show aaa delimiters [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the domain name and realm name delimiters, parse order, and parse direction
configured on the router.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
545
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show aaa domain-map
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
546
show aaa domain-map [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the mapping between user domains and virtual routers. The display includes a
tunnel group if one is assigned to the domain map.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show aaa dhcpv6-delegated-prefix
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show aaa dhcpv6-delegated-prefix [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 10.1.0.
Displays the RADIUS attribute used for DHCPv6 Prefix Delegation.
•
filter—See “Filtering show Commands” on page 4.
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
547
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show aaa duplicate-address-check
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
548
show aaa duplicate-address-check [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Configures AAA to query the routing table for duplicate address assignment before
granting access.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show aaa duplicate-prefix-check
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show aaa duplicate-prefix-check [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 11.2.0.
Displays whether duplicate IPv6 prefix checking is enabled or disabled.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
549
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show aaa duplicate-prefix-check-extension
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
550
show aaa duplicate-prefix-check-extension [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 12.2.0.
Displays whether enhanced duplicate IPv6 prefix checking is enabled or disabled.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show aaa intf-desc-format
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
show aaa intf-desc-format
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays whether the router includes or excludes the subinterface number and adapter
in the interface description that the router passes to RADIUS for inclusion in the
NAS-Port-Id attribute
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
551
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show aaa ipv4-addr-saving
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
552
show aaa ipv4-addr-saving [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 13.1.0.
Displays the 32-byte string sent in the VSA.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
•
aaa ipv4-addr-saving
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show aaa ipv6-nd-ra-prefix
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show aaa ipv6-nd-ra-prefix [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 10.1.0.
Displays the RADIUS attribute used for IPv6 Neighbor Discovery router advertisements.
•
filter—See “Filtering show Commands” on page 4.
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
553
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show aaa model
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
554
show aaa model [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays AAA model.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show aaa name-servers
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show aaa name-servers [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the IP addresses of the primary and secondary DNS and WINS name servers.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
555
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show aaa per-profile-attr-list
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
556
show aaa per-profile-attr-list [ brief | profileName ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 12.1.0.
Displays all the attributes configured in the AAA per-profile lists.
•
brief—Displays the AAA per-profile list
•
profileName—Name of the AAA per-profile list; string of up to 32 characters
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show aaa profile
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show aaa profile [ brief | name profileName ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays AAA profile names and the actions associated with each specified AAA profile
name.
•
brief—Displays the status and number of configured VCs for all ATM interfaces
configured in the router
•
profileName—Name of the profile you want to display
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
557
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show aaa qos downstream-rate
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
Related
Documentation
558
show aaa qos downstream-rate
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Displays whether the QoS downstream rate application is enabled to use downstream
rates obtained from the Actual-Data-Rate-Downstream [26-30] DSL Forum VSA.
Privileged Exec
•
Monitoring the AAA Downstream Rate for QoS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show aaa route-download
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show aaa route-download [ ipv6 ] [ statistics [ delta ] ] [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
ipv6 keyword added in JunosE Release 13.0.0.
Displays AAA route download statistics.
•
ipv6—Displays IPv6 route-download statistics
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
559
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show aaa route-download ipv6 routes
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
560
show aaa route-download ipv6 routes [ vrfName ] [ detail ] [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 13.0.0.
Displays information about AAA-downloaded IPv6 routes.
•
vrfName—Name of the VRF
•
detail—Displays detailed information about downloaded routes
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show aaa route-download ipv6 routes global
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show aaa route-download ipv6 routes global [ start startString ] [ detail ] [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 13.0.0.
Displays information about AAA-downloaded IPv6 routes for all virtual routers and VRFs.
•
startString—String that specifies the first router context to display in the output; a
maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters
•
detail—Displays detailed information about the downloaded routes
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
561
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show aaa route-download routes
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
562
show aaa route-download routes [ vrfName ] [ detail ] [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Displays information about AAA downloaded routes.
•
vrfName—Name of a virtual routing and forwarding instance to display
•
detail—Displays detailed information about downloaded routes
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show aaa route-download routes global
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show aaa route-download routes global [ start startString ] [ detail ] [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Displays information about AAA downloaded routes for all virtual routers and VRFs.
•
startString—String that specifies the first router context to display in the output; a
maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters
•
detail—Displays detailed information about the downloaded routes
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
563
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show aaa service accounting interval
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
564
show aaa service accounting interval [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 9.0.0.
Displays the default accounting interval used by the Service Manager application for
RADIUS-initiated services associated with users attached to this virtual router.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show aaa statistics
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show aaa statistics [ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the authentication and authorization statistics.
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
565
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show aaa strip-domain
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
Related
Documentation
566
show aaa strip-domain
Command introduced in JunosE Release 12.0.0.
Displays information about the aaa domain-name stripping functionality per virtual router.
Privileged Exec
•
aaa strip-domain
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show aaa subscriber per-port-limit
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show aaa subscriber per-port-limit [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the number of active subscribers on each interface.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
567
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show aaa subscriber per-vr-limit
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
568
show aaa subscriber per-vr-limit [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the number of active subscribers on each virtual router.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show aaa timeout
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show aaa timeout [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about the idle and session timeouts.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
569
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show aaa tunnel-group
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
570
show aaa tunnel-group [ tunnelGroupName ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays currently configured tunnel groups.
•
tunnelGroupName—Name of the tunnel group
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show aaa tunnel-parameters
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show aaa tunnel-parameters [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays default tunnel parameters that are configured for tunnel definitions.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
571
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show aaa user accounting interval
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
572
show aaa user accounting interval [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 9.0.0.
Displays the default accounting interval for users attached to this virtual router.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show access-list
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show [ ip ] access-list [ accessListName ] [ detail ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays access list information about the access list specified.
•
accessListName—Name of the access list
•
detail—Displays detailed information about the access list
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
573
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show adjustment-factor
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
574
show adjustment-factor [ adsl1 | adsl2 | adsl2+ | vdsl | vdsl2 | sds ] [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 9.1.0.
filter variable added in JunosE Release 13.2.0.
Displays the configured QoS adjustment factor that is applied to the ANCP-reported
downstream and upstream data rate for all DSL line types or for the specified DSL line
types.
•
dslType—Type of DSL line for which the QoS adjustment rate is displayed: adsl1, adsl2,
adsl2+, vdsl, vdsl2, or sds
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
L2C Configuration
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show aps
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show aps [ all [ group [ groupName ] ] ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
all keyword added in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Displays information about APS/MSP interfaces or groups from APS-capable controllers
in the system.
•
all—Displays information from all APS/MSP groups
•
groupName—Name of the APS/MSP group
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
575
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show arp
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
576
show [ ip ] arp [ vrfName ] [ ipAddress ] [ interfaceType interfaceSpecifier ] [ all ]
[ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about the Address Resolution Protocol cache.
•
vrfName—Name of the VRF
•
ipAddress—IP address of the ARP entry
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
all—Displays all ARP entries
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show atm aal5 interface
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show atm aal5 interface atm interfaceSpecifier [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays configuration information about an ATM AAL5 interface.
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
577
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show atm atm1483
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
578
show atm atm1483
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays whether or not the router is set up to export ATM 1483 subinterface descriptions
to line modules.
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show atm bulk-config
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show atm bulk-config [ atm interfaceSpecifier ] [name bulkConfigName ] [ override ]
[ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information, including base profile assignments and overriding profile
assignments, for the bulk-configured VC ranges on an ATM AAL5 interface. You can
display information for all VC ranges on the router, for all VC ranges on a particular ATM
AAL5 interface, or for the VC range associated with a particular bulk configuration name.
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
bulkConfigName—Name associated with a VC range on the ATM AAL5 interface, as
specified in the atm bulk-config command
•
override—Displays information only about each overriding profile assignment configured
for a specific ATM PVC within a bulk-configured VC subrange; when you use the override
keyword, information about base profile assignments is not displayed
•
filter—SeeFiltering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
579
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show atm interface
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
580
show atm interface {atm interfaceSpecifier | brief } [ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays configuration information about an ATM interface or a brief description of all
ATM (major) interfaces configured in the router.
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
brief—Displays the status and number of configured VCs for all ATM interfaces
configured in the router
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring the QoS Configuration of ATM Interfaces
•
Monitoring the Policy Configuration of ATM Subinterfaces
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show atm map
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show atm map [ mapName ] [ brief ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the list of all configured ATM static maps to remote hosts on an ATM network.
•
mapName—Name of the map list
•
brief—Displays information in a condensed format
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
581
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show atm mcpt-timers
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
582
show atm mcpt-timers [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the current systemwide values configured on the router for the three ATM Martini
cell packing timers.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Configuring an MPLS Pseudowire with VCC Cell Relay Encapsulation
•
Monitoring ATM Martini Cell Packing Timers for Layer 2 Services over MPLS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show atm oam
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show atm oam interfaceSpecifier [ vpi ] [ segment | end-to-end ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays F4 OAM statistics.
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
vpi—Virtual path identifier
•
segment—Displays information about segment F4 OAM circuits
•
end-to-end—Displays information about end-to-end F4 OAM circuits
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
583
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show atm ping
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
584
show atm ping [atm interfaceSpecifier [ vpi vci ] ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays a summary of the results (number of ping cells sent, number of ping cells
received, success rate) of the ping operation. These results are overwritten when a new
ATM ping is invoked for the circuit. If you do not specify any of the options, the command
shows ping entries for the entire router.
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
vpi—Virtual path identifier
•
vci—Virtual circuit identifier
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show atm subinterface
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show atm subinterface
[ summary | atm interfaceSpecifier | summary atm interfaceSpecifier |
status operatingStatus ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the current state of all ATM subinterfaces that you specify.
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
summary—Specifies that summary information is displayed
•
status—Displays information only for the ATM subinterfaces with the specified operating
status
•
operatingStatus—One of the following operating states:
•
Mode
Related
Documentation
•
dormant
•
dormantLockout
•
down
•
lowerLayerDown
•
notPresent
•
up
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Configuring an MPLS Pseudowire with VCC Cell Relay Encapsulation
•
Monitoring ATM Martini Cell Packing Timers for Layer 2 Services over MPLS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
585
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show atm vc
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
586
show atm vc [ atm interfaceSpecifier ] { [ vpi vpi ] [ category categoryType ]
[ status statusType ] | reserved } [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays a summary of all configured ATM virtual circuits (VCs) and reserved VC ranges.
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
vpi—Virtual path identifier
•
categoryType—One of the following service categories for which VCs are displayed:
•
cbr
•
nrt-vbr
•
rt-vbr
•
ubr
•
ubr-pc
•
statusType—Status of VC to be displayed, up or down
•
reserved—Displays only a summary of all reserved VC ranges on the router, including
those reserved for use by dynamic ATM 1483 subinterfaces and by MPLS
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show atm vc atm
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show atm vc { description | atm interfaceSpecifier { vcd | vpi-vci vpi vci } } [ delta ] [ filter
]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays OAM statistics on a VC. You can specify the circuit to display by entering the
VCD, or by using the vpi-vci keyword and specifying the VPI and VCI. You can also specify
the circuit to display by entering the description configured for the ATM 1483 subinterface
on which the VC resides.
•
description—Text string or alias assigned to the ATM 1483 subinterface (with the atm
atm1483 description command) on which the VC resides; up to 255 characters
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
vcd—VCD identifying the VC
•
vpi—Virtual path identifier
•
vci—Virtual circuit identifier
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
587
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show atm vc-class
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
588
show atm vc-class [ vcClassName [ include-defaults ] ] [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.3.0.
Displays the names of all VC classes configured on the router, or, when issued with a VC
class name, displays detailed information about the attributes configured in the specified
VC class.
•
vcClassName—Name of the VC class configured with the vc-class atm command
•
include-defaults—Includes commands that set default values for various parameters
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show atm vp
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show atm vp atm interfaceSpecifier vpi [ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays detailed statistics for a specific ATM virtual path (VP) configured on the router.
•
interfaceSpecifier—ATM interface specifier; see Interface Types and Specifiers on
page 5
•
vpi—Virtual path identifier
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
589
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show atm vp-description
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
590
show atm vp-description [ interfaceSpecifier [ vpi ] ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays descriptions configured for virtual paths (VPs) on an ATM interface. You can
display all VP descriptions configured on the router, all VP descriptions configured for a
particular interface, or the VP description configured for a particular VPI.
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
vpi—Virtual path identifier number, in the range 0–255
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show atm vp-tunnel
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show atm vp-tunnel [ interfaceSpecifier ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays a summary of all configured ATM virtual path tunnels.
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
591
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bandwidth oversubscription
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
592
show bandwidth oversubscription [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the bandwidth oversubscription status.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show bfd session
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show bfd session [ address [ ipAddress | ipv6Address ] ] [ detail ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) protocol session information.
•
ipAddress—IPv4 address of the session
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of the session
•
detail—Displays detailed information about the BFD session
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
593
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bgp ipv6
Syntax
To display information about networks in address families other than the route-target
address family:
show bgp ipv6 [ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName ]
ipv6Prefix [ longer-prefixes ] [ fields { fieldOptions } ] [ filter ]
To display information about networks in only the route-target address family:
show bgp ipv6 route-target signaling { rtfPrefix [ longer-prefixes ] | rtfAddress }
[ fields { fieldOptions } ] [ filter ]
Release Information
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords and rtMemNlri variable added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
rtMemNlri variable replaced by two variables, rtfAddress and rtfPrefix, in JunosE Release
9.1.0.
Description
Displays filtered information about a specified network, or all networks, in the IPv6 BGP
routing table. Only those fields that you specify are displayed, except that the prefix field
is always displayed. Default fields can be set with the default-fields route command.
Options
594
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
ipv6Prefix—Prefix that defines the IPv6 network that you want to filter
•
longer-prefixes—Displays all routes with a prefix that is equal to or more specific than
the specified prefix
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
rtfPrefix—Prefix representing the route-target membership NLRI (RT-MEM-NLRI), in
the format asNumber:extendedCommunity/prefixLength (for example, 320:320:524/36)
where:
•
asNumber—AS number for origin of route target information, in the range
1–4294967295
•
extendedCommunity—Two-part number in the format number1:number2 that identifies
an extended community of VPNs, in the format number1 : number2, where:
•
number1—Autonomous system (AS) number, in the range 1–4294967295, or an
IP address
•
number2—Unique integer, in the range 1–4294967295; 32 bits if number1 is a 16-bit
AS number; 16 bits if number1 is an IP address or a 32-bit AS number
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
prefixLength—Number that specifies the length of the route prefix, in the range 32–96
•
rtfAddress—rtfPrefix with a prefix length of 96; representing the route-target
membership NLRI (RT-MEM-NLRI), in the format asNumber:extendedCommunity (for
example, 320:320:524 or 320:50.2.3.4:524)
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
For peers, all described options are available. For peer groups, all options are available
except the following:
best | imported | intro | next-hop-cost | peer | peer-type | stale | weight
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
595
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
•
Mode
596
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show bgp ipv6 advertised-routes
Syntax
To display routes advertised to a neighbor or peer group in all address families or a
particular address family other than the route-target address family:
show bgp ipv6 [ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName ]
{ neighbors { ipAddress | ipv6Address } | peer-group peerGroupName }
advertised-routes [ ipv6Prefix [ longer-prefixes ] ]
[ fields { fieldOptions } ] [ delta ] [ filter ]
To display routes advertised to a neighbor or peer group in only the route-target address
family:
show bgp ipv6 route-target signaling
{ neighbors { ipAddress | ipv6Address } | peer-group peerGroupName }
advertised-routes [ fields { fieldOptions } ] [ delta ] [ filter ]
To display routes advertised to the specified peer group for all VPN address families or
for a particular VPN address family; optionally after the application of route-target filters
advertised by the specified member of the peer group:
show bgp ipv6 [ vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName | l2vpn [ all ] |
route-target signaling ]peer-group peerGroupName advertised-routes
[ route-target-filter neighbor { ipRtfNbrAddress | ipv6RtfNbrAddress } ]
[ fields { fieldOptions } ] [ delta ] [ filter ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
route-target signaling and route-target-filter neighbor keywords and ipRtfNbrAddress
and ipv6RtfNbrAddress variables added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays IPv6 BGP routes advertised to the specified BGP peer or peer group.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
ipAddress—IP address of the IPv6 BGP neighbor
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of the IPv6 BGP neighbor
•
peerGroupName—Name of the IPv6 BGP peer group
•
ipv6Prefix—Prefix that defines the IPv6 network that you want to filter
•
longer-prefixes—Displays all routes with a prefix that is equal to or more specific than
the specified prefix
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
597
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
598
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
l2vpn—Displays information for only the L2VPN address family
•
all—Optional keyword; has no effect
•
route-target-filter neighbor—Displays routes actually advertised to the specified peer
group member (neighbor); which routes are advertised is determined by the application
of the route-target filter received from that neighbor to routes in the peer group’s
Adj-RIBs-Out table
•
ipRtfNbrAddress—IP address of a peer group member that has advertised route-target
membership filtering information
•
ipv6RtfNbrAddress—IPv6 address of a peer group member that has advertised
route-target membership filtering information
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
Mode
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
599
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bgp ipv6 aggregate-address
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
600
show bgp ipv6 [ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName ]
aggregate-address [ ipv6Prefix ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about IPv6 BGP aggregate addresses.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
ipv6Prefix—Aggregate IPV6 prefix
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show bgp ipv6 community
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show bgp ipv6
[ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName | route-target signaling ] community
{ communityNumber | local-as | no-advertise | no-export }
[ communityNumber | local-as | no-advertise | no-export ]*
[ exact-match ] [ fields { fieldOptions } ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays routes that belong to the specified BGP community.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
communityNumber—Filters routes according to this community number, specified
either as a number in the range 1–4294967295 or in AA:NN format (autonomous system
number:community number); displays only routes that are members of the specified
community
•
local-as—Displays only routes belonging to the local AS community
•
no-advertise—Displays only routes belonging to the no-advertise community
•
no-export—Displays only routes belonging to the no-export community
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
•
exact-match—Displays only routes that have exactly the specified communities
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
601
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
•
602
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
Mode
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
603
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bgp ipv6 community-list
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
604
show bgp ipv6
[ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName | route-target signaling ]
community-list communityListName [ exact-match ] [ fields { fieldOptions } ]
[ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays routes that belong to the BGP community specified by the community list.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
communityListName—Filters routes according to community list; displays only routes
that are members of a community on the specified list
•
exact-match—Displays only routes that have exactly the specified communities
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
Mode
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
605
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bgp ipv6 dampened-paths
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
606
show bgp ipv6
[ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName | route-target signaling ]
dampened-paths [ fields { fieldOptions } ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays information about dampened IPv6 BGP routes.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
Mode
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
607
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bgp ipv6 filter-list
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
608
show bgp ipv6
[ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName | route-target signaling ]
filter-list asPathAccessListName [ fields { fieldOptions } ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays all routes whose AS path matches the specified AS path access list.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
asPathAccessListName—Name of AS path access list to filter routes; displays only
routes that have AS paths matching the specified list
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
Mode
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
609
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bgp ipv6 flap-statistics
Syntax
To display IPv6 BGP flap statistics for any case other than for the route-target address
family:
show bgp ipv6 [ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName ]
flap-statistics [ ipv6Prefix ] [ filter ]
To display IPv6 BGP flap statistics for the route-target address family:
show bgp ipv6 route-target signaling flap-statistics [ rtfPrefix | rtfAddress ] [ filter ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords and rtMemNlri variable added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
rtMemNlri variable replaced by two variables, rtfAddress and rtfPrefix, in JunosE Release
9.1.0.
Displays IPv6 BGP flap statistics.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
ipv6Prefix—IPv6 prefix for which you want information displayed. If no prefix is specified,
the fields are displayed for all networks.
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
rtfPrefix—Prefix representing the route-target membership NLRI (RT-MEM-NLRI), in
the format asNumber:extendedCommunity/prefixLength (for example, 320:320:524/36)
where:
•
asNumber—AS number for origin of route target information, in the range
1–4294967295
•
extendedCommunity—Two-part number in the format number1:number2 that identifies
an extended community of VPNs, in the format number1:number2, where:
•
610
•
number1—Autonomous system (AS) number, in the range 1–4294967295, or an
IP address
•
number2—Unique integer, in the range 1–4294967295; 32 bits if number1 is a 16-bit
AS number; 16 bits if number1 is an IP address or a 32-bit AS number
prefixLength—Number that specifies the length of the route prefix, in the range 32–96
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
Mode
•
rtfAddress—rtfPrefix with a prefix length of 96; representing the route-target
membership NLRI (RT-MEM-NLRI), in the format asNumber:extendedCommunity (for
example, 320:320:524 or 320:50.2.3.4:524)
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
611
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bgp ipv6 inconsistent-as
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
612
show bgp ipv6
[ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName | route-target signaling ]
inconsistent-as [ fields { fieldOptions } ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays information only about routes with inconsistent AS paths.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
Mode
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
613
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bgp ipv6 neighbors
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
614
show bgp ipv6
[ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName | route-target signaling ]
neighbors [ ipAddress | ipv6Address ] [ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays information about BGP neighbors.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
ipAddress—IP address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show bgp ipv6 neighbors dampened-routes
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show bgp ipv6
[ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName | route-target signaling ]
neighbors { ipAddress | ipv6Address } dampened-routes [ fields { fieldOptions } ]
[ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays information about IPv6 BGP routes with a dampening history for the specified
BGP neighbor.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
ipAddress—IP address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
615
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Mode
616
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show bgp ipv6 neighbors paths
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show bgp ipv6
[ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName | route-target signaling ]
neighbors { ipAddress | ipv6Address } paths [ pathExpression ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays IPv6 BGP path information for the specified BGP neighbor.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
ipAddress—IP address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
pathExpression—See the show ip bgp regexp command for descriptions
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
617
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bgp ipv6 neighbors received-routes
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
618
show bgp ipv6
[ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName | route-target signaling ]
neighbors { ipAddress | ipv6Address } received-routes [ fields { fieldOptions } ]
[ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays IPv6 BGP routes originating from the specified BGP neighbor before inbound
policy is applied.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
ipAddress—IP address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
Mode
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
619
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bgp ipv6 neighbors routes
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
620
show bgp ipv6
[ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName | route-target signaling ]
neighbors { ipAddress | ipv6Address } routes [ fields { fieldOptions } ] [ delta ]
[ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays IPv6 BGP routes originating from the specified BGP neighbor after inbound
policy is applied.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
ipAddress—IP address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
Mode
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
621
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bgp ipv6 network
Syntax
To display information about a prefix configured for all address families or for a specific
address family other than the route-target address family:
show bgp ipv6 [ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName ]
network [ ipv6Prefix ] [ filter ]
To display information about a prefix configured for the route-target address family:
show bgp ipv6 route-target signaling network [ rtfPrefix ] [ filter ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords and rtMemNlri variable added in JunosE Release 9.0.0.
rtMemNlri variable replaced by rtfPrefix variable in JunosE Release 9.1.0.
Displays information about a potentially originated prefix that was configured with the
network command.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
ipv6Prefix—Prefix that defines the IPv6 network that you want to filter
•
route-target signaling—Displays information for only the route-target address family
•
rtfPrefix—Prefix representing the route-target membership NLRI (RT-MEM-NLRI), in
the format asNumber:extendedCommunity/prefixLength (for example, 320:320:524/36)
where:
•
asNumber—AS number for origin of route target information, in the range
1–4294967295
•
extendedCommunity—Two-part number in the format number1:number2 that identifies
an extended community of VPNs, in the format number1:number2, where:
•
•
Mode
622
•
number1—Autonomous system (AS) number, in the range 1–4294967295, or an
IP address
•
number2—Unique integer, in the range 1–4294967295; 32 bits if number1 is a 16-bit
AS number; 16 bits if number1 is an IP address or a 32-bit AS number
prefixLength—Number that specifies the length of the route prefix, in the range 32–96
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show bgp ipv6 next-hops
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show bgp ipv6
[ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName | route-target signaling ]
next-hops [ ipv6Address ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays information about IPv6 BGP next hops.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
ipv6Address—Information only for this indirect next hop
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
623
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bgp ipv6 paths
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
624
show bgp ipv6
[ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName | route-target signaling ]
paths [ pathExpression ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays information about IPv6 BGP AS paths.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
pathExpression—See the show ip bgp regexp command for descriptions
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show bgp ipv6 peer-group
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show bgp ipv6
[ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName | route-target signaling ]
peer-group [ peerGroupName ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays information about BGP peer groups.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
peerGroupName—Name of the BGP peer group
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
625
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bgp ipv6 quote-regexp
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
626
show bgp ipv6
[ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName | route-target signaling ]
quote-regexp pathExpression [ fields { fieldOptions } ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays information about IPv6 BGP routes whose AS path matches the specified regular
expression. Regular expressions match numbers for which the specified path is a
substring—for example, if you specify 20, 200 matches because 20 is a substring of 200.
You can disallow substring matching by using the underscore (_) metacharacter to
constrain matching to the specified pattern; for example, _20_. You can use output filtering
on the display.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
quote-regexp—Indicates that only a single element is matched
•
pathExpression—See the show ip bgp regexp command for descriptions
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
Mode
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
627
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bgp ipv6 regexp
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
628
show bgp ipv6
[ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName | route-target signaling ]
regexp pathExpression [ fields { fieldOptions } ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays information about IPv6 BGP routes whose AS path matches one or more specified
regular expressions. Regular expressions match numbers for which the specified path is
a substring—for example, if you specify 20, 200 matches because 20 is a substring of
200. You can disallow substring matching by using the underscore (_) metacharacter to
constrain matching to the specified pattern; for example, _20_. You can use output filtering
on the display.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
regexp—Indicates that multiple elements can be matched
•
pathExpression—See the show ip bgp regexp command for descriptions
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
Mode
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
629
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bgp ipv6 summary
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
630
show bgp ipv6
[ unicast | multicast | vpnv6 all | vpnv6 vrf vrfName | route-target signaling ]
summary [ fields { fieldOptions } ] [ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays filtered information about the status of all BGP connections. Only those fields
that you specify are displayed, except that the prefix field is always displayed. Default
fields can be set with the default-fields peer command.
•
unicast—Specifies the IPv6 unicast address family and routing table; the default option
•
multicast—Specifies the IPv6 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv6 all—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and all IPv6 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpn6 vrf vrfName—Specifies the VPN-IPv6 address family and only the IPv6 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
route-target signaling—Displays information for only the route-target address family
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ dynamic | intro | last-reset-reason | messages-received | messages-sent |
more-in-queue | peer-type | prefixes-received | remote-as | rib-version |
send-queue-length | state | times-up | up-down-time | updates-received | updates-sent
]*
•
dynamic —Nature of peer, dynamic or not
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
last-reset-reason—Reason for most recent reset
•
messages-received—Total number of messages received from the peer
•
messages-sent—Total number of messages sent to the peer
•
more-in-queue—Status indicating whether any messages are waiting to be sent to
this peer
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
prefixes-received—Number of unique prefixes received from the peer
•
remote-as—Remote AS number of the peer
•
rib-version—Last RIB version queued to be sent to this peer
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
Mode
•
send-queue-length—Number of messages queued to be sent to this peer
•
state—State of the BGP session
•
times-up—Number of times the session has been established
•
up-down-time—How long the session has been up or down
•
updates-received—Number of update messages received from the peer
•
updates-sent—Number of update messages sent to the peer
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
631
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show boot
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
632
show boot [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the configuration and router settings that are used at startup.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show bridge1483 interface
Syntax
show bridge1483 interface [ atm interfaceSpecifier ] [ filter ]
To display summary information:
show bridge1483 interface summary
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
atm keyword and interfaceSpecifier variable added in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Displays configuration and status information for all bridged Ethernet interfaces currently
configured on the router. Alternatively, you can use the summary keyword to display only
brief summary information for all bridged Ethernet interfaces.
•
atm—Specifies ATM interfaces
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
•
summary—Displays only the total number of bridged Ethernet interfaces currently
configured on the router
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
633
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bridge
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
634
show bridge { bridgeGroupName | vplsName } [ all [ delta ] ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vplsName variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays configuration and statistics information for the specified bridge group or VPLS
instance.
•
bridgeGroupName—Name of a bridge group specified with the bridge command
•
vplsName—Name of a VPLS instance created with the bridge vpls
transport-virtual-router command
•
all—Displays address table and statistics information for each network interface
assigned to the bridge group or VPLS instance
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring VPLS Configuration and Statistics for a Specific VPLS Instance
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show bridge groups
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
show bridge groups [ details ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays configuration information for all bridge groups and VPLS instances currently
configured on the router.
•
details—Displays configuration settings for each bridge group or VPLS instance on the
router; if you omit this keyword, the router displays only the names of each bridge group
or VPLS instance
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring VPLS Configuration and Statistics for All VPLS Instances
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
635
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bridge interface
Syntax
To display information about a specified network interface that belongs to a bridge group
or to a VPLS instance:
show bridge interface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier [ delta ] [ filter ]
To display information about all interfaces that belong to a bridge group or to a VPLS
instance, including the VPLS virtual core interface for a VPLS instance:
show bridge { bridgeGroupName | vplsName } interface [ brief | delta ] [ filter ]
Release Information
Description
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vplsName variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays configuration, statistics, and status information for a specified network interface
that belongs to a bridge group or to a VPLS instance, or for all interfaces that belong to
a bridge group or to a VPLS instance.
When you use the show bridge interface command to display information for all interfaces
in a VPLS instance, the router displays information about the network interfaces that
belong to the VPLS instance and about the VPLS virtual core interface, which represents
all the MPLS tunnels from the router to the remote VPLS edge (VE) devices.
Options
636
•
interfaceType—One of the following interface types listed in Interface Types and
Specifiers on page 5
•
atm
•
fastEthernet
•
gigabitEthernet
•
tenGigabitEthernet
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
•
bridgeGroupName—Name of a bridge group specified with the bridge command
•
vplsName—Name of a VPLS instance created with the bridge vpls
transport-virtual-router command
•
brief—Displays the type, specifier, associated port number, and operational status for
each interface
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
Mode
Related
Documentation
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring Configuration, Statistics, and Status for VPLS Network Interfaces
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
637
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bridge interface vpls
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
638
show bridge interface vpls vplsName [ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays configuration, statistics, and status information for a VPLS instance on the VPLS
virtual core interface, which represents all the MPLS tunnels from the router to the remote
VPLS edge (VE) devices.
•
vplsName—Name of a VPLS instance created with the bridge vpls
transport-virtual-router command
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
•
Monitoring Configuration, Statistics, and Status for VPLS Core Interfaces
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show bridge port
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
show bridge { bridgeGroupName | vplsName } port [ portNumber ] [ brief | delta ] [ filter
]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vplsName variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays configuration, statistics, and status information for ports (interfaces) associated
with a bridge group or VPLS instance.
•
bridgeGroupName—Name of a bridge group specified with the bridge command
•
vplsName—Name of a VPLS instance created with the bridge vpls
transport-virtual-router command
•
portNumber—Port number for which you want to display information; if you omit the
port number, the router displays information for all ports that belong to the bridge
group or to the VPLS instance
•
brief—Displays the port number, interface type, interface specifier, and operational
status for each port that belongs to the bridge group or to the VPLS instance
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring Configuration, Statistics, and Status for VPLS Ports
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
639
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bridge table
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
640
show bridge { bridgeGroupName | vplsName } table [ static | dynamic ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vplsName variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about the entries in the MAC address table for the specified bridge
group or VPLS instance. You can display information only for static entries, only for
dynamic entries, or for both static and dynamic entries.
•
bridgeGroupName—Name of a bridge group specified with the bridge command
•
vplsName—Name of a VPLS instance created with the bridge vpls
transport-virtual-router command
•
static—Displays information for only static (nonlearned) entries in the MAC address
table
•
dynamic—Displays information for only dynamic (learned) entries in the MAC address
table
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring MAC Address Entries for a Specific VPLS Instance
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show bulkstats
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show bulkstats [ brief ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays bulkstats statistical information.
•
brief—Displays a brief description for each collector type
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
641
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bulkstats collector description
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
642
show bulkstats collector description [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the collector’s file description.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show bulkstats collector interval
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show bulkstats collector interval [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the time for which the router transfers data to the receivers.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
643
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bulkstats collector max-size
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
644
show bulkstats collector max-size [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the maximum size of the bulkstats file.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show bulkstats collector transfer-mode
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show bulkstats collector transfer-mode [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the way in which the router transfers data to the receivers.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
645
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bulkstats interface-type
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
646
show bulkstats interface-type [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about the collection of statistical data for the particular interface
type (for example, ATM).
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show bulkstats receiver
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show bulkstats receiver [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the configuration of the receiver’s remote files.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
647
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bulkstats schema
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
648
show bulkstats schema [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays data on the selected schema.
•
filter—if-stack or if-stats; see Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show bulkstats statistics
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show bulkstats statistics [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about statistics counters.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
649
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show bulkstats traps
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
650
show bulkstats traps [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about bulkstats traps.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show bulkstats virtual-routers
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
show bulkstats virtual-routers
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about bulkstats router groups.
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
651
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show cac
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
652
show cac [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays global call admission control configuration.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show cac interface
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show cac interface [ brief | interfaceType interfaceSpecifier ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays all interfaces on which TE bandwidth accounting is configured, or information
only for the specified interface.
•
brief—Displays summary information about the interface
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
653
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show calendar
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
654
show calendar [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 12.2.0.
Displays the real-time clock hardware time and date. Also, displays the state of the
real-time clock chip if it has encountered an error.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show classifier-list
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
show classifier-list [ classifierName [ classifierNumber ] ] [ brief | detailed ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about classifier control lists.
•
classifierName—Name of classifier control list
•
classifierNumber—Number associated with a classifier control list entry
•
brief—Displays information in a condensed format
•
detailed—Displays detailed information
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
•
Monitoring Classifier Control Lists
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
655
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show clns
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
656
show clns [ es-neighbors | is-neighbors ] [ interfaceType interfaceSpecifier ]
[ detail ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about the CLNS network.
•
es-neighbors—Displays IS-IS related information for IS-IS end-system adjacencies.
Neighbor entries are sorted according to the area in which they are located.
•
is-neighbors—Displays IS-IS related information for IS-IS intermediate-system
adjacencies. Neighbor entries are sorted according to the area in which they are located.
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
detail—Displays area addresses and IP addresses; if not specified, a summary display
is provided
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show clns interface
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show clns interface [ interfaceType interfaceSpecifier ] [ brief ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
brief keyword added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Lists the Connectionless Network Service information about each interface.
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
brief—Displays summary information about the interface or all interfaces
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
657
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show clns neighbors
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
658
show clns neighbors [ interfaceType interfaceSpecifier ] [ detail ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays both ES and IS neighbors.
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
detail—When specified, the area addresses advertised by the neighbor in the hello
messages are displayed; otherwise, a summary display is provided
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show clns protocol
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show clns protocol [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Lists the protocol-specific information for each IS-IS routing process in the router.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
659
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show clns traffic
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
660
show clns traffic [ interfaceType interfaceSpecifier ] [ detail ] [ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays IS-IS protocol statistics globally for the router or for only a specified interface.
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
detail—Displays detailed statistics; statistics for hello packets, CSNPs, and PSNPs are
displayed only when an interface is also specified
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show clock
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show clock [ detail ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the router’s clock source.
•
detail—Provides expanded information about the clock settings, rather than a summary
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
661
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show color-mark-profile
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
662
show color-mark-profile colorMarkProfileName [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Displays color mark profile entries.
•
colorMarkProfileName—Name of the color mark profile
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring Color-Mark Profiles
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show columns
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
show columns
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays configuration information of bridged Ethernet over ATM, IP over ATM, PPP, or
PPPoE static and dynamic interface columns. It is designed to categorize interface
subscribers into PPP, PPPoE, bridged, or routed.
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
663
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show configuration
Syntax
Release Information
Description
show configuration [ interface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier ] |
[ category categoryName [ categoryName ]* ] [ virtual-router routerName ]
[ [ exclude-category interface interfaceType ]* ] [ include-defaults ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the current (running) configuration of the router, a specified virtual router, a
specified interface, or a specified category of router settings. You can create a
configuration script from this output by saving it as a file with the .scr extension. This
command was formerly documented as show config; that abbreviation is still supported.
This command provides configuration information based on the privilege level of the
session (user). The output does not display any configuration data for commands that
have privilege levels higher than that of the session. For example, if the session is enabled
at level 5, issuing this command displays only output for commands at level 5 and below.
Options
Mode
664
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
categoryName—Name of the category or subcategory of router settings; first
categoryName variable in the syntax represents the category; repeated categoryName
variables represent subcategories of the category
•
routerName—Name of the virtual router
•
exclude-category—Excludes information associated with a particular type of interface
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
•
include-defaults—Includes commands that set default values for various parameters
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show control-plane policer
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
show control-plane policer protocol protocolValue
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Displays control plane information for a specified protocol or for all protocols.
•
protocolValue—Name of the protocol
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring Control Plane Policer Information
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
665
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show controllers e3
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
666
show controllers e3 [ brief | { interfaceSpecifier [ brief | all | summary ] |
serial [ interfaceSpecifier ] } ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about E3 controller interfaces.
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
brief—Abbreviated display of E3 controller information
•
all—Detailed display of all available E3 controller information
•
summary—Displays link status summary
•
serial—Displays information about serial interfaces
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show controllers sonet
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show controllers sonet { [ brief ] | interfaceSpecifier [ :controllerSpecifier ]
{ [ configuration ] | layerType [ interval | total [ delta ] ] |
controllerType [ interval ] | all [ total [ delta ] ] } } [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the statistics or the configuration for the different layers of channelized SONET
and SDH interfaces.
•
brief—Displays a summary of information about all controllers
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
controllerSpecifier—One of the following:
•
For a section or line, there is no controllerSpecifier
•
For a path, the number of the path
•
For a tributary, specified in the format
pathChannel [ /pathPayload ] [ /tributaryGroup ] [ /tributaryNumber ]
•
For an E1 or a DS1 controller, specified in the format
pathChannel [ /pathPayload ] [ /tributaryGroup ] [ /tributaryNumber ]
[ /channelGroup ]
•
For a DS3 controller, specified in the format
pathChannel ds3-channel-number [ ds1-channel-number ]
[ subchannelNumber ]
•
pathChannel—Number of the path
•
pathPayload—Number of the payload within the path. In SONET mode, pathPayload
is always 1. In SDH mode, pathPayload is the number of the TUG-3 group.
•
tributaryGroup—Number of the tributary group within the path. In SONET mode,
tributary group is the number of the VT group. In SDH mode, tributary group is the
number of the TUG-2 group.
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the group. In SONET mode,
tributaryNumber is the number of the VT. In SDH mode, tributaryNumber is the
number of the TUG-1 group or tributary unit.
•
channelGroup—Number of the channel group
•
ds3-channel-number—Number of the ds3 channel
•
ds1-channel-number—Number of the ds1 channel in the range 1–28
•
subchannelNumber—Number of the subchannel in the range 1–24
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
667
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Mode
668
•
configuration—Displays the configuration of each controller at the specified level and
above
•
layerType—Type of SONET/SDH layer
•
section—Section layer of an interface
•
line—Line layer of an interface
•
path—SONET or SDH path
•
interval—Number of 15-minute intervals over which the router monitors information; a
value in the range 1–96; default value is the current interval, number 1
•
controllerType—Type of interface or channel
•
tributary—SONET or SDH virtual tributary
•
e1—E1 channel over SDH virtual tributary
•
ds1—T1 channel over SONET/SDH virtual tributary
•
ds3—T3 over channelized SONET interface
•
t1—T1 channel on T3 over channelized SONET interface
•
total—Displays the MIB statistics for all intervals
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics for all intervals
•
all—Shows statistics for all time intervals, rather than statistics for selected time
intervals
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show controllers sonet remote
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show controllers sonet { interfaceSpecifier [ :controllerSpecifier ] remote [ all ] }
[ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about the statistics on the remote device when MDL is configured
on a T3 over channelized SONET interface or FDL is configured on either a T1 channel on
a T3 over channelized SONET interface or a T1 over SONET/SDH interface.
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
controllerSpecifier—One of the following:
•
For a section or line, there is no controllerSpecifier
•
For a T3 over channelized SONET interface, specified in the format
pathChannel ds3-channel-number [ ds1-channel-number ]
[ subchannelNumber ]
•
For a T1 over SONET/SDH interface, specified in the format
pathChannel [ /pathPayload ] [ /tributaryGroup ] [ /tributaryNumber ]
[ /channelGroup ]
•
pathChannel—Number of the path
•
pathPayload—Number of the payload within the path. In SONET mode, pathPayload
is always 1. In SDH mode, pathPayload is the number of the TUG-3 group.
•
tributaryGroup—Number of the tributary group within the path. In SONET mode,
tributary group is the number of the VT group. In SDH mode, tributary group is the
number of the TUG-2 group.
•
tributaryNumber—Number of the tributary within the group. In SONET mode,
tributaryNumber is the number of the VT. In SDH mode, tributaryNumber is the
number of the TUG-1 group or tributary unit.
•
channelGroup—Number of the channel group
•
ds3-channel-number—Number of the ds3 channel
•
ds1-channel-number—Number of the ds1 channel in the range 1–28
•
subchannelNumber—Number of the subchannel in the range 1–24
•
all—Shows statistics for all time intervals, rather than statistics for selected time
intervals
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
669
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show controllers t1
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
670
show controllers t1 [ brief | { { fractional | serial } [ interfaceSpecifier ] |
interfaceSpecifier [ brief | all | summary ] } ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about the T1 controller interfaces.
•
fractional—Displays information about T1 fractional interfaces
•
serial—Displays information about T1 serial interfaces
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
brief —Abbreviated display of T1 controller information
•
all—Shows statistics for all time intervals, rather than statistics for selected time
intervals
•
summary—Displays link status summary
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show controllers t3
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show controllers t3 [ brief | { interfaceSpecifier [ brief | all | summary ] |
{ ft1 | serial } [ interfaceSpecifier ] } ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about the T3 controller interfaces.
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
brief—Abbreviated display of T3 controller information
•
all—Shows statistics for all time intervals, rather than statistics for selected time
intervals
•
summary—Displays link status summary
•
ft1—Displays information about fractional T1 subchannels
•
serial—Displays information about serial interfaces
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
671
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show controllers t3 remote
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
672
show controllers t3 interfaceSpecifier remote [ all ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about the statistics on the remote device when MDL is configured
on a T3 interface or FDL is configured on a T1 channel.
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
all—Shows statistics for all time intervals, rather than statistics for selected time
intervals
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show cops info
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show cops info [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about SRC (formerly SDX) sessions and about the COPS layer
created for SRC sessions.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
673
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show cops statistics
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
674
show cops statistics [ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays statistics about SRC (formerly SDX) sessions.
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show dhcp binding
Syntax
To display information for the specified binding ID:
show dhcp binding bindingId
To display information for DHCP client bindings on the specified subnet:
show dhcp binding [ local | external | relay-proxy ] [ subnetAddress ] [ detail ] [ filter ]
To display information for DHCP client bindings for the specified IP prefix:
show dhcp binding [ local | external | relay-proxy ] [ subnetAddress ] ip-prefix ipPrefix [
detail ] [ filter ]
To display information for DHCP client bindings for the specified interface string:
show dhcp binding [ local | external | relay-proxy ] [ subnetAddress ] interface string [
detail ] [ filter ]
To display information for DHCP client bindings without a lower-layer interface:
show dhcp binding [ local | external | relay-proxy ] [ subnetAddress ] no-interface [ detail
] [ filter ]
To display information for DHCP client bindings for the specified agent-circuit-id suboption
(suboption 1) string of the DHCP relay agent information option (option 82):
show dhcp binding [ local | external | relay-proxy ] [ subnetAddress ] circuit-id string [
detail ] [ filter ]
To display information for DHCP client bindings for the specified agent-remote-id
suboption (suboption 2) string of the DHCP relay agent information option (option 82):
show dhcp binding [ local | external | relay-proxy ] [ subnetAddress ] remote-id string [
detail ] [ filter ]
Release Information
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
local, external, relay-proxy, interface, no-interface, ip-prefix, circuit-id, and remote-id
keywords and subnetAddress, ipAddress, and string variables added in JunosE Release
9.3.0.
Description
Displays information for specified DHCP client bindings, with results ordered by binding
ID.
NOTE: This command replaces the deprecated show ip dhcp-external
binding, show ip dhcp-external binding-id, and show ip dhcp-local binding
commands, which may be removed completely in a future release.
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
675
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Options
•
bindingId—DHCP binding ID for a specific client
•
local—Specifies DHCP local server client bindings that meet the display criteria
•
external—Specifies DHCP external server client bindings that meet the display criteria
•
relay-proxy—Specifies DHCP relay proxy client bindings that meet the display criteria
•
subnetAddress—IP address of the subnet on which the DHCP clients reside
•
ipPrefix—IP prefix (address and subnetwork mask) of the DHCP clients; for example,
10.10.10.0/24
•
no-interface—Specifies DHCP clients without a lower-layer interface; use this keyword
to display information for DHCP client bindings configured over dynamic interfaces for
which the lower-layer interface has been shut down
•
detail—Shows detailed information for the specified DHCP bindings
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
•
string—Regular expression string that represents the interface, circuit ID, or remote ID
to be matched; you must enclose elements containing a space within double quotes
(“one element”)
Each element is either a literal string, a metacharacter, or a combination. You can
remove the special meaning of a metacharacter by preceding it with a backslash (\).
Regular expressions support the following metacharacters:
•
^ Matches the beginning of the input string. Alternatively, when used as the first
character within brackets—[^ ]—matches any number except the ones specified
within the brackets.
•
$ Matches the end of the input string
•
. (period) Matches any single character, including white space
•
* Matches 0 or more sequences of the immediately previous character or pattern.
•
+ Matches 1 or more sequences of the immediately previous character or pattern
•
? Matches 0 or 1 sequence of the immediately previous character or pattern
•
( ) Specifies patterns for multiple use when followed by one of the multiplier
metacharacters: asterisk *, plus sign +, or question mark ?
•
[ ] Matches any enclosed character; specifies a range of single characters
•
– (hyphen) Used within brackets to specify a range of AS or community numbers
•
_ (underscore) Matches a ^, a $, a comma, a space, a {, or a }. Placed on either side
of a string to specify a literal and disallow substring matching. Numerals enclosed
by underscores can be preceded or followed by any of the characters listed above
•
| Matches characters on either side of the metacharacter; logical OR
You must specify the interface string as a regular expression without spaces; for
example, fastEthernet1.1/100 or fastEthernet.*100
676
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
The following rules apply for representing nonprintable character sequences in the
circuit ID string or the remote ID string:
•
To represent the binary sequence 0d 0a (hex), use the string '\\r\\n'. This consists
of four ASCII characters: 5c for \\, 72 for r, 5c for \\, and 6e for n.
For example, to match the sequence 74 65 73 74 0d 0a 6f 6e 65 (hex), use the string
'test\\r\\none'. In this string, 74 is represented by t, 65 is represented by e, 73 is
represented by s, 74 is represented by t, 0d 0a is represented by \\r\\n, 6f is
represented by o, 6e is represented by n, and 65 is represented by e.
•
To represent the binary sequence 0d 00 (hex), use the string '\\r'. This consists of
two ASCII characters: 5c for \\, and 72 for r.
•
To represent the binary sequence 0a 00 (hex), use the string '\\n'. This consists of
two ASCII characters: 5c for \\, and 6e for n.
For example, to match the sequence 74 65 73 74 0a 00 6f 6e 65 (hex), use the string
'test\\none'. In this string, 74 is represented by t, 65 is represented by e, 73 is
represented by s, 74 is represented by t, 0a 00 is represented by \\n, 0a is represented
by \\n, 6f is represented by o, 6e is represented by n, and 65 is represented by e.
•
To represent all other cases, use the string '\\xab', where ab is a hex code of the
byte. For example, to represent byte 3A, use '\\x3a'. This consists of four ASCII
characters: 5c for \\, 78 for x, 33 for 3, and 61 for a.
As another example, to match the sequence 74 65 73 74 f3 6f 6e 65 (hex), use the
string 'test\\xf3one'. In this string, 74 is represented by t, 65 is represented by e, 73
is represented by s, 74 is represented by t, byte F3 is represented by \\xf3, 6f is
represented by o, 6e is represented by n, and 65 is represented by e.
Mode
Related
Documentation
Privileged Exec
•
Monitoring DHCP Binding Information
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
677
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show dhcp count
Syntax
To display counts of DHCP client bindings and interfaces on the specified subnet:
show dhcp count [ local | external | relay-proxy ] [ subnetAddress ] [ filter ]
To display counts of DHCP client bindings and interfaces for the specified IP prefix:
show dhcp count [ local | external | relay-proxy ] [ subnetAddress ] ip-prefix ipPrefix [
filter ]
To display counts of DHCP client bindings and interfaces for the specified interface string:
show dhcp count [ local | external | relay-proxy ] [ subnetAddress ] interface string [ filter
]
To display counts of DHCP client bindings and interfaces without a lower-layer interface:
show dhcp count [ local | external | relay-proxy ] [ subnetAddress ] no-interface [ filter ]
To display counts of DHCP client bindings and interfaces for the specified agent-circuit-id
suboption (suboption 1) string of the DHCP relay agent information option (option 82):
show dhcp count [ local | external | relay-proxy ] [ subnetAddress ] circuit-id string [ filter
]
To display counts of DHCP client bindings and interfaces for the specified agent-remote-id
suboption (suboption 2) string of the DHCP relay agent information option (option 82):
show dhcp count [ local | external | relay-proxy ] [ subnetAddress ] remote-id string [
filter ]
Release Information
Description
Options
678
Command introduced in JunosE Release 9.3.0.
Displays counts of DHCP client bindings and interfaces.
•
local—Specifies DHCP local server client bindings that meet the display criteria
•
external—Specifies DHCP external server client bindings that meet the display criteria
•
relay-proxy—Specifies DHCP relay proxy client bindings that meet the display criteria
•
subnetAddress—IP address of the subnet on which the DHCP clients reside
•
ipPrefix—IP prefix (address and subnetwork mask) of the DHCP clients; for example,
10.10.10.0/24
•
no-interface—Specifies DHCP clients without a lower-layer interface; use this keyword
to display count information for DHCP client bindings configured over dynamic interfaces
for which the lower-layer interface has been shut down
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
•
string—Regular expression string that represents the interface, circuit ID, or remote ID
to be matched; you must enclose elements containing a space within double quotes
(“one element”)
Each element is either a literal string, a metacharacter, or a combination. You can
remove the special meaning of a metacharacter by preceding it with a backslash (\).
Regular expressions support the following metacharacters:
•
^ Matches the beginning of the input string. Alternatively, when used as the first
character within brackets—[^ ]—matches any number except the ones specified
within the brackets.
•
$ Matches the end of the input string
•
. (period) Matches any single character, including white space
•
* Matches 0 or more sequences of the immediately previous character or pattern.
•
+ Matches 1 or more sequences of the immediately previous character or pattern
•
? Matches 0 or 1 sequence of the immediately previous character or pattern
•
( ) Specifies patterns for multiple use when followed by one of the multiplier
metacharacters: asterisk *, plus sign +, or question mark ?
•
[ ] Matches any enclosed character; specifies a range of single characters
•
– (hyphen) Used within brackets to specify a range of AS or community numbers
•
_ (underscore) Matches a ^, a $, a comma, a space, a {, or a }. Placed on either side
of a string to specify a literal and disallow substring matching. Numerals enclosed
by underscores can be preceded or followed by any of the characters listed above
•
| Matches characters on either side of the metacharacter; logical OR
You must specify the interface string as a regular expression without spaces; for
example, fastEthernet1.1/100 or fastEthernet.*100
The following rules apply for representing nonprintable character sequences in the
circuit ID string or the remote ID string:
•
To represent the binary sequence 0d 0a (hex), use the string '\\r\\n'. This consists
of four ASCII characters: 5c for \\, 72 for r, 5c for \\, and 6e for n.
For example, to match the sequence 74 65 73 74 0d 0a 6f 6e 65 (hex), use the string
'test\\r\\none'. In this string, 74 is represented by t, 65 is represented by e, 73 is
represented by s, 74 is represented by t, 0d 0a is represented by \\r\\n, 6f is
represented by o, 6e is represented by n, and 65 is represented by e.
•
To represent the binary sequence 0d 00 (hex), use the string '\\r'. This consists of
two ASCII characters: 5c for \\, and 72 for r.
•
To represent the binary sequence 0a 00 (hex), use the string '\\n'. This consists of
two ASCII characters: 5c for \\, and 6e for n.
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
679
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
For example, to match the sequence 74 65 73 74 0a 00 6f 6e 65 (hex), use the string
'test\\none'. In this string, 74 is represented by t, 65 is represented by e, 73 is
represented by s, 74 is represented by t, 0a 00 is represented by \\n, 0a is represented
by \\n, 6f is represented by o, 6e is represented by n, and 65 is represented by e.
•
To represent all other cases, use the string '\\xab', where ab is a hex code of the
byte. For example, to represent byte 3A, use '\\x3a'. This consists of four ASCII
characters: 5c for \\, 78 for x, 33 for 3, and 61 for a.
As another example, to match the sequence 74 65 73 74 f3 6f 6e 65 (hex), use the
string 'test\\xf3one'. In this string, 74 is represented by t, 65 is represented by e, 73
is represented by s, 74 is represented by t, byte F3 is represented by \\xf3, 6f is
represented by o, 6e is represented by n, and 65 is represented by e.
Mode
680
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show dhcp-external
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
Related
Documentation
show dhcp-external
Command introduced in JunosE Release 9.3.0.
Displays global configuration information for the DHCP external server application.
Currently, this command indicates whether the ability to use a combination of the MAC
address and giaddr to uniquely identify DHCP clients with duplicate MAC addresses is
enabled or disabled for the DHCP external server application.
Privileged Exec
•
Monitoring DHCP External Server Duplicate MAC Address Setting
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
681
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show dhcp host
Syntax
To display information for DHCP client bindings on the specified subnet:
show dhcp host [ local | external | relay-proxy ] [ subnetAddress ] [ detail ] [ filter ]
To display information for DHCP client bindings for the specified IP prefix:
show dhcp host [ local | external | relay-proxy ] [ subnetAddress ] ip-prefix ipPrefix [ detail
] [ filter ]
To display information for DHCP client bindings for the specified interface string:
show dhcp host [ local | external | relay-proxy ] [ subnetAddress ] interface string [ detail
] [ filter ]
To display information for DHCP client bindings without a lower-layer interface:
show dhcp host [ local | external | relay-proxy ] [ subnetAddress ] no-interface [ detail ]
[ filter ]
To display information for DHCP client bindings for the specified agent-circuit-id suboption
(suboption 1) string of the DHCP relay agent information option (option 82):
show dhcp host [ local | external | relay-proxy ] [ subnetAddress ] circuit-id string [ detail
] [ filter ]
To display information for DHCP client bindings for the specified agent-remote-id
suboption (suboption 2) string of the DHCP relay agent information option (option 82):
show dhcp host [ local | external | relay-proxy ] [ subnetAddress ] remote-id string [ detail
] [ filter ]
Release Information
Description
Options
682
Command introduced in JunosE Release 9.3.0.
Displays information for specified DHCP client bindings, with results ordered by IP address.
This command displays information only for DHCP client bindings with assigned IP
addresses.
•
local—Specifies DHCP local server client bindings that meet the display criteria
•
external—Specifies DHCP external server client bindings that meet the display criteria
•
relay-proxy—Specifies DHCP relay proxy client bindings that meet the display criteria
•
subnetAddress—IP address of the subnet on which the DHCP clients reside
•
ipPrefix—IP prefix (address and subnetwork mask) of the DHCP clients; for example,
10.10.10.0/24
•
no-interface—Specifies DHCP clients without a lower-layer interface; use this keyword
to display information for DHCP client bindings configured over dynamic interfaces for
which the lower-layer interface has been shut down
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
detail—Shows detailed information for the specified DHCP bindings
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
•
string—Regular expression string that represents the interface, circuit ID, or remote ID
to be matched; you must enclose elements containing a space within double quotes
(“one element”)
Each element is either a literal string, a metacharacter, or a combination. You can
remove the special meaning of a metacharacter by preceding it with a backslash (\).
Regular expressions support the following metacharacters:
•
^ Matches the beginning of the input string. Alternatively, when used as the first
character within brackets—[^ ]—matches any number except the ones specified
within the brackets.
•
$ Matches the end of the input string
•
. (period) Matches any single character, including white space
•
* Matches 0 or more sequences of the immediately previous character or pattern.
•
+ Matches 1 or more sequences of the immediately previous character or pattern
•
? Matches 0 or 1 sequence of the immediately previous character or pattern
•
( ) Specifies patterns for multiple use when followed by one of the multiplier
metacharacters: asterisk *, plus sign +, or question mark ?
•
[ ] Matches any enclosed character; specifies a range of single characters
•
– (hyphen) Used within brackets to specify a range of AS or community numbers
•
_ (underscore) Matches a ^, a $, a comma, a space, a {, or a }. Placed on either side
of a string to specify a literal and disallow substring matching. Numerals enclosed
by underscores can be preceded or followed by any of the characters listed above
•
| Matches characters on either side of the metacharacter; logical OR
You must specify the interface string as a regular expression without spaces; for
example, fastEthernet1.1/100 or fastEthernet.*100
The following rules apply for representing nonprintable character sequences in the
circuit ID string or the remote ID string:
•
To represent the binary sequence 0d 0a (hex), use the string '\\r\\n'. This consists
of four ASCII characters: 5c for \\, 72 for r, 5c for \\, and 6e for n.
For example, to match the sequence 74 65 73 74 0d 0a 6f 6e 65 (hex), use the string
'test\\r\\none'. In this string, 74 is represented by t, 65 is represented by e, 73 is
represented by s, 74 is represented by t, 0d 0a is represented by \\r\\n, 6f is
represented by o, 6e is represented by n, and 65 is represented by e.
•
To represent the binary sequence 0d 00 (hex), use the string '\\r'. This consists of
two ASCII characters: 5c for \\, and 72 for r.
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
683
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
•
To represent the binary sequence 0a 00 (hex), use the string '\\n'. This consists of
two ASCII characters: 5c for \\, and 6e for n.
For example, to match the sequence 74 65 73 74 0a 00 6f 6e 65 (hex), use the string
'test\\none'. In this string, 74 is represented by t, 65 is represented by e, 73 is
represented by s, 74 is represented by t, 0a 00 is represented by \\n, 0a is represented
by \\n, 6f is represented by o, 6e is represented by n, and 65 is represented by e.
•
To represent all other cases, use the string '\\xab', where ab is a hex code of the
byte. For example, to represent byte 3A, use '\\x3a'. This consists of four ASCII
characters: 5c for \\, 78 for x, 33 for 3, and 61 for a.
As another example, to match the sequence 74 65 73 74 f3 6f 6e 65 (hex), use the
string 'test\\xf3one'. In this string, 74 is represented by t, 65 is represented by e, 73
is represented by s, 74 is represented by t, byte F3 is represented by \\xf3, 6f is
represented by o, 6e is represented by n, and 65 is represented by e.
Mode
684
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show dhcp proxy-client binding
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
show dhcp proxy-client binding
Command introduced in JunosE Release 12.2.0.
Displays the configured DHCP proxy client bindings.
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
685
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show dhcp relay
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
686
show dhcp relay [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays DHCP relay configuration information and IP addresses of configured DHCP
servers.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
•
Monitoring DHCP Relay Configuration Information
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show dhcp relay proxy statistics
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
show dhcp relay proxy statistics [ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the statistics of the configured DHCP relay proxy.
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
•
Monitoring DHCP Server and DHCP Relay Agent Statistics
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
687
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show dhcp relay statistics
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
688
show dhcp relay statistics [ detail ] [ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
detail keyword added in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Displays statistics that are common to both DHCP relay and DHCP relay proxy, and also
to display DHCP server statistics for DHCP relay only.
•
statistics—Displays statistics for the DHCP relay
•
detail—Displays a subset of statistics on a per-DHCP server basis
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
•
Monitoring DHCP Relay Statistics
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show dhcp server
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
show dhcp server [ statistics [ delta ] ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the IP address(es) and statistics of the configured DHCP server.
•
server—DHCP Proxy Client configuration
•
statistics—Displays statistics for the DHCP server or relay agent
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
•
Monitoring DHCP Server and DHCP Relay Agent Statistics
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
689
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show dhcp summary
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
Related
Documentation
690
show dhcp summary
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays the currently configured DHCP applications and indicates whether they are
active.
Privileged Exec
•
Monitoring Status of DHCP Applications
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show dhcp vendor-option
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
show dhcp vendor-option [ default | vendor-option-relay-server ServerAddress ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays configuration and action information for the DHCP vendor-option feature.
•
default—Displays where DHCP client packets that do not match a configured
vendor-string are sent by default
•
vendor-option-relay-server—Displays DHCP string matches that are sent to the specified
vendor-option server
•
ServerAddress—IP address of the DHCP vendor-option server
Privileged Exec
•
Monitoring DHCP Option 60 Information
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
691
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show dos-protection-group
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
692
show dos-protection-group groupName rates slot slotNumber [ filter ] ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
Displays information about denial of service (DoS) protection groups.
•
groupName—Name of the DoS protection group
•
rate—Calculated values for the minimum rate, maximum rate, minimum burst, and
maximum burst
•
slotNumber—Number of the slot
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show drop-profile
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
show drop-profile [ dropProfileName ] [ brief | references ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about the drop profile.
•
dropProfileName—Name for the drop profile
•
brief —Displays information in a condensed format
•
references—Displays QoS profiles which reference the drop profile
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
•
Monitoring Drop Profiles for RED and WRED
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
693
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show dvmrp destination profile
Syntax
show dvmrp destination profile [ profileName ]
Release Information
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Description
Options
Mode
694
Displays the configuration and status of a destination profile for dynamic DVMRP tunnels.
•
profileName—Name of the destination profile
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show dvmrp tunnel
Syntax
show dvmrp tunnel [ detail ] [ state tunnelStatus ] [ tunnelName |
[ virtual-router vrName ] ip ipAddress [ tunnelName ] ] [ filter ]
To display summary information:
show dvmrp tunnel summary [ filter ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about DVMRP tunnels.
•
detail—Shows detailed tunnel information about DVMRP tunnels
•
tunnelStatus—State of tunnels for which information is displayed; one of the following:
•
disabled—Tunnel is disabled
•
down—Tunnel is not operational
•
enabled—Tunnel is enabled
•
lower-down—Interface layer below the tunnel is not operational
•
not-present—Tunnel service module is not in slot
•
up—Tunnel is operational
•
tunnelName—Name of a tunnel for which you want to display information
•
vrName—Name of a virtual router for which tunnel information is displayed
•
ipAddress—IP address associated with tunnel
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
•
summary—Displays summary information
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
695
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show egress-queue events
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
696
show egress-queue events { interface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier |
l2tp session sessionName | tunnel-server interfaceType } [ atmVpi | s-vlanIdValue ]
[ explicit | summary ] [ traffic-class trafficClassName ]
[ event-exceeding eventExceedingNumber
{ committed | conformed | exceeded | forwarded } ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
atmVpi and s-vlanIdValue variables added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays events that track the number of times egress queuing rates exceed thresholds
you have configured.
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
sessionName—Name of the L2TP session
•
atmVpi—Virtual path identifier of this PVC; number in the range 0–255
•
s-vlanIdValue—S-VLAN ID number in the range 0–4095
•
explicit—Displays events for queues only on the specified interface and not for queues
stacked above the interface
•
summary—Displays the sum of events for the queues bound to interfaces that are
stacked above the specified interface
•
trafficClassName—Name of a traffic class for which egress queue events are displayed
•
eventExceedingNumber—Number of events, in the range 1–1073741824
•
committed—Displays queues in which the committed drop count exceeds the
eventExceedingNumber
•
conformed—Displays queues in which the conformed drop count exceeds the
eventExceedingNumber
•
exceeded—Displays queues in which the exceeded drop count exceeds the
eventExceedingNumber
•
forwarded—Displays queues in which the forwarding event count exceeds the
eventExceedingNumber
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring Forwarding and Drop Events on the Egress Queue
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show egress-queue rates
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show egress-queue rates [ color ] [ previous | current ] [ full | brief ]
{ interface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier |
l2tp session sessionName | tunnel-server interfaceType } [ atmVpi | s-vlanIdValue ]
[ explicit | summary ] [ traffic-class trafficClassName ]
[ rate-exceeding rateExceedingNumber { aggregate | committed | conformed |
exceeded | forwarded | minimum | maximum } ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
atmVpi and s-vlanIdValue variables added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays statistics associated with egress queuing rates.
•
color—Displays drop rates by color without minimum and maximum rates, rather than
as an aggregate of all colors
•
previous—Displays rate statistics for the previous rate period; the default option
•
current—Displays rate statistics for the current rate period
•
full—Displays rate statistics for all queues
•
brief—Displays rate statistics only for queues that have queue rate statistics enabled;
the default option
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
sessionName —Name of the L2TP session
•
atmVpi—Virtual path identifier of this PVC; number in the range 0–255
•
s-vlanIdValue—S-VLAN ID number in the range 0–4095
•
explicit—Displays rate statistics for queues only on the specified interface and not
queues stacked above the interface
•
summary—Displays the sum of rates for the queues bound to interfaces that are stacked
above the specified interface
•
trafficClassName—Name of a traffic class for which egress queue rate statistics are
displayed
•
rateExceedingNumber—Bits per second in the range 1–1073741824
•
aggregate—Displays queues in which the aggregate drop rate exceeds the
rateExceedingNumber
•
committed—Displays queues in which the committed drop rate exceeds the
rateExceedingNumber
•
conformed—Displays queues in which the conformed drop rate exceeds the
rateExceedingNumber
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
697
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Mode
Related
Documentation
698
•
exceeded—Displays queues in which the exceeded drop rate exceeds the
rateExceedingNumber
•
forwarded—Displays queues in which the forwarding rate exceeds the
rateExceedingNumber
•
minimum—Displays queues in which the minimum queue rate exceeds the
rateExceedingNumber
•
maximum—Displays queues in which the maximum queue rate exceeds the
rateExceedingNumber
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring Forwarding and Drop Rates on the Egress Queue
•
Troubleshooting Memory and Processor Use for Egress Queue Rate Statistics and
Events
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show enable-frag-stats
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
Related
Documentation
show enable-frag-stats
Command introduced in JunosE Release 12.3.0.
Displays whether collection and storage of output policy statistics for traffic on tunnel
interfaces is performed by the number of fragments or the number of packets. By default,
the output policy statistics for tunnel interfaces are stored as a measure of the number
of packets.
Privileged Exec
•
Statistics Collection for Output Policies on Tunnel Interfaces Overview
•
Configuring Statistics Collection for Output Policies on Tunnel Interfaces
•
Verifying Statistics Collection for Output Policies on Tunnel Interfaces
•
enable-frag-stats
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
699
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show environment
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
700
show environment [ all ] [ table ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about the router’s physical environment, such as power and
temperature.
•
all—Displays router environment information and temperature status table
•
table—Displays temperature status table only
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show ethernet oam lfm discovery
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show ethernet oam lfm discovery interfaceType interfaceSpecifier
Command introduced in JunosE Release 11.1.0.
Displays the results of the Ethernet OAM link-fault management discovery process for
a particular interface.
•
•
Mode
Related
Documentation
interfaceType—One of the following interface types listed in “Interface Types and
Specifiers” on page 5:
•
fastEthernet
•
gigabitEthernet
•
tenGigabitEthernet
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
OAM Discovery Feature
•
Monitoring OAM Link-Fault Management Discovery Settings for an Interface
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
701
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ethernet oam lfm statistics
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show ethernet oam lfm statistics interfaceType interfaceSpecifier
Command introduced in JunosE Release 11.1.0.
Displays detailed information about the Ethernet OAM link-fault management packets
that are processed by a particular interface.
•
•
Mode
Related
Documentation
702
interfaceType—One of the following interface types listed in “Interface Types and
Specifiers” on page 5:
•
fastEthernet
•
gigabitEthernet
•
tenGigabitEthernet
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring OAM Link-Fault Management Statistics for an Interface
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show ethernet oam lfm status
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show ethernet oam lfm status interfaceType interfaceSpecifier
Command introduced in JunosE Release 11.1.0.
Displays the current Ethernet OAM link-fault management configuration for a particular
interface. OAM must be operational on the interface when you run this command.
•
•
Mode
Related
Documentation
interfaceType—One of the following interface types listed in “Interface Types and
Specifiers” on page 5:
•
fastEthernet
•
gigabitEthernet
•
tenGigabitEthernet
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring OAM Link-Fault Management Configuration for an Interface
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
703
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ethernet oam lfm summary
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
Related
Documentation
704
show ethernet oam lfm summary
Command introduced in JunosE Release 11.1.0.
Displays a summary of the MAC-layer OAM status of all Ethernet links on which OAM
link-fault management is enabled.
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring OAM Link-Fault Management Sessions on All Configured Interfaces
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show exception dump
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show exception dump [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the parameters for transferring core dump files.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
705
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show exception monitor
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
706
show exception monitor [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about core dump monitor status and configuration.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show fabric-queue
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
show fabric-queue [ traffic-class trafficClassName [ detail ] |
egress-slot egressSlotNumber | detail |
traffic-class trafficClassName egress-slot egressSlotNumber ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays forwarded and dropped statistics for the queues in the fabric.
•
trafficClassName—Name of the traffic class
•
detail—Provides detailed information about the queues in the fabric
•
egressSlotNumber—Number of the egress slot
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring Queue Statistics for the Fabric
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
707
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show fabric weights
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
708
show fabric weights
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Displays the multicast-to-unicast ratio for the router switch fabric.
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show flash
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
show flash
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about installed flash cards.
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
709
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show forwarding-table route-holddown
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
710
show forwarding-table route-holddown
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the configured route hold-down time (in seconds) that is allowed after an initial
routing table change for the accumulation and subsequent distribution of a set of routing
table updates to the line modules.
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show fpga-stats-monitoring
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
Related
Documentation
show fpga-stats-monitoring
Command introduced in JunosE Release 13.2.0.
Displays configuration details of the FPGA statistics corruption detection utility.
Global Configuration
•
Computation of the Interface and Policy Counters for the Detection of Corruption in
the FPGA Statistics
•
Configuring the Capability to Detect Corruption in the FPGA Statistics for Policies
Managed by the SRC Software
•
Detection of Corruption in the FPGA Statistics for Policies of Subscribers Managed by
the SRC Software
•
Example: Computation of the Threshold Value by Using Interface and Policy Counters
for the Detection of Corruption in the FPGA Statistics
•
Monitoring the Detection of Corrupted FPGA Statistics Settings
•
Scenarios for the Detection of Corruption in the FPGA Statistics and the Determination
of the Threshold
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
711
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show frame-relay interface
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
712
show frame-relay interface [ interfaceType interfaceSpecifier ] [ members ]
[ brief ] [ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays Frame Relay statistics for interfaces.
•
interfaceType—One of the following interface types listed in Interface Types and
Specifiers on page 5 :
•
serial
•
pos
•
mlframe-relay
•
tunnel—GRE tunnel
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
members—Displays the status of MLFR links
•
displays the status of all MLFR links if you specify the interface type mlframe-relay
without a specifier for an MLFR bundle
•
displays the status of MLFR links in an MLFR bundle if you specify that bundle
•
brief—Displays a summary of interface information
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show frame-relay lip
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show frame-relay lip [ interface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier ] [ brief ] [ delta ]
[ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays Link Integrity Protocol state and statistics for a link in an MLFR bundle.
•
•
Mode
interfaceType—One of the following interface types listed in “Interface Types and
Specifiers” on page 5:
•
serial
•
pos
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface in the format slot/port:link:
•
slot—Number of the chassis slot of the line module in the range 0–13 (ERX14xx
models) and 0–6 (ERX7xx models)
•
port—Port number in the range 0–2
•
link—Number of a link in the range 1–8
•
brief—Summarized format
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
713
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show frame-relay lmi
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
714
show frame-relay lmi [ interface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier ] [ brief ]
[ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays state and statistics for the local management interface.
•
interfaceType—One of the following interface types listed in Interface Types and
Specifiers on page 5 :
•
serial
•
pos
•
mlframe-relay
•
tunnel—GRE tunnel
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
brief—Summarized format
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show frame-relay map
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show frame-relay map [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the current Frame Relay map entries and information about the Frame Relay
connections.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
715
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show frame-relay multilinkInterface
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
716
show frame-relay multilinkInterface [ interfaceType interfaceSpecifier ] [ brief ]
[ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays statistics about all MLFR interfaces or the specified MLFR interfaces.
•
interfaceType—One of the following interface types listed in “Interface Types and
Specifiers” on page 5:
•
serial
•
pos
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
brief —Displays a summary of interface information
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show frame-relay pvc
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show frame-relay pvc [ dlci | interface interfaceType interfaceSpecifier ]
[ brief ] [ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays permanent virtual circuit statistics for Frame Relay or MLFR interfaces.
•
dlci—DLCI number to be used on the specified subinterface to identify a virtual circuit
in the range 16–1007
•
interfaceType—One of the following interface types listed in “Interface Types and
Specifiers” on page 5:
•
serial
•
pos
•
mlframe-relay
•
tunnel—GRE tunnel
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
brief—Displays the abbreviated version of the command output
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
717
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show frame-relay subinterface
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
718
show frame-relay subinterface [ interfaceType interfaceSpecifier ] [ brief ]
[ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays statistics about Frame Relay subinterfaces.
•
interfaceType—One of the following interface types listed in “Interface Types and
Specifiers” on page 5:
•
serial
•
pos
•
mlframe-relay
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
brief—Displays a summary of subinterface information
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring the Policy Configuration of Frame Relay Subinterfaces
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show frame-relay summary
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show frame-relay summary [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Scans all defined Frame Relay interfaces and circuits and reports aggregate status counts.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
719
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ftp-server
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Mode
720
show ftp-server
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about the FTP server.
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show gre destination profile
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show gre destination profile [ profileName ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays the configuration and status of a destination profile for dynamic GRE tunnels.
•
profileName—Name of the destination profile
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
721
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show gre tunnel
Syntax
show gre tunnel [ detail ] [ state tunnelStatus ]
[ tunnelName | [ virtual-router vrName ] ip ipAddress ] [ filter ] [ summary ]
To display summary information:
show gre tunnel summary [ filter ]
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
722
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about GRE tunnels.
•
detail—Shows detailed tunnel information about GRE tunnels
•
tunnelStatus—State of tunnels for which information is displayed; one of the following:
•
disabled—Tunnel is disabled
•
down—Tunnel is not operational
•
enabled—Tunnel is enabled
•
lower-down—Interface layer lower below the tunnel is not operational
•
not-present—Tunnel service module is not in slot
•
up—Tunnel is operational
•
tunnelName—Name of a tunnel for which you want to display information
•
vrName—Name of a virtual router for which tunnel information is displayed
•
ipAddress—IP address associated with tunnel
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
•
summary—Displays summary information
Privileged Exec
•
Monitoring GRE Tunnel Information
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show hardware
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show hardware [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about the modules installed in the router.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
723
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show hdlc interface
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
724
show hdlc interface [ { dataRestriction [ dataRestriction ]* } | full ]
[ delta ] [ stateRestriction ] [ { interfaceType } interfaceSpecifier ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays statistics about specified Cisco HDLC interfaces.
•
dataRestriction—Specify one or more of the following keywords:
•
config—Displays information about the HDLC interface configuration
•
status—Displays information about the HDLC interface operational status
•
statistics—Displays information about the HDLC interface statistics
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
•
full—Displays configuration, status, and statistics information; equivalent to specifying
config status statistics
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
stateRestriction—Specify only one of the following keywords:
•
open—Displays an interface that is administratively enabled, which means that the
no ppp shutdown command is operational
•
closed—Displays an interface that is administratively disabled, which means that
the ppp shutdown command is operational
•
up—Displays an interface that is up, which means that the LCP has been negotiated
•
down—Displays an interface that is down, which means that the LCP has not been
negotiated, the negotiations have failed, or the connection has been terminated
•
lower-layer-down—Displays an interface that is not up and is waiting for the lower
layer to come up to initiate negotiations for LCP
•
not present—Displays an interface on which traffic cannot flow because hardware
is unavailable
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show hosts
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show hosts [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays a list of configured network servers.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
725
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show hotfix
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
726
show hotfix [ hfixFileName ] [ detail ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 7.2.0.
Displays information for any hotfix available on the local file system. The information
includes name and ID of the hotfix, activation and arming status, and any other required
hotfixes.
•
hfixFileName—Name of a hotfix software file (.hfx) on the local file system
•
detail—Displays a synopsis describing the purpose of each hotfix; when you also specify
a particular hotfix, displays additional details about that hotfix
User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show icr-partition
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
show icr-partition [ interfaceType interfaceSpecifier [ vrid ] ] [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 10.3.0.
Displays ICR partition information for the VRID configured on the specified interface.
•
interfaceType—One of the following interface types listed in Interface Types and
Specifiers on page 5
•
fastEthernet
•
gigabitEthernet
•
tenGigabitEthernet
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
vrid—Virtual router ID identifier; a number in the range 1– 255
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
•
Monitoring the Configuration of an ICR Partition Attached to an Interface
•
Monitoring the Status of ICR Partition Accounting
•
Monitoring the Configuration of ICR Partitions
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
727
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show icr-partitions
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
728
show icr-partitions [ backup | dormant | master | summary ] [ filter ]
Command introduced in JunosE Release 10.3.0.
Displays a list of all configured ICR partitions in different states, and a summary of all
configured ICR partitions on the router. Includes information about the state of the
partition, the partition identifier, the virtual router identifier, and the interface identifier.
•
backup—Displays the total number of backup ICR partitions configured on the router
•
dormant—Displays the total number of dormant ICR partitions configured on the router
•
master—Displays the total number of master ICR partitions configured on the router
•
summary—Displays a summary of all ICR partitions configured on the router
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
•
Monitoring the Configuration of ICR Partitions
•
Monitoring the Configuration of an ICR Partition Attached to an Interface
•
Monitoring the Status of ICR Partition Accounting
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show ike certificates
Syntax
Release Information
Description
show ike certificates { all | crl | peer | public-certs | root-cas } [ hex-format ]
[ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the IKE certificates configured on the E Series router.
NOTE: This command has been replaced by the show ipsec certificates
command and may be removed completely in a future release.
Options
Mode
•
all—Displays all certificates configured on the router
•
crl—Displays certificate revocation lists
•
peer—Displays peer certificates
•
public-certs—Displays public certificates
•
root-cas—Displays root CA certificates
•
hex-format—Displays certificate data in hexadecimal format
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
729
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ike configuration
Syntax
Release Information
Description
show ike configuration [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays a summary of the IKE configuration.
NOTE: This command has been replaced by the show ipsec ike-configuration
command and may be removed completely in a future release.
Options
Mode
730
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show ike identity
Syntax
Release Information
Description
show ike identity [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the IKE identity configuration.
NOTE: This command has been replaced by the show ipsec identity command
and may be removed completely in a future release.
Options
Mode
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
731
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ike policy-rule
Syntax
Release Information
Description
show ike policy-rule [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays configuration of IKE phase 1 policy rules.
NOTE: This command has been replaced by the show ipsec ike-policy-rule
command and may be removed completely in a future release.
Options
Mode
732
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show ike sa
Syntax
Release Information
Description
show ike sa [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays IKE phase 1 SAs running on the router.
NOTE: This command has been replaced by the show ipsec ike-sa command
and may be removed completely in a future release.
Options
Mode
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
733
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show interfaces
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
734
show interfaces interfaceType interfaceSpecifier [ delta ] [ brief ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays the current state of the interface you specify.
•
interfaceType—Interface type; see Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
“Interface Types and Specifiers” on page 5; for ATM, subinterfaces are not supported
by the syntax
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
brief—Displays a brief summary of the interface
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring the QoS Configuration of ATM Interfaces
•
Monitoring the QoS Configuration of Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet, and 10-Gigabit
Ethernet Interfaces
•
Monitoring Interfaces and Policy Lists
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show interfaces lag
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show interfaces interfaceType interfaceSpecifier lag [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about a specified Ethernet member link in an IEEE 802.3ad link
aggregation group (LAG) bundle.
•
interfaceType—One of the following interface types listed in Interface Types and
Specifiers on page 5
•
fastEthernet
•
gigabitEthernet
•
interfaceSpecifier—Particular interface; format varies according to interface type; see
Interface Types and Specifiers on page 5
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
735
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show interfaces lag members
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
736
show interfaces lag [ interfaceSpecifier ] members [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about the Ethernet member links in all IEEE 802.3ad link aggregation
group (LAG) bundles configured on the router, or about the member links in a specified
IEEE 802.3ad LAG bundle.
•
interfaceSpecifier—LAG interface specifier; see Interface Types and Specifiers on
page 5
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring the QoS Configuration of IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation Group Bundles
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show ip
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show ip [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays general information for IP.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
737
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ip address
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
738
show ip address [ vrfName ] [ brief | detail ] localAddress [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays interface information for the specified IP address.
•
vrfName—Name of the VRF
•
brief—Displays summary information about the interface
•
detail—Displays detailed information about the interface
•
localAddress—IP address of the specific interface
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show ip as-path-access-list
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show ip as-path-access-list [ accessListName ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about AS-path access lists.
•
accessListName—Name of an AS-path access list
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
739
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ip bgp
Syntax
To display information about networks for all address families or for a specific address
family other than the L2VPN address family and the route-target address family:
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName ]
[ network [ networkMask [ longer-prefixes ] ] ] [ fields fieldOptions ] [ filter ]
To display information for networks associated with only the L2VPN address family:
show ip bgp { l2vpn all | l2vpn vpls vplsName | l2vpn vpws vpwsName }
[ site-id siteId block-offset blockOffset ] [ fields fieldOptions ] [ filter ]
To display information for networks associated with only the route-target address family:
show ip bgp route-target signaling rtfPrefix [ longer-prefixes ]
[ fields fieldOptions ] [ filter ]
Release Information
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
l2vpn and all keywords added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vpls keyword and vplsName variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
site-id keyword and siteId variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
block-offset keyword and blockOffset variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vpws keyword and vpwsName variable added in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords and rtMemNlri variable added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
rtMemNlri variable replaced by rtfPrefix variable in JunosE Release 9.1.0.
Description
Displays filtered information about a specified network, or all networks, in the BGP routing
table associated with a specified address family or all address families. Only those fields
that you specify are displayed, except that the prefix field is always displayed. Default
fields can be set with the default-fields route command.
Options
740
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
network—IP address for which the best matching route is displayed; if no network is
specified, displays the fields for all networks
•
networkMask—Address mask to be applied to the network address
•
longer-prefixes—Displays all routes with a prefix that is equal to or more specific than
the specified prefix
•
l2vpn all—Specifies all VPLS and VPWS instances in the L2VPN address family
•
l2vpn vpls vplsName—Specifies the VPLS instance with the name vplsName
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
l2vpn vpws vpwsName—Specifies the VPWS instance with the name vpwsName
•
siteId—Numerical identifier for the site; must be an unsigned 16-bit integer greater than
zero that is unique across the VPLS domain
•
blockOffset—Integer in the range 1–65535 that identifies a block offset for which
information is displayed
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
rtfPrefix—Prefix representing the route-target membership NLRI (RT-MEM-NLRI), in
the format asNumber:extendedCommunity/prefixLength (for example, 320:320:524/36)
where:
•
asNumber—AS number for origin of route target information, in the range
1–4294967295
•
extendedCommunity—Two-part number in the format number1:number2 that identifies
an extended community of VPNs, in the format number1:number2, where:
•
•
number1—Autonomous system (AS) number, in the range 1–4294967295, or an
IP address
•
number2—Unique integer, in the range 1–4294967295; 32 bits if number1 is a 16-bit
AS number; 16 bits if number1 is an IP address or a 32-bit AS number
prefixLength—Number that specifies the length of the route prefix, in the range 32–96
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
741
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
•
Mode
Related
Documentation
742
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring BGP-Related Settings for VPWS L2VPNS
•
Monitoring Layer2 NLRI for VPLS Instances
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show ip bgp advertised-routes
Syntax
To display routes advertised to a neighbor or peer group in all address families or a
particular address family:
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName |
l2vpn [ all ] | route-target signaling ]
{ neighbors { ipAddress | ipv6Address } | peer-group peerGroupName }
advertised-routes [ fields { fieldOptions } ] [ delta ] [ filter ]
To display routes advertised to the specified peer group for all VPN address families or
for a particular VPN address family after the application of route-target filters advertised
by the specified member of the peer group:
show ip bgp [ vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName ] | l2vpn [ all ] | route-target signaling ]
peer-group peerGroupName advertised-routes
route-target-filter neighbor { ipRtfNbrAddress| ipv6RtfNbrAddress }
[ fields { pgfieldOptions } ] [ delta ] [ filter ]
To display the route that best matches the specified address for all address families or
for a particular address family; not available for the L2VPN address family:
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName ]
{ neighbors { ipAddress | ipv6Address } | peer-group peerGroupName }
advertised-routes network [ networkMask [ longer-prefixes ] ]
[ fields { fieldOptions } ] [ delta ] [ filter ]
To display routes advertised to a neighbor or peer group with the specified site ID and
block offset in the L2VPN address family:
show ip bgp l2vpn all
{ neighbors { ipAddress | ipv6Address } | peer-group peerGroupName }
advertised-routes site-id siteId block-offset blockOffset
[ fields { fieldOptions } ] [ delta ] [ filter ]
To display all routes or the route that best matches the specified address advertised to
a neighbor or peer group in only the route-target address family:
show ip bgp route-target signaling
{ neighbors { ipAddress | ipv6Address } | peer-group peerGroupName }
advertised-routes rtfPrefix [ longer-prefixes ]
[ fields { fieldOptions} ] [ delta ] [ filter ]
Release Information
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
l2vpn and all keywords added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
site-id keyword and siteId variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
block-offset keyword and blockOffset variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
route-target signaling and route-target-filter neighbor keywords and ipRtfNbrAddress,
ipv6RtfNbrAddress, and rtMemNlri variables added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
743
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
rtMemNlri variable replaced by rtfPrefix variable in JunosE Release 9.1.0.
Description
Displays the routes in the Adj-RIBs-Out table of the specified peer or peer group. For
peers, displays routes that have been previously advertised to the peer and the attributes
for the routes before the application of outbound policy.
For peer groups, displays routes that will be advertised to the peer group, but includes
the full set of route attributes associated with the routes after the application of outbound
policy. This command returns an error message unless you first enable rib-out with the
no neighbor rib-out disable command or the no rib-out disable command.
Options
744
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
l2vpn all—Displays information for only the L2VPN address family; the all keyword is
optional unless you specify a site ID and block offset
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
ipAddress—IP address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
peerGroupName—Name of a BGP peer group
•
route-target-filter neighbor—Displays routes actually advertised to the specified peer
group member (neighbor); which routes are advertised is determined by the application
of the route-target filter received from that neighbor to routes in the peer group’s
Adj-RIBs-Out table
•
ipRtfNbrAddress—IP address of a peer group member that has advertised route-target
membership filtering information
•
ipv6RtfNbrAddress—IPv6 address of a peer group member that has advertised
route-target membership filtering information
•
network—Route that best matches this IP address; if no network is specified, displays
the fields for all networks
•
networkMask—Address mask to be applied to the network address
•
longer-prefixes—Displays all routes with a prefix that is equal to or more specific than
the specified prefix
•
siteId—Numerical identifier for the site; must be an unsigned 16-bit integer greater than
zero that is unique across the VPLS domain
•
blockOffset—Integer in the range 1–65535 that identifies a block offset for which
information is displayed
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
rtfPrefix—Prefix representing the route-target membership NLRI (RT-MEM-NLRI), in
the format asNumber:extendedCommunity/prefixLength (for example, 320:320:524/36)
where:
•
asNumber—AS number for origin of route target information, in the range
1–4294967295
•
extendedCommunity—Two-part number in the format number1:number2 that identifies
an extended community of VPNs, in the format number1:number2, where:
•
•
number1—Autonomous system (AS) number, in the range 1–4294967295, or an
IP address
•
number2—Unique integer, in the range 1–4294967295; 32 bits if number1 is a 16-bit
AS number; 16 bits if number1 is an IP address or a 32-bit AS number
prefixLength—Number that specifies the length of the route prefix, in the range 32–96
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
745
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Mode
Related
Documentation
746
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring BGP-Related Settings for VPWS L2VPNS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show ip bgp aggregate-address
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName ]
aggregate-address [ ipAddress mask ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information about aggregate addresses.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
ipAddress—Aggregate address
•
mask—Aggregate address mask
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
747
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ip bgp cidr-only
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
748
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName ]
cidr-only [ fields { fieldOptions } ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
Displays information only about routes having nonnatural network masks.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
Mode
Related
Documentation
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring BGP Routes with Nonnatural Network Masks
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
749
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ip bgp community
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
750
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName |
l2vpn all | l2vpn vpls vplsName | l2vpn vpws vpwsName | route-target signaling ]
community { communityNumber | local-as | no-advertise | no-export }
[ communityNumber | local-as | no-advertise | no-export ]*
[ exact-match ] [ fields fieldOptions ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
l2vpn and all keywords added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vpls keyword and vplsName variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vpws keyword and vpwsName variable added in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays routes that belong to the specified BGP community.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
l2vpn all—Specifies all VPLS and VPWS instances in the L2VPN address family
•
l2vpn vpls vplsName—Specifies the VPLS instance with the name vplsName
•
l2vpn vpws vpwsName—Specifies the VPWS instance with the name vpwsName
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
communityNumber—Filters routes according to this community number, specified
either as a number in the range 1–4294967295 or in AA:NN format (autonomous system
number:community number); displays only routes that are members of the specified
community
•
local-as—Displays only routes belonging to the local-AS community
•
no-advertise—Displays only routes belonging to the no-advertise community
•
no-export—Displays only routes belonging to the no-export community
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
•
exact-match—Displays only routes that have exactly the specified communities
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
751
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
•
Mode
Related
Documentation
752
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring BGP-Related Settings for VPWS L2VPNS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show ip bgp community-list
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName |
l2vpn all | l2vpn vpls vplsName | l2vpn vpws vpwsName | route-target signaling ]
community-list communityListName [ exact-match ] [ fields fieldOptions ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
l2vpn and all keywords added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vpls keyword and vplsName variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vpws keyword and vpwsName variable added in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays routes that belong to the BGP community specified by the community list.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
l2vpn all—Specifies all VPLS and VPWS instances in the L2VPN address family
•
l2vpn vpls vplsName—Specifies the VPLS instance with the name vplsName
•
l2vpn vpws vpwsName—Specifies the VPWS instance with the name vpwsName
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
communityListName—Filters routes according to community list; displays only routes
that are members of a community on the specified list
•
exact-match—Displays only routes that have exactly the specified communities
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
753
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
•
754
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
Mode
Related
Documentation
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring BGP-Related Settings for VPWS L2VPNS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
755
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ip bgp dampened-paths
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
756
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName |
l2vpn all | l2vpn vpls vplsName | l2vpn vpws vpwsName | route-target signaling ]
dampened-paths [ fields fieldOptions ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
l2vpn and all keywords added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vpls keyword and vplsName variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vpws keyword and vpwsName variable added in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays information about dampened BGP routes.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
l2vpn all—Specifies all VPLS and VPWS instances in the L2VPN address family
•
l2vpn vpls vplsName—Specifies the VPLS instance with the name vplsName
•
l2vpn vpws vpwsName—Specifies the VPWS instance with the name vpwsName
•
route-target signaling—Specifies the route-target address family
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
Mode
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
757
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Related
Documentation
758
•
Monitoring BGP-Related Settings for VPWS L2VPNS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show ip bgp filter-list
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName |
l2vpn all | l2vpn vpls vplsName | l2vpn vpws vpwsName | route-target signaling ]
filter-list asPathAccessListName [ fields fieldOptions ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
l2vpn and all keywords added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vpls keyword and vplsName variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vpws keyword and vpwsName variable added in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays all routes whose AS path matches the specified AS path access list.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
l2vpn all—Specifies all VPLS and VPWS instances in the L2VPN address family
•
l2vpn vpls vplsName—Specifies the VPLS instance with the name vplsName
•
l2vpn vpws vpwsName—Specifies the VPWS instance with the name vpwsName
•
route-target signaling—Displays information for only the route-target address family
•
asPathAccessListName—Name of AS path access list to filter routes; displays only
routes that have AS paths matching the specified list
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
759
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
•
Mode
760
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
Related
Documentation
•
Monitoring BGP-Related Settings for VPWS L2VPNS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
761
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ip bgp flap-statistics
Syntax
To display information about dampened routes for address families other than the L2VPN
and route-target signaling address families:
show ip bgp
[ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName ] flap-statistics
[ network [ networkMask ] ] [ filter ]
To display information about dampened routes for only the route-target signaling address
family:
show ip bgp route-target signaling flap-statistics [ rtfPrefix | rtfAddress ] [ filter ]
To display information about dampened routes for only the L2VPN address family:
show ip bgp
{ l2vpn all | l2vpn vpls vplsName | l2vpn vpws vpwsName } flap-statistics
[ site-id siteId block-offset blockOffset ] [ filter ]
Release Information
Description
Options
762
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
l2vpn and all keywords added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vpls keyword and vplsName variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
site-id keyword and siteId variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
block-offset keyword and blockOffset variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vpws keyword and vpwsName variable added in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords and rtMemNlri variable added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
rtMemNlri variable replaced by two variables, rtfAddress and rtfPrefix, in JunosE Release
9.1.0.
Displays information about routes that are dampened.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
network—IP address of the network for which you want information displayed; if no
network is specified, the fields are displayed for all networks
•
networkMask—Address mask to be applied to the network address
•
route-target signaling—Displays information for only the route-target address family
•
rtfPrefix—Prefix representing the route-target membership NLRI (RT-MEM-NLRI), in
the format asNumber:extendedCommunity/prefixLength (for example, 320:320:524/36)
where:
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
asNumber—AS number for origin of route target information, in the range
1–4294967295
•
extendedCommunity—Two-part number in the format number1:number2 that identifies
an extended community of VPNs, in the format number1 : number2, where:
•
Mode
Related
Documentation
•
number1—Autonomous system (AS) number, in the range 1–4294967295, or an
IP address
•
number2—Unique integer, in the range 1–4294967295; 32 bits if number1 is a 16-bit
AS number; 16 bits if number1 is an IP address or a 32-bit AS number
prefixLength—Number that specifies the length of the route prefix, in the range 32–96
•
rtfAddress—rtfPrefix with a prefix length of 96; representing the route-target
membership NLRI (RT-MEM-NLRI), in the format asNumber : extendedCommunity (for
example, 320:320:524 or 320:50.2.3.4:524)
•
l2vpn all—Specifies all VPLS and VPWS instances in the L2VPN address family
•
l2vpn vpls vplsName—Specifies the VPLS instance with the name vplsName
•
l2vpn vpws vpwsName—Specifies the VPWS instance with the name vpwsName
•
siteId—Numerical identifier for the site; must be an unsigned 16-bit integer greater than
zero that is unique across the VPLS domain
•
blockOffset—Integer in the range 1–65535 that identifies a block offset for which
information is displayed
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring BGP-Related Settings for VPWS L2VPNS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
763
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ip bgp inconsistent-as
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
764
show ip bgp
[ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName |
route-target signaling ] inconsistent-as [ fields { fieldOptions } ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays information only about routes with inconsistent AS paths.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
route-target signaling—Displays information for only the route-target address family
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
Mode
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
765
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ip bgp neighbors
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
766
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName |
l2vpn [ all ] | route-target signaling ]
neighbors [ ipAddress | ipv6Address ] [ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
l2vpn and all keywords added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays information about the BGP neighbors.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
l2vpn—Displays information for only the L2VPN address family
•
all—Optional keyword; has no effect
•
route-target signaling—Displays information for only the route-target address family
•
ipAddress—IP address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring BGP-Related Settings for VPWS L2VPNS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show ip bgp neighbors dampened-routes
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName |
l2vpn [ all ] | route-target signaling ]
neighbors { ipAddress | ipv6Address }
dampened-routes [ fields fieldOptions ] [ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
l2vpn and all keywords added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays information about routes with a dampening history for the specified BGP
neighbor.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
l2vpn—Displays information for only the L2VPN address family
•
all—Optional keyword; has no effect
•
route-target signaling—Displays information for only the route-target address family
•
ipAddress—IP address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
767
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
768
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
Mode
Related
Documentation
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring BGP-Related Settings for VPWS L2VPNS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
769
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ip bgp neighbors paths
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
770
show ip bgp
[ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName |
route-target signaling ] neighbors { ipAddress | ipv6Address } paths [ regularExpression
] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays path information for the specified BGP neighbor.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
route-target signaling—Displays information for only the route-target address family
•
ipAddress—IP address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
regularExpression—Regular expression to match the AS path. See show ip bgp regexp
for information about regular expressions.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show ip bgp neighbors received prefix-filter
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName ]
neighbors { ipAddress | ipv6Address } received prefix-filter [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
Displays prefix-list outbound route filters received from the neighbor.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
ipAddress—IP address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
771
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ip bgp neighbors received-routes
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
772
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName |
l2vpn all | route-target signaling ]
neighbors { ipAddress | ipv6Address } received-routes
[ fields fieldOptions ] [ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
l2vpn and all keywords added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays routes originating from the specified BGP neighbor before inbound policy is
applied.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
l2vpn—Displays information for only the L2VPN address family
•
all—Optional keyword; has no effect
•
route-target signaling—Displays information for only the route-target address family
•
ipAddress—IP address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
773
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
Mode
Related
Documentation
774
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring BGP-Related Settings for VPWS L2VPNS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show ip bgp neighbors routes
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName |
l2vpn [ all ] | route-target signaling ]
neighbors { ipAddress | ipv6Address } routes
[ fields fieldOptions ] [ delta ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
l2vpn and all keywords added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
ipv6Address variable added in JunosE Release 8.0.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays routes originating from the specified BGP neighbor after inbound policy is applied.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
l2vpn—Displays information for only the L2VPN address family
•
all—Optional keyword; has no effect
•
route-target signaling—Displays information for only the route-target address family
•
ipAddress—IP address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
ipv6Address—IPv6 address of a neighbor whose routes the router has learned
•
fields—Displays only the specified fields; the display order of the fields is hard-coded
and not affected by the order in which you enter them
•
fieldOptions—Fields to be displayed, in the format
all | [ afi | aggregator | as-path | atomic-aggregate | best | clusters | communities |
extended-communities | imported | intro | in-label | loc-pref | med | next-hop |
next-hop-cost | origin | originator-id | out-label | peer | peer-type | rd | safi | stale |
unknown-types | weight ]*
•
all—All available information; not recommended, because this information for each
network does not fit on a single line and is difficult to read
•
afi—Address family identifier
•
aggregator—AS number and IP address of aggregator
•
as-path—AS path through which this route bas been advertised
•
atomic-aggregate—Whether the atomic aggregate attribute is present
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
775
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
776
•
best—Whether this is the best route for the prefix
•
clusters—List of cluster IDs through which the route has been advertised
•
communities—Community number associated with the route
•
extended-communities—Extended community
•
imported—Whether the route was imported
•
intro—Introductory information about the state of various BGP attributes; this
information is displayed only if you specify this keyword
•
in-label—MPLS label for the route; the label received with incoming MPLS frames;
typically, but not always, this is the label advertised to MP-BGP peers
•
loc-pref—Local preference for the route
•
med—Multiexit discriminator for the route
•
next-hop—IP address of the next router that is used when forwarding a packet to
the destination network
•
next-hop-cost—Whether the indirect next hop of the route is unreachable, if not,
displays IGP cost to the indirect next hop
•
origin—Origin of the route
•
originator-id—Router ID of the router in the local AS that originated the route
•
out-label—MPLS label for the route; the label sent with outgoing MPLS frames; also
the label received from MP-BGP peer; typically, but not always, this is the label
received from MP-BGP peers
•
peer—IP address of BGP peer from which route was learned
•
peer-type—Type of BGP peer: internal, external, or confederation
•
rd—Route distinguisher
•
safi—Subsequent address family identifier
•
stale—Route that has gone stale due to peer restart
•
unknown-types—Attribute codes for unknown path attributes
•
weight—Weight of the route
•
*—Indicates that one or more parameters can be repeated multiple times in a list in
the command line
•
delta—Displays baselined statistics
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
Mode
Related
Documentation
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring BGP-Related Settings for VPWS L2VPNS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
777
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ip bgp network
Syntax
To display information about a prefix configured for all address families or for a specific
address family other than the route-target address family:
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName ]
network [ networkNumber [ [ mask ] networkMask ] ] [ filter ]
To display information about a prefix configured for the route-target address family:
show ip bgp route-target signaling network [ rtfPrefix ] [ filter ]
Release Information
Description
Options
778
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords and rtMemNlri variable added in JunosE Release 9.0.0.
rtMemNlri variable replaced by rtfPrefix variable in JunosE Release 9.1.0.
Displays information about a potentially originated prefix that was configured with the
network command.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
networkNumber—IP address of the network for which you want information displayed;
if no network is specified, the fields are displayed for all networks
•
networkMask—Address mask to be applied to the network address
•
route-target signaling—Displays information for only the route-target address family
•
rtfPrefix—Prefix representing the route-target membership NLRI (RT-MEM-NLRI), in
the format asNumber:extendedCommunity/prefixLength (for example, 320:320:524/36)
where:
•
asNumber—AS number for origin of route target information, in the range
1–4294967295
•
extendedCommunity—Two-part number in the format number1:number2 that identifies
an extended community of VPNs, in the format number1:number2, where:
•
number1—Autonomous system (AS) number, in the range 1–4294967295, or an
IP address
•
number2—Unique integer, in the range 1–4294967295; 32 bits if number1 is a 16-bit
AS number; 16 bits if number1 is an IP address or a 32-bit AS number
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
•
•
Mode
prefixLength—Number that specifies the length of the route prefix, in the range 32–96
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
779
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ip bgp next-hops
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
780
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName |
l2vpn all | l2vpn vpls vplsName | l2vpn vpws vpwsName } | route-target signaling ]
next-hops [ ipAddress ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
l2vpn and all keywords added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vpls keyword and vplsName variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vpws keyword and vpwsName variable added in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays information about BGP next hops.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
l2vpn all—Specifies all VPLS and VPWS instances in the L2VPN address family
•
l2vpn vpls vplsName—Specifies the VPLS instance with the name vplsName
•
l2vpn vpws vpwsName—Specifies the VPWS instance with the name vpwsName
•
route-target signaling—Displays information for only the route-target address family
•
ipAddress—Displays information only for this indirect next hop
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring BGP-Related Settings for VPWS L2VPNS
•
Monitoring BGP Next Hops for VPWS L2VPNS
•
Monitoring BGP Next Hops for VPLS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show ip bgp paths
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName |
l2vpn all | l2vpn vpls vplsName | l2vpn vpws vpwsName | route-target signaling ]
paths [ regularExpression ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
l2vpn and all keywords added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vpls keyword and vplsName variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vpws keyword and vpwsName variable added in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays information about BGP AS paths.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
l2vpn all—Specifies all VPLS and VPWS instances in the L2VPN address family
•
l2vpn vpls vplsName—Specifies the VPLS instance with the name vplsName
•
l2vpn vpws vpwsName—Specifies the VPWS instance with the name vpwsName
•
route-target signaling—Displays information for only the route-target address family
•
regularExpression—Regular expression to match that specifies the desired AS paths.
See show ip bgp regexp for information about regular expressions.
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring BGP-Related Settings for VPWS L2VPNS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
781
JunosE 13.2.x Command Reference Guide N to Z
show ip bgp peer-group
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Mode
Related
Documentation
782
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName |
l2vpn [ all ] | route-target signaling ] peer-group [ peerGroupName ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
l2vpn and all keywords added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays information about BGP peer groups.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
l2vpn—Displays information for only the L2VPN address family
•
all—Optional keyword; has no effect
•
route-target signaling—Displays information for only the route-target address family
•
peerGroupName—Name of the BGP peer group
•
filter—See Filtering show Commands on page 4
Privileged Exec, User Exec
•
Monitoring BGP-Related Settings for VPWS L2VPNS
Copyright © 2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: S Commands
show ip bgp quote-regexp
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | vpnv4 all | vpnv4 vrf vrfName |
l2vpn all | l2vpn vpls vplsName | l2vpn vpws vpwsName | route-target signaling ]
quote-regexp pathExpression [ fields fieldOptions ] [ filter ]
Command introduced before JunosE Release 7.1.0.
l2vpn and all keywords added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vpls keyword and vplsName variable added in JunosE Release 7.1.0.
vpws keyword and vpwsName variable added in JunosE Release 8.1.0.
route-target signaling keywords added in JunosE Release 8.2.0.
Displays information about BGP routes whose AS path matches the specified regular
expression. Regular expressions match numbers for which the specified path is a
substring—for example, if you specify 20, 200 matches because 20 is a substring of 200.
You can disallow substring matching by using the underscore (_) metacharacter to
constrain matching to the specified pattern; for example, _20_. You can use output filtering
on the display.
•
ipv4 unicast—Specifies the IPv4 unicast address family and routing table; the default
option
•
ipv4 multicast—Specifies the IPv4 multicast address family and routing table
•
vpnv4 all—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and all IPv4 VPN routing and
forwarding instances
•
vpvn4 vrf vrfName—Specifies the IPv4 VPN address family and only the IPv4 VPN
routing and forwarding instance with the name vrfName
•
l2vpn all—Specifies all VPLS and VPWS instances in the L2VPN address family
•
l2vpn vpls vplsName—Specifies the VPLS instance with the name vplsName
•
l2vpn vpws vpwsName—Specifies the VPWS instance with the name vpwsName
•
route-target signaling—Displays information for only the route-target address family
•
quote-regexp—Indicates that only a single element is matched
•
pathExpression—Regular expression string describing the AS path or community to be
matched. You must enclose elements containing a space within double quotes (“ one
element” ).
Each element is either an AS number, a metacharacter, or a combinat